•Bd  *e!i|d]3pe)md  “JS  33J3iuiuoo  SZS 

S3AllVlN3S3Nd3H  ,Sa3Mni3VJnNVW  3HVMGMVH 

oni  *#oo  *  NosvioiaaN3H  -a  u 

1 - =  WOfcld  e - k 


FOR  OVER  A  QUARTER  CENTURY 
MAKERS  OF  GOOD  HARDWARE 


Catalog  Tlo.  97 


Hardware  M 


anui 


T^ro  duels' 

DOOR  HANGERS  8c  TRACKS' 
FIRE  DOOR  HARDWARE 
"OVERHEAD  CARRIERS 
HARDWARE  SPECIALTIES 
GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 
SPRI  NG  HI  N  GES 
ROLLING  LADDERS 


'UVQVS 


Danville,  Illinois,  U.  S.  A. 


ALWAYS  ON  THE  TRACK 


FOREWORD 


^^h-^HROUGH  a  period  of  over  twenty-seven  years,  we  have  devel- 
■  ^  )  oped  a  line  of  builders’  hardware  and  kindred  products,  espe- 

eially  hangers  and  other  hardware  for  sliding  and  folding 
sliding  doors,  recognized  as  superior  to  any  other.  An  earnest  desire 
to  improve  has  been  the  constant  motive  prompting  our  efforts,  and 
while  contributing  high  quality,  we  have  as  well  established  a  reputation 
for  reasonable  prices  and  prompt  service.  Originality  and  individ¬ 
uality  characterize  our  products  generally.  Careful,  scientific  study 
and  experiment  underlie  every  detail. 


The  fact  that  we  operate  our  own  malleable  foundry,  the  Danville 
Malleable  Iron  Division  of  the  Allith-Prouty  Company,  and  consequent¬ 
ly  manufacture  from  the  pig  iron  to  the  finished  product,  accounts 
largely  for  the  superior  values  in  Allith  Hardware.  Our  foundry,  with 
sixteen  thousand  tons  annual  capacity,  like  our  hardware  plant,  is 
second  to  none  in  buildings,  equipment  and  organization;  and  our 
castings,  certified  malleable  of  the  highest  quality,  meet  the  most 
severe  requirements  of  hardware,  farm  implement  and  automobile 
construction.  Our  malleable  is  tough,  ductile,  of  uniform  structure 
throughout,  combining  great  strength  with  light  weight,  shock  and  rust 
resisting,  and  extremely  durable.  It  regularly  exceeds  fifty  thousand 
pounds  per  square  inch  in  tensile  strength,  ten  per  cent  in  two  inches 
in  elongation,  and  thirty-five  thousand  pounds  per  square  inch  in 
yield  point. 


With  the  exceptional  facilities  of  our  two  plants,  we  handle  con¬ 
siderable  special  work  in  addition  to  the  manufacture  of  our  regular 
products,  and  if  you  are  unable  to  find  in  this  catalog  the  article  or 
information  you  are  seeking,  do  not  hesitate  to  communicate  with  us, 
for  with  our  many  years  of  experience  we  can  probably  help  you.  Our 
engineering  department  gladly  extends  its  services  too  without  cost 
or  obligation. 

Exacting  buyers  insist  upon  Allith  Hardware  and  Danville  Certi¬ 
fied  Malleable  Castings. 

ALLITH-PROUTY  COMPANY. 


July  2,  1928. 


2 


1 


Actual  Airplane  View 


MANUFACTURERS  OF 


AIRPORT  DOOR  HARDWARE 

DOOR  HANGERS  and  TRACKS  FIRE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE  OVERHEAD  CARRIERS 

SPRING  HINGES  ROLLING  LADDERS 


1928 

■  ■ 


Catalog  No.  97 

Includes  All  Regular  Products  Except  Complete 
Line  of  Fire  Door  Hardware 


ALWAYS  ON  THE  TRACK 


ALLITH  AIRPORT  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Round-A-Corner  Type 


Allitli  Round-A-Corner  Hangar  Hardware  rolls  the  doors  inside  the  hangar,  along  the  side 
walls,  out  of  the  way. 

The  doors  are  hinged  together  in  units  (two  doors  to  a  unit)  for  easy  rolling.  Experience 
indicates  it  is  best  to  keep  the  width  of  the  individual  doors  as  near  four  feet  as  possible  (units 
are  then  eight  feet  wide)  as  this  size  unit  can  be  handled  most  satisfactorily.  Door  widths  up 
to  five  feet  wide,  per  door,  have  been  found  to  be  satisfactory  when  the  height  of  the  opening  is 
not  more  than  twelve  feet. 


The  approved  plan  of  installation  is  to  hinge  a  single  door  to  each  side  jamb  to  swing  as 
passage  door  and  open  back  against  the  side  wall.  With  these  passage  doors  opened  back,  the 
other  doors,  in  units  of  two  doors  per  unit,  will  then  roll  past  them  into  position  along  the  side 
walls. 


1. 


No.  7065  Top  Guide 
Roller  Bearing 
Wheel  3"  Diameter 


Curved  floor  tracks  and  top  guide 
angles  of  large  radius  are  used  with  a 
consequent  free  rolling  action  of  the 
door  rollers. 

Separate  floor  tracks  for  each  unit 
are  often  used  in  place  of  single  long 
runs  to  permit  doors  to  stack  within  a 
short  space  along  side  walls,  as  shown 
in  the  floor  plan  below.  This  is  im¬ 
portant,  especially  when  overhead 
trusses  interfere. 


4  OF  OPENING 


Jt,  ji 

DOORS  IN  OPEN  POSITION  Tj'll'Tl 


34 


Hi 


4 


ALLITH  AIRPORT  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  7080  No.  7060  No.  7070 

Flush  Type  for  Wood  Doors  Surface  Type  for  Steel  or  Wood  Doors  Flush  Type  for  Steel  Doors 


Bottom  Rollers  for  Use  with  12  lb.  Industrial  Rail 

No.  7060  BOTTOM  ROLLER — Surface  type — 8  inch  malleable  iron  wheels  fitted  with  roller  bearings.  Pivot  shaft  turns  on  Tim-' 
ken  roller  bearings.  Up  or  down  adjustment  of  1J4  inches.  Projection  from  face  of  door  5  inches.  Weight  45  pounds.  ..Each 
No.  7065  TOP  GUIDE  ROLLER — used  with  No.  7060  Bottom  Roller.  Malleable  iron,  roller  bearing,  3  inch  wheel.  Weight 

5  pounds  . Each 

No.  7070  BOTTOM  ROLLER — Flush  type  for  Steel  Doors — 8  inch  malleable  iron  wheel  fitted  with  Timken  Roller  Bearings. 
Pivot  shaft  turns  on  Strom  Ball  Bearing.  For  Steel  Doors  of  2J4  inch  or  more  thickness.  Requires  pocket  space  of  10 

in.  by  21  in.  Weight  55  pounds . . 

No.  7075  TOP  GUIDE  ROLLER — used  with  No.  7070  Bottom  Roller.  Malleable  iron,  roller  bearing,  3  inch  wheel.  Weight  - 

5  pounds  .  Each 

No.  7080  BOTTOM  ROLLER — Flush  type  for  Wood  Doors — 8  inch  malleable  iron  wheel  fitted  with  Timken  Roller  Bearings. 
Pivot  shaft  turns  on  Strom  Ball  Bearing.  For  Wood  Doors  of  2^4  inch  or  more  thickness.  Requires  corner  mortise  space 

of  10  in.  bv  21  in.  Weight  55  pounds  . .  Each 

No.  7085  TOP  GUIDE  ROLLER— used  with  No.  7080  Bottom  Roller.  Malleable  iron,  roller  bearing  3  inch  wheel.  Weight 

5  pounds  . Each 

All  of  the  Bottom  Rollers  have  Alemite  fittings  for  positive  pressure  lubrication. 


5' 


Prices  on  Application 


End  View 


ALLITH  AIRPORT  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

STRAIGHT  SLIDING  HANGAR  DOOR  HARDWARE 
All  Weight  Carried  on  Bottom  Rollers 

Used  where  there  is  plenty  of  space  beyond  the  sides  of 
the  hangar.  Each  door  is  handled  individually  and  may  there¬ 
fore  be  of  as  large  a  size  as  needed  to  meet  with  the  require¬ 
ments  of  the  building. 

Ordinary  superstructure  is  used  as  no  provision  need  be 
made  to  carry  the  weight  of  the  doors  due  to  the  manner  of 
sliding  the  large  doors  on  the  bottom  rollers  that  travel  on 
the  12  lb.  industrial  rail  bedded  in  the  concrete  floor  or  sill. 

Openings  of  any  width  are  readily  taken  care  of  and  the 
handling  of  the  doors  is  easily  accomplished  because  of  the 
free  rolling  bearing  construction  of  the  Allith  Bottom  Rollers. 
Allith  Bottom  Rollers  (No.  7050)  have  a  carrying  capacity  of 
2000  pounds  per  roller. 

Doors  are  guided  and  held  in  proper  position,  at  the  top, 
by  means  of  Allith  Top  Guide  Rollers  that  travel  between 
angles  spaced  to  provide  correct  alignment.  These  angles 
may  be  placed  as  conditions  of  the  job  call  for  or  in  the  man¬ 
ner  suggested  in  the  sketch  at  the  left. 

When  desired,  we  will  furnish  quotations  covering  these 
angles  assembled  in  sections  with  the  supporting  brackets 
ready  for  attaching  to  header  of  the  building  in  the  manner 
indicated  in  the  sketch.  Quotations  for  the  12  lb.  industrial 
rail  will  be  based  on  the  prevailing  market  price. 

Parallel  equipment  having  met  with  the  greatest  approval 
is  the  reason  for  featuring  this  arrangement  on  these  pages, 
but  doors  may  be  installed  in  single,  double,  triple,  quadruple 
or  quintuple  runs,  which  ever  happens  to  suit  the  work  best. 

Our  Engineering  Department  will  gladly  offer  sugges¬ 
tions  for  the  manner  of  treating  any  Hangar  door  problem 
or  will  make  layouts  to  take  care  of  special  conditions.  When 
writing,  please  state  width  of  opening,  height  of  opening, 
thickness  of  doors  and  the  number  of  doors  desired. 


6 


/\  1 1 1  O  rz 


JL  *^/  I>AT>tVrI  TJIS&.  IUITINOIl^,  U.tVA^.. 

\r 

ALLITH  AIRPORT  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  7050  Bottom  Roller 


Allith  “Seventy-Fifty”  (No.  7050)  Bottom  Roller  has  an  eleven  inch  mal¬ 
leable  iron  wheel,  deeply  grooved  to  run  on  12  lb.  industrial  rail.  Will  not 
climb  or  jump  the  track.  The  axle  is  assembled  with  a  roller  bearing  to  assure 
permanent  free  rolling  and  lubrication  is  taken  care  of  with  an  Alemite  fitting. 

Side  plates  are  of  boiler  plate  steel  made  in  a  large  size  to  properly  rein¬ 
force  the  door  and  through  bolts  are  used  for  attaching  to  door. 

“Seventy-Fifty”  is  an  exceptionally  substantial  bottom  roller  and  may  be 
depended  upon  to  perform  in  a  highly  satisfactory  manner  on  doors  where  the 
weight  placed  on  each  roller  is  not  greater  than  2000  pounds. 

Allith  “Seventy-Fifty-Five”  (No.  7055)  Top  Guide  Roller  is  furnished  with 
a  three-inch  roller  bearing  wheel,  assembled  on  a  door  plate  made  to  conform 
with  the  requirements  of  the  job. 


No.  7055 
Top  Guide 
Roller 


Top  Roller  position  is  maintained  thru  the  use  of  angle  iron  guides  that  are  spaced  and  at¬ 
tached  to  the  head  construction  in  such  a  Avay  as  to  allow  for  the  travel  of  the  guide  wheel.  A 
suggested  method  of  application  is  shown  in  the  end  view  on  the  opposite  page. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

7050 

7055 

Bottom  Roller  . 

Top  Guide  Roller  .  . . . 

90 

5 

Prices  on 
Application 

Industrial  rail  and  angle  iron  guides  quoted  upon  application. 


r 


£  or  Opening 


One  Half  Entire  Width  Or  Opening 


Positions  Of  Dooms  When  Closed -q 


Width  Of  Single  Door 


Standard  To  Support  , 
Overhead  Guide  Pail  .  "  pj 

Positions  Of  Doors  Open^ 


Doors  Overlap  4  Doors  Poll  On  I2tt  "T'Pail  Set  In  Concrete 

SUp  plane  HflNGAP 

Plan  View  Of  Four  Door  Opening 


7 


’  I  a  I'm 


iwii/1,  U.i/1.  A. 


ALLITH  AIRPORT  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Top  Hung  Round-A-Corner  Doors 

Where  the  doors  are  not  too  heavy  for  supporting  from  the  over¬ 
head  construction,  it  is  oftentimes  most  practical  to  use  top  hung  doors. 

The  door  arrangement  featured  on  this  page  provides  the  means  for 
rolling  the  doors  around  the  corner,  out  of  the  way,  along  the  side  walls. 
A  passage  door  is  hinged  to  each  jamb  to  swing  independent  of  doors  on 
hangers.  Three  tracks  are  shown  here  as  this  arrangement  keeps  the 
doors  stacked  ahead  of  the  roof  truss.  Where  there  is  no  truss  interference 
a  single  run  of  track  down  each  side  wall  is  recommended. 


:<fe  OF  OVERHEAD  TROLLEY  TRACKS  i  DOORS  IN  OPEN  POSITION 

OPENING 


No.  74  Hanger 


No.  6464  Hanger 


Trolley  track  for  use  with  hangers  of  the  types  illustrated  above  may  be  had  in  three  sizes  in  either  the 
square  trough  or  round  trough  types  of  track.  See  cross'  sections  of  tracks  on  pages  64  and  65. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  practically  each  hangar  requires  individual  consideration  it  is  necessary  to  have  in¬ 
formation  as  to  the  width  and  height  of  opening,  number  of  doors  and  their  thickness  to  enable  our  engineer¬ 
ing  department  to  make  up  a  definite  schedule  of  hardware.  With  this  information  they  can  lay  it  out  in  blue¬ 
print  form  and  we  offer  this  engineering  service  without  charge  or  obligation. 


8 


ALLITH  AIRPORT  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Top  Hung  Straight  Sliding  Doors 


t  or  Opening 


j 


One  half  Entire  Width  Or  Opening 


Positions  Of  Doors  When  Closed -i 

f_ r-  ■  — 


Doors  Overlap  4 


Width  Of  Single  Door 


Strnorro  To  Support 
Over  hero  Guide  Rril  . 
Positions  Of  Doors  Opcn^ 


----- ---iS 


/I /PPL /I  WE  HflNGftr? 

Plhn  View  Or  Four  Door  Ope  hi  no 

For  Double,  Triple  or  More  Doors  in  Parallel 


A  simple  and  most  practical  way  of  fitting  hangar  doors  when  space  will  permit  extending  the  track  be¬ 
yond  the  sides  of  the  building. 

When  considering  this  straight  sliding — top  lumg-method — it  is  necessary  to  use  doors  of  a  weight  that 
will  not  place  a  strain  on  the  overhead  construction  and  for  this  reason,  openings  having  a  width  of  more  than 
fifty  feet  per  opening  should  be  equipped  with  the  bottom  roller  equipment. 


No.  17 
Hanger 


No.  27 
Hanger 


No.  6 
Hanger 


No.  68 
Hanger 


All  hangers  shown  have  roller  bearing  wheels  of  large  diameter  to  provide  permanent  easy  movement  of 
the  doors.  Nos.  17,  27  or  6  may  be  had  with  Alemite  fitted  axles  for  grease  gun  lubrication. 

Brackets  for  supporting  the  track  are  furnished  according  to  the  requirements  of  the  job  and  for  this 
reason  it  is  necessary  to  furnish  us  information  covering  the  width  and  height  of  opening,  the  number  of  doors 
and  their  thickness  so  that  our  engineering  department  can  work  out  a  complete  quotation. 

Their  services  are  offered  without  charge  or  obligation. 


9 


r 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Standard  Size 
No.  02480 


For  Openings 
with 

Three  -  Four 
Five  or  Six 
Doors 


No.  02480 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set 


1 —  Vertical  Guide  Rollers. 

2 —  Notched  Adjustment — Non-Slip- 
ping. 

3 —  Ball  Bearing  Swivel 

4 —  Roller  Bearing  Wheels. 


Twenty-Four-Eighty  Hardware  is  designed  for  folding-sliding  doors 
and  allows  the  doors  to  fold  back  at  any  angle.  Adaptable  to  openings 
with  three,  four,  five  or  six  doors.  With  Twenty-Four-Eighty  Hardware 
the  doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  the  jambs  so  that  when  closed, 
the  doors  fit  snug  against  the  stops  in  the  same  manner  as  a  house  door. 

Prevents  sagging  and  slamming  of  doors.  Provides  weather-tight 
equipment  that  is  easily  erected,  operates  freely,  occupies  little  space  and 
serves  a  lifetime. 

Hangers  have  double  adjustments;  roller  bearing  wheels;  ball  bearing 
swivels;  vertical  side  rollers  that  prevent  any  side  friction  in  the  track  and 
one  piece  certified  malleable  frame  and  apron. 

The  certified  malleable  brackets,  supporting  the  trolley  track,  are  ad¬ 
justable  both  up  and  down  as  well  as  in  or  out.  This  adjustment  is  so  fine 
and  yet  so  secure  that  track  is  always  positively  held  in  line  for  frictionless 
hanger  travel. 

The  width  of  but  one  door  is  all  the  space  needed  for  the  clearance 
when,  the  doors  are  arranged  to  fold  and  slide  to  the  inside.  Where 
installations  are  made  on  the  outside  for  doors  to  open  out,  it  is  a  good 
plan  to  arrange  for  some  sort  of  protection  over  the  tops  of  the  doors. 

Packed  5  sets  02480  to  a  case.  Track  tied  in  bundles. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

02480 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set . 

Each 

12 

$6.50 

240-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets 

.  Foot 

1/2 

.32 

2480 

Hanger  . . . 

Each 

3^ 

3.50 

2480-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

Each 

IX 

.40 

2480-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  . 

Each 

3 

1.25 

2480-E 

End  Bracket  . 

Each 

3X 

1.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


TWENTY-FOUR-EIGHTY  BRACKETS 


10 


1 1 1 4*  In  -  O  fZ  m 

gaw— k  ^  bisk  s  msmm 

33^T>TVI XvXvE^,  I  I^I^I MOIl/1.  TJ.  ^T.  JK. . 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  60  X  Track 
16  Gauge 


<J  vi> 


Standard  Size 
No.  01080 

For  Openings 
with 

Three  -  Four 
Five  or  Six 
Doors 

No.  01080 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set 


Ten-Eighty  Hardware  is  designed  for  folding-sliding  doors  and  allows  the  doors 
to  fold  back  at  any  angle.  Adaptable  to  openings  with  three,  four,  five  or  six  doors. 
With  Ten-Eighty  Hardware  the  doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  the  jambs  so 
that  when  closed,  the  doors  fit  snug  against  the  stops  in  the  same  manner  as  a  house 
door. 

Prevents  sagging  and  slamming  of  doors.  Provides  weather-tight  equipment  that 
is  easily  erected,  operates  freely,  occupies  little  space  and  serves  a  lifetime. 

Hangers  have  double  adjustments;  roller  bearing  wheels;  ball  bearing  swivels; 
vertical  side  rollers  that  prevent  any  side  friction  in  the  track  and  one  piece  certified 
malleable  frame  and  apron. 

The  certified  malleable  brackets,  supporting  the  concave  tread  trolley  track,  are 
adjustable  both  up  and  down  as  well  as  in  or  out.  This  adjustment  is  so  fine  and  yet 
so  secure  that  track  is  always  positively  held  in  line  for  frictionless  hanger  travel. 

The  width  of  but  one  door  is  all  the  space  needed  for  the  clearance  when  the 
doors  are  arranged  to  fold  and  slide  to  the  inside.  Where  installations  are  made  on 
the  outside  for  doors  to  open  out,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  arrange  for  some  sort  of  pro¬ 
tection  over  the  tops  of  the  doors. 

Packed  5  sets  01080  to  a  case.  Track  tied  in  bundles. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

01080 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set . 

•  12 

$6.50 

60-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets. .  .  . 

114 

.32 

1080 

Hanger  . 

3/2 

3.50 

1080-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

m 

.40 

1080-1 

Intermediate  Bracket . 

3 

1.25 

1080-E 

End  Bracket . 

3  3/4 

1.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


TEN-EIGHTY  BRACKETS 


1 — Vertical  Guide 


Rollers 

2 —  Notched  Adjustment 

— Non-slipping 

3 —  Ball  Bearing  Swivel 
4 — Roller  Bearing 

Wheels 


1080-C 


1080-1 

11 


1080-E 


rotx 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Standard  Size 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  60-X  Track 
1(>  Gauge 


No.  60-X  Track 
Used  with 
No.  01080-2D  Sets 


2D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  240-X  Track 
Used  with 
No.  02480-2D  Sets 


No.  01080-2D  or  No.  02480-2D  Sets  for  openings  with  two  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  both  doors  are  hung  to  one  jamb.  Sets  are  packed  for  use  on 
the  average  8-foot  width  of  garage  opening. 


No.  01080-2D  Set 


For  an  8-foot  Opening 

Consists  of: 


1 

only  01080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

n 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

i  i 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Hinges 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

1 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  01080-2D — Complete  Set — shipping 

weight  42  pounds.  Set  price . $15.50 


No.  02480-2D  Set 

For  an  8-foot  Opening 

Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02480 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

240-X 

Trolley  Track 

n 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Hinges 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

1 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  02480-2D — Complete  Set — shipping 

weight  42  pounds.  Set  price . $15.50 


For  Doors  opening  in  or  out. 

Installation  Details  on  Page  19 


12 


Standard  Size 
No.  01080 


No.  01080— 3D  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
ISO  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two  doors  are  hung  to  one 
jamb  with  the  passage  door  hinged  to  the  opposite  jamb. 


No.  01080-3D  Set 
For  a  9  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 


3D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01080-3D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  45  pounds.  Set  price  . $18.00 

Same  Set  when  packed  with  one  No.  129-1  Cremone  Bolt  and  one  No.  179  Guide  in  place  of  Chain  and 

Cane  Bolts  takes  Set  No.  01080-3DC  at  price  of .  23.95 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  1.00 


Standard  Size 
No.  01080 


No.  01080— 3D  1  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than  ISO 
pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  all  three  doors  are  hung  to  one 
jamb  to  fold-slide  to  one  side  of  opening.  This  arrangement  is  one- 
half  of  the  six  door  plan. 


3D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01080-3D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  43 
If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . . 


No.  01080-3D1  Set 
For  a  9  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1080-SH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1 080-0  SH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 

pounds.  Set  price  . $17.75 

.  1.00 


13 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Standard  Size 
No.  02480 


3D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out. 


No.  02480— 3D  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two  doors  are  hung  to  one 
jamb  with  the  passage  door  hinged  to  the  opposite  jamb. 

No.  02480-3D  Set 


For  a  9  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only  02480 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

240-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges  . 

14 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 


No.  02480-3D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  45  pounds.  Set  price  . $18.00 

Same  Set  when  packed  with  one  No.  129-1  Cremone  Bolt  and  one  No.  179  Guide  in  place  of  Chain  and 

Cane  Bolts  take  Set  No.  02480-3DC  at  price  of .  23.95 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  1-00 


1  <s  sv 


Standard  Size 
No.  02480 


No.  02480 — 3D1  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  wreigh  more  than 
150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  all  three  doors  are  hung  to 
one  jamb  to  fold-slide  to  one  side  of  opening.  This  arrangement 
is  one-half  of  the  six  door  plan. 

No.  02480-3D1  Set 
For  a  9  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only  02480 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

240-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1080-SH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 


3D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out. 


No.  02480-3D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  43  pounds.  Set  price  . $17.75 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  LOO 


14 


-"Pfoix^v* 


ID^TNTV'IX^IvK^  I  LDI NOli/1, 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Standard  Size 
No.  01080 


No.  01080 — 4D  Set 


For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two 
doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  each  jamb. 
To  fold  slide  in  units  of  two  doors  to  each  side  of 
opening. 

No.  01080-4D  Set 


For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2  only  01080 

14  feet  60-X 

3  pair  2020-18" 

3  pair  1080-OSH 

4  only  305 
2  only  26 

4  only  394-2 

Complete  with 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 
bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 


No.  01080-4D— Complete 
90  pounds.  Set  price 


Set — shipping  weight 

. $31.00 


4D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out. 


^  ft  * 


Standard  Size 
No.  01080 


4D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out. 

No.  01080-4D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  60  pounds. 
If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct . 


No.  01080— 4D1  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold — slide  to  one  jamb  and  leave  the 
remaining  door  to  act  as  a  passage  door,  hinged  to 
opposite  jamb. 

No.  01080-4D1  Set 
For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1080-SH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 

Set  price  . $20.50 

.  1.00 


15 


Wla-'p  rou  to  -nrt 


ammmm 


DATVVI I^Ivlv,  I  I^l7l NOli/1,  U.  ^ 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Standard  Size 
No.  02480 


4D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out. 


No.  02480— 4D  Set 


For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two 
doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  each  jamb. 
To  fold  slide  in  units  of  two  doors  to  each  side  of 
opening. 

No.  02480-4D  Set 
For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2  only  02480 
14  feet  240-X 

3  pair  2020-18" 

3  pair  1080-OSH 

4  only  305 
2  only 
4  only 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 


26 

394-2 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 


No.  02480-4D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight 

90  pounds.  Set  price  . $31.00 


■»  <s 


Standard  Size 
No.  02480 


No.  02480— 4D1  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold — -slide  to  one  jamb  and  leave  the 
remaining  door  to  act  as  a  passage  door,  hinged  to 
opposite  jamb. 

No.  02480-4D1  Set 
For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02480 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

240-X 

Trolley  Track 

n 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1080-SH 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1 080-0  SH 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

i 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 


4D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out. 


No.  02480-4D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  60  pounds.  Set  price  . $20.50 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  1.00 


16 


/Ula-K-'p  rou  -nrL 

HBH 


« 


33^TSrVI  I-rlvIv,  I  LvlLlTsT  OIi/1,  XJ.  i^.  . 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Standard  Size 
No.  01080 


No.  01080— 5D  Set 

For  openings  with  five  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the  re¬ 
maining  two  doors  will  fold-slide  to  the  opposite 
jamb.  A  center  passage  door  is  provided  for  in  this 
arrangement,  which  can  be  hinged  to  either  set  of 
two  doors  that  is  fitted  with  the  Hangers. 

No.  01080-5D  Set 


For  a  15  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2 

only  01080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

4 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1080-SH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1080-OSII 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

4 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

4 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19 
No.  01080-5D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight 


93  pounds.  Set  price  . $33.25 

If  Latch  is  oipitted,  deduct  .  1.00 


J 1/ fir  acc  Mine  ex 


5D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


1 


Standard  Size 
No.  01080 


6D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01080— 6D  Set 


For  openings  with  six  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  doors  will 
fold-slide  in  sets  of  three  doors  to  each  jamb. 


No.  01080-6D  Set  for  an  18  foot  Opening  consists  of: 


2  only  01080 

14  feet  60-X 

3  pair  2020-18" 

■3  pair  1080-SH 

3  pair  1080-OSH 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 


No.  01080-6D — Complete  Set — Shipping  weight  100  pounds. 
If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . 


l 

4 
3 

5 


only 

139 

Latch 

only 

305 

Pulls 

only 

26 

Chain 

Bolts 

only 

394-2 

Cane 

Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Set  price 


$35.75 

1.00 


17 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Standard  Size 
No.  02480 


SoorAce  Hificea. 


5D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02480— 5D  Set 

For  openings  with  five  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the  re¬ 
maining  two  doors  will  fold-slide  to  the  opposite 
jamb.  A  center  passage  door  is  provided  for  in  this 
arrangement,  which  can  be  hinged  to  either  set  of 
two  doors  that  is  fitted  with  the  Hangers. 


No.  02480-5D  Set 
For  a  15  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2 

only 

02480 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

14 

feet 

240-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

2020-18" 

Hinges 

11 

pair 

1080-SH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

4 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

4 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Page  19. 


No.  02480-5D — Complete  Set — shipping 

93  pounds.  Set  price  . 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . 


weight 

. $33.25 

.  1.00 


*  &  $$  <£^? 


Standard  Size 
No.  02480 


SufffACC  H//1QC s 


6D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02480— 6D  Set 


For  openings  with  six  doors  that  dc  not  weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so 
of  three  doors  to  each  jamb. 

No.  02480-6D  Set  for  an  18  foot  Opening  consists  of: 


2  only  02480 

14  feet  240-X 

3  pair  2020-18" 

3  pair  1080-SH 

3  pair  1080-OSH 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 


1  only  139 

4  only  305 
3  only  26 

5  only  394-2 

Complete  with 


No.  02480-6D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  100  pounds.  Set  price 
If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . 


that  doors  will  fold-slide  in  sets 


Latch 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 
bolts  and  screws. 

. $35.75 

. .  1.00 


18 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  240-X  Track 
16  Gauge 


Details  for 
Standard 
Size 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  60-X  Track 
16  Gauge 


Vy 


Dimensions  shown  below  are  the  same  for  No.  60-X  or  No.  240-X  Tracks 


JT/OSOTTNTEP  ^PACKET  MP/J-/080 
J/AmEPAsAfPL/EPT)  TPPEEPoePS 
7]  U/a/qep  Tope  Jam#  ■ _ 


/HOSOCtNTCP  0PACTET Afi/P JT/080 
Hangep  To  T ppl/e p  Id  Two  Poop 3 

p]  H/M/EPT)  OPE  JAMS/  • _ 


IP/080TNP  TPAOOET  3P0W/W  HEAP  POOM 
Peoo/peo  Top  Thpee  Poopo  H//voep  7d 
~4\  One  Jame>  - 


Owes  p//v<?ec? 


EEolcs  Eo/z 
%s  &a.rs 
0/p  iMjs 


EP/OSOEnp  Ppacee  E-  3oo/v//vo  //SAP  PtoMf 
Peoo/pep  foe  Two  Poops  W/mep  Jo 
Ope  Jam& _ [Z 


19 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Track  Inside  and  Doors  Opening  Out 


of  a  Three  Door  Opening 


TEN-NINETY  HARDWARE 

Any  number  of  doors  per  opening  may 
be  successfully  equipped  with  this  type 
of  folding-sliding  hardware  except  open¬ 
ings  having  four  doors  in  which  two 
doors  are  to  fold  to  each  jamb. 

Four  door  openings  can  be  arranged 
so  as  to  have  three  doors  fold  and  slide 
to  one  jamb  using  the  fourth  door  as  a 
passage  door  hinged  to  the  opposite 
jamb. 


Doors  will  fold  outward  to  more  than  90  degrees. 

I  rack  length  is  equal  to  the  combined  widths  of  doors  on  the  hangers  plus  eight  inches 


20 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Track  Inside  and  Doors  Opening  Out 


the  doors  inward. 

Hardware  is  kept  on  the  inside  but  the  doors  open  outward. 

The  usual  list  of  hardware  is  used  in  connection  with  a  special  hanger  (No.  1090).  Space  for 
the  travel  of  hanger  arm  must  be  provided  ahead  of  the  door  it  is  attached  to  as  indicated  in  floor 
plan  on  opposite  page. 

This  special  hanger  is  offered  under  the  following  six  numbers: 


No.  1090  for  use  with  No.  60-X  Track . Each  $  5.00 

No.  1091  for  use  with  No.  71-X  Track . Each  7.50 

No.  1092  for  use  with  No.  67-X  Track . Each  10.00 

No.  2490  for  use  with  No.  240-X  Track . Each  $  5.00 

No.  2491  for  use  with  No.  270-X  Track . Each  7.50 

No.  2492  for  use  with  No.  280-X  Track . Each  10.00 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

*  Indicates  points  at  which  hangers  are  placed. 


21 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Intermediate  Size 
No.  02481 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  270-X  Track 
14  Gauge 


0  ^ 
/,  16 


For  Openings 
with 

Three  -  Four 
Five  or  Six 
Doors 


No.  02481 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set 

Twenty-Four-Eighty-One  Hardware  is  the  same  in  general 
design  as  our  standard  Twenty-Four-Eighty  Hardware  but  is  made 
in  a  larger  size  to  meet  the  requirements  of  larger  and  heavier 
doors.  Twenty-Four-Eighty-One  Hardware  is  classed  as  the  In¬ 
termediate  Size  to  distinguish  it  from  the  Standard  Size  and  our 
still  heavier  equipment  which  is  called  Large  Size  and  known  as 
Twenty-Four-Eighty-Two,  see  page  32. 

Hangers  have  double  adjustments;  roller  bearing  wheels;  ball 
bearing  swivels;  vertical  side  rollers  that  prevent  any  side  friction  in  the  track  and  one  piece  certified  malleable 
frame  and  apron. 

The  Brackets  are  extra  strong  and  rigid  with  adjustments  both  lateral  and  vertical. 

When  using  1081-Q  Extension  with  2481-E  End  Bracket  be  sure  to  use  an  End  Bracket  (2481-E)  in  the 
intermediate  position. 

No.  1081-Q  Extension  is  required  when  doors  are  hung  on  backset  hinges  and  must  fold  back  more  than 
90  degrees. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

02481 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set  . 

1S}4 

$11.50 

270-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  . 

2V* 

.65 

2481 

Hanger  . 

5 

5.50 

2481-C 

Center  Bracket . 

2(4 

.90 

2481-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  . 

3/4 

2.50 

2481-E 

End  Bracket  . 

4/2 

3.00 

1081-Q 

Special  Extension  Block  for  use  with 

End  Brackets  when 

doors  are  to 

fold  back  more  than  90  degrees. 

(See  page  1 14)  . . . . 

5 

3.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


TWENTY-FOUR-EIGHTY-ONE  BRACKETS 


llt'Ha-Oron'tv'  Co 


A 


33-A.ISTV'IX^XvK-,  Il/IJINpiiA  XJ.iS'.A.. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  71-X  Track 
14  Gauge 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  01081 


For  Openings 
with 

Three  -  Four 
Five  or  Six 
Doors 


Ten-Eighty-One  Hardware 
is  the  same  in  general  design 
as  our  standard  Ten-Eighty 
Hardware  but  is  made  in  a 
larger  size  to  meet  the  require¬ 
ments  of  larger  and  heavier 

doors.  Ten-Eighty-One  Hardware  is  classed  as  the  Intermedite  Size  to 
distinguish  it  from  the  Standard  Size  and  our  still  heavier  equipment  which 
is  called  Large  Size  and  known  as  Ten-Eighty-Two,  see  page  33. 

Hangers  have  double  adjustments;  roller  bearing  wheels;  ball  bearing 
swivels;  vertical  side  rollers  that  prevent  any  side  friction  in  the  track  and 
one  piece  certified  malleable  frame  and  apron. 

The  Brackets  are  extra  strong  and  rigid  with  adjustments  both  lateral  and  vertical. 

When  using  1081-Q  Extension  with  1081-E  End  Bracket  be  sure  to  use  an  End  Bracket  (1081-E)  in  the 
intermediate  position. 

No.  1081-Q  Extension  is  required  when  doors  are  hung  on  backset  hinges  and  must  fold  back  more  than 
90  degrees. 

The  rounded  trough  design  of  the  Track  provides  for  self  guiding  of  the  Hanger  wheels  as  well  as  reduces 
the  wear  while  eliminating  all  friction. 


I  k’ 


No.  01081 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set 


<J  KJ 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

01081 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set  . 

15  54 

$11.50 

71-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  . 

2'A 

.55 

1081 

Hanger  . 

5 

5.50 

1081-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

2  A 

.90 

1081-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  . 

3A 

2.50 

1081-E 

End  Bracket  . 

4'A 

3.00 

1081-Q 

Special  Extension  Block  for  use  with  End  Brackets  when 
to  fold  back  more  than  90  degrees,  (see  page  115)  . 

doors  are 
. Each 

5 

3.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


i08i- e. 


TEN-EIGHTY-ONE  BRACKETS 

iIhole&L--''  I  ^ 


6  it  4  fIoles. 

4^  ' 


n 

Y 

s 

< 

1081- 1. 


23 


nuu-x?  r  oix 


XXA.INTVT  I  I^lLl  M  O  I  l/\  U.iX1.  A. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  02481 


3D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02481— 3D  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two  doors  are  hung  to  one 
jamb  with  the  passage  door  hinged  to  the  opposite  jamb. 


No.  02481-3D  Set 
For  a  10  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02481 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

270-X 

Trolley  Track 

n 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

u 

pair 

119-18" 

Hinges 

i 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 

No.  02481-3D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  100  pounds. 

Set  price  . $40.40 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  1.00 


d  cB  5^  (SfJ? 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  02481 


No.  02481— 3D1  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  all  three  doors  are  hung  to 
one  jamb  to  fold-slide  to  one  side  of  opening.  This  arrangement 
is  one-half  of  the  six  door  plan. 


No.  02481-3D1  Set 
For  a  10  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02481 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

270-X 

Trolley  Track 

li 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

1 J 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

H 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 


3D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02481-3D1 — Complete  Set  —  shipping  weight  90  pounds.  Set  price 
If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . 


$35.90 

1.00 


Uk.-p  f  OU 


asBHsei 


r>AKVI ,  ILUINOIi^,  XJ. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Intermediate  Size 
No.  01081 


No.  01081 — 3D  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two  doors  are  hung  to  one 
jamb  with  the  passage  door  hinged  to  the  opposite  jamb. 


No.  01081-3D  Set 
For  a  10  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01081 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

71-X 

Trolley  Track 

li 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

u 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

li 

pair 

119-18" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  ages  30  and  31 


3D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01081-3D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  100  pounds.  Set  price 


$39.50 


If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct 


1.00 


\0f)  ft)  CI 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  01081 


3D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01081— 3D1  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  all  three  doors  are  hung  to 
one  jamb  to  fold-slide  to  one  side  of  opening.  This  arrangement 
is  one-half-  of  the  six  door  plan. 

No.  01081-3D1  Set 
For  a  10  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01081 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

71-X 

Trolley  Track 

li 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

li 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

li 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  ages  30  and  31 


No.  01081-3D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  90  pounds.  Set  price 


$35.00 


If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct 


1.00 


25 


UiiU-'p  -fO 


xxA-rssvi x^XyE- ,  i  li,i is: oil/1,  u. ivo  A. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  02481 


& 


H  — --tf 


o  o> 


□□n 

□□□ 


nnn 

□□□ 


|  )  o  P  o 

® 1  ,  -  ■-‘fc 


□□□ 

□□□I 


non 

nnn 


No.  02481— 4D  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two 
doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  each  jamb.  To 
fold-slide  in  units  of  two  doors  to  each  side  of  open¬ 
ing. 

No.  02481-4D  Set 
For  a  14  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2 

only 

02481 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

I  18 

feet 

270-X 

Trolley  Track 

J  3 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

_.  4 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1  2 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

1  4 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

4D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 
Use  one-half  of  this  No.  02481-4D  Set  for 
a  two  door  opening 


Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 

No.  02481-4D— Complete  Set — shipping  weight 

170  pounds.  Set  price  . $65.30 


n  IRnJ? 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  02481 


No.  02481 — 4D1  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  three 
doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  and  leave  the  remain¬ 
ing  door  to  act  as  a  passage  door,  hinged  to  opposite 
jamb. 

No.  02481-4D1  Set 
For  a  14  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02481 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

270-X 

Trolley  Track 

n 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

H 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

lj 

pair 

119-18" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 


4D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02481-4D1 — Compete  Set — shipping  weight  125  pounds.  Set  price  . $46.40 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  1.00 


26 


4  Itiik fZ 


■■rinnHHni 

j 


Mgi  — 


lm 


id^tstv'it^XvK' /  i LvITitm oil/1,  xj.  iX*.  -A.. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  01081 


No.  01081 — 4D  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two 
doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  each  jamb.  To 
fold-slide  in  units  of  two  doors  to  each  side  of 
opening. 


No.  01081-4D  Set 
For  a  14  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 

2 
18 
3 

3 

4 
2 
4 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 


only  01081 


feet 

pair 

pair 

only 

only 

only 


71-X 
119-30" 
1081-OSH 
305 
226 
394-4 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 


Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  01081-4D — Complete  Set — shipping 
170  pounds.  Set  price  . 


weight 

. $63.50 


4D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 
Use  one-half  of  this  No.  01081-4D  Set 
for  a  two  door  opening 


\^/f?!  ^7j(5  ft)  (I 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  01081 


4D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 

No.  01081-4D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  125  pounds. 
If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct . 


No.  01081— 4D1  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  250  pounds  per  door,  arra'nged  so  that  three 
doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  and  leave  the  remain¬ 
ing  door  to  act  as  a  passage  door,  hinged  to  opposite 
jamb. 

No.  01081-4D1  Set 
For  a  14  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01081 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

9 

feet 

71-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

119-18" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 

Set  price  . $45.50 

.  1.00 


27 


/UtUk-tX-  ^o-nrL 

4 - *  v£jgy  _ JL  ^  ^  33 ATSTVa 3^XXEq  I  Lyl^I NOI  l/"1,  U.  tX-1.  A . 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  02481 


No.  02481 — 5D  Set 

For  openings  with  five  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the  re¬ 
maining  two  doors  will  fold-slide  to  the  opposite 
jamb.  A  center  passage  door  is  provided  for  in  this 
arrangement  which  can  be  hinged  to  either  set  of 
two  doors  that  is  fitted  with  Hangers. 

No.  02481-5D  Set 


For  an  18  foot  Opening 
Consists  of : 


2 

only  02481 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

18 

feet 

270-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

119-30" 

Hinges 

11 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

139 

Latch 

4 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

4 

only 

394-4 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 
No.  02481-5D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight 


180  pounds.  Set  price  . $68.80 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  1.00 


d  $ 


Intermediate  Size 
No.  02481 


non 

□□□ 


jni 


T L. 


a 


rr 


03 


S3 


M 


pm? 


JLJj 


□m 


rW 


rpm 

m  mil 


h-t 


::S3 


It 


.  .  I,fl 

□□ 

-bn 

% 

uy 

iS 

Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02481— 6D  Set 


For  openings  with  six  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than  2  50  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  doors  will  fold-slide  in  sets 
of  three  doors  to  each  jamb. 

No.  02481-6D  Set  for  a  21  foot  Opening  consists  of: 


2  only  02481 

18  feet  270-X 

3  pair  119-30" 

3  pair  1081-SH 

3  pair  1081-OSH 


Hanger  &-  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 


1 

4 

3 

5 


only 

139 

Latch 

only 

305 

Pulls 

only 

226 

Chain 

Bolts 

only 

394-4 

Cane 

Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  02481-6D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  195  pounds.  Set  price  . . $74.30 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . . .  1-00 


28 


A  lluk-p  f  OU  nrt 

V^B)  X  ^  DANVI I^XvIy ,  I  LlviNOIi^,  U.  ,y".  a! 


^'^Vuu'- 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Intermediate  Size 

No.  01081 


No.  01081— 5D  Set 

For  openings  with  five  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  250  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the  re¬ 
maining  two  doors  will  fcld-slide  to  the  opposite 
jamb.  A  center  passage  door  is  provided  for  in  this 
arrangement  which  can  be  hinged  to  either  set  of 
two  doors  that  is  fitted  with  Hangers. 


No.  01081-5D  Set 


For  an  18  foot  Opening 
Consists  of : 


2  only  01081 

18  feet  71-X 

3  pair  119-30" 

11  pair  10S1-SH 

3  pair  1081-OSII 

1  only  139 

4  only  305 

2  only 
4  only 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Latch 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 


226 
394-4 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  30  and  31 
No.  01081-5D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight 


180  pourds.  Set  price  . $67.00 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  1.00 


5D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


^|/j/^)  ft  ci 


Intermediate  Size 

No.  01081 


Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01081— 6D  Set 


of 


For  openings  with  six  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than  2S0  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  doors  will  fold-slide  in  sets 
three  doors  to  each  jamb. 

No.  01081-6D  Set  for  a  21  foot  Opening  consists  of: 


2  only  01081 

18  feet  71-X 

3  pair  119-30" 

3  pair  1081-SII 

3  pair  1081-OSH 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 


1 

4 
3 

5 


only 

139 

Latch 

only 

305 

Pulls 

only 

226 

Chain 

Bolts 

only 

394-4 

Cane 

Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  01081-6D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  195  pounds.  Set  price 
If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . 


29 


$72.50 

1.00 


llUVt-'p  ^otri 


1  -  mm  a  ^  . s  e  e . nBBHBBHRHBBHHnnB 

X  V _ ./  IXZVMVI  Xvlvl£\  I  LI^INOI^,  U.  tX1.  A. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Intermediate  Size 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  71-X  Track 
14  Gauge 


ik' 


Viz 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  270-X  Track 
14  Gauge 


16 


Dimensions  shown  on  these  details  are  the  same  for 


IF 


/(6c3J  So*  £  Stf' 

5TOY£  00/.T5 

/Vs /os/  (hrrre& 0khcket 
/4/vi7  /W03/  tfs/vos/e 
zte  Jm./sc'  Tt/&e£ 
(foO/?S  ///MfCP  X> 

O/VE 


30 


llrttt  - Qroixi’ 


D^VTSrvT  X^XvE^,  I  LyL^ITsl  Oil/1,  U.  J*l. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Intermediate  Size 


7b g  Of  CbofP  Foo  7tvo 

F/s/vcfec?  Fo  Oas£ 


s,  jT  Moles  fo/?2  Folts 
^<5  Cap  Lncjs 

vV/ 


N9/08/  8 HP  8> PACKET-  3 HOW/ MG  PEAPPOOM p£QL//P£P 
POP  Two  POO  M3  H/HQEP  7o  ONE:  JAM&- 


I 


-f  .  „ 

Mx.es  Fog  £  S*olT£ 

1"  Os?  L/UfS 


Toe9  Of  Poor?  For?  77//? ee  Cborss 
H//v£f£(7  7b  OiV£-  Mn/v?e>  y 


1/2/08/  8//P  PPAC/CE  T-  3//0/V/MG  //FAPPOOM  P£<00/P£P 
Pop  Thpee  Poopo  P/f/qfp  73  Oa/f  Jamo- 


Dimensions  shown  on  these  details  are  the  same  for  either 
No.  71-X  or  No.  270-X  Tracks 


31 


mm 


AUHk.'p  rout  /o 


' . !kv  ^  . — 

jOvATV^VI  T^T^Iv  ,  I  LLIn  O  I  I/1,  U.  l/^. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  02482  Hanger  and  Bracket  Set 


For  Openings  with 
Three,  Four,  Five  or  Six  Doors 


Large  Size 
No.  02482 


Twenty-Four-Eighty-Two  Hardware  is  the  large  size  of  our  folding-sliding  type  of  Door  Hardware  and  is  designed  to  handle 
extremely  large  and  heavy  doors.  Every  part  is  massive  and  so  proportioned  that  the  heaviest  loads  may  be  placed  on  this  equip¬ 
ment  with  full  confidence  that  the  margin  of  safety  will  he  more  than  ample. 

Installations  are  made  with  Twenty-Four-Eighty-Two  Hardware  with  a  minimum  of  effort  and  at  an  interesting  saving  of  time. 
This  is  due,  for  the  most  part,  to  the  manner  in  which  we  have  designed  the  adjusting  parts  to  allow  for  change  after  everything  is 
up  in  position. 

When  using  1081-Q  Extension  with  2482-E  End  Bracket  be  sure  to  use  an  End  Bracket  (2482-E)  in  the  intermediate  position. 

No.  1081-Q  Extension  is  required  when  doors  are  hung  on  back-set  hinges  and  must  fold  back  more  than  90  degrees. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Wt„  Lbs. 

Price 

02482 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set  . 

30 

$16.00 

280-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  .  . 

354 

.85 

2482 

Hanger  . 

854 

7.50 

2482-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

454 

1.25 

2482-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  . 

754 

3.50 

2482-E 

End  Bracket  . 

954 

4.25 

1081-Q 

Special  Extension  Block  for  use  with  End  Bracket  when 
180  degrees.  (See  page  114)  . 

doors  are  to  fold  back 

5 

3.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


TWENTY-FOUR-EIGHTY-TWO  BRACKETS 


32 


llUk-'P  rou  O 


inn 

1  1>^V1X V  I  Dv L^lS ,  I  LvLTITnT  o  I  u/\  U.  i/"1.  A. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Large  Size 
No.  01082 


No.  01082  Hanger  and  Bracket  Set 


For  Openings  with 
Three,  Four,  Five  or  Six  Doors 


Ten-Eighty-Two  Hardware  is  the  large  size  of  our  folding-sliding  type  of  Door  Hardware  and  is  designed  to  handle  extremely 
large  and  heavy  doors.  Every  part  is  massive  and  so  proportioned  that  the  heaviest  loads  may  be  placed  on  this  equipment  with  full 
confidence  that  the  margin  of  safety  will  be  more  than  ample.  ... 

Installations  are  made  with  Ten-Eighty-Two  Hardware  with  a  minimum  of  effort  and  at  an  interesting  saving  of  time.  This  is 
due,  for  the  most  part  to  the  manner  in  which  we  have  designed  the  adjusting  parts  to  allow  for  change  after  everything  is  up  in  position. 

When  using  1081-Q  Extension  with  1082-E  End  Bracket  be  sure  to  use  an  End  Bracket  (1082-E)  in  the  intermediate  position. 

No.  1081-Q  Extension  is  required  when  doors  are  hung  on  back-set  hinges  and  must  fold  back  more  than  90  degrees. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Wt.,  Lbs. 

Price 

01082 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set  . 

30 

$16.75 

67-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  . 

3!4 

.85 

1082 

Hanger  . 

814 

7.50 

1082-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

4'/2 

1.50 

1082-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  . 

7  A 

3.75 

1082-E 

End  Bracket  . 

9 'A 

4. SO 

1081-Q 

Special  Extension  Block  for  use  with  End  Bracket  when  doors 
180  degrees.  (See  page  115.)  . 

are  to  fold  back 

5 

3.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


TEN-EIGHTY-TWO  BRACKETS 


33 


UUU-XJ  t*°ii  -tv"  Co 


XXA.TNTV I  I^TvTv,  ILtTlNOIi^,  u.  I 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Large  Size 
No.  02482 


fit 


□□□ 

□DO 


»  °> 


non 

□□□ 


]U<°; 


m 


□□□ 

ntid 


<Q  O  O 


fl 


a 


<Q  O  O 


3D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02482— 3D  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two  doors  are  hung  to  one 
jamb  with  the  passage  door  hinged  to  the  opposite  jamb. 


No.  02482-3D  Set 
For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02482 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

10 

feet 

280-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

119-36" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

119-24" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

239 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 


No.  02482-3D  —  Complete  Set  —  shipping  weight  145  pounds.  Set  price  . $49.25 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct .  2.00 


Large  Size 
No.  02482 


No.  02482— 3D  1  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  all  three  doors  are  hung  to 
one  jamb  to  fold-slide  to  one  side  of  opening.  This  arrangement 
is  one-half  of  the  six  door  plan. 

No.  02482-3D1  Set 
For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02482 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

10 

feet 

280-X 

Trolley  Track 

14 

pair 

119-36" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

239 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 


3D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02482-3D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  135  pounds.  Set  price  . $44.25 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  2.00 


34 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Large  Size 

No.  01082 


No.  01082— 3D  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two  doors  are  hung  to  one 
jamb  with  the  passage  door  hinged  to  the  opposite  jamb. 


No.  01082-3D  Set 
For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01082 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

10 

feet 

67-X 

Trolley  Track 

n 

pair 

119-36" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

H 

pair 

119-24" 

Hinges 

1 

only 

239 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 


3D  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01082-3D — Complete  Set  —  shipping  weight  145  pounds.  Set  price  .  . $50.00 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  2.00 


ft 


Cl 


] 


Large  Size 

No.  01082 


3D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  01082— 3D  1  Set 

For  openings  with  three  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than 
350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  all  three  doors  are  hung  to 
one  jamb  to  fold-slide  to  one  side  of  opening.  This  arrangement 
is  one-half  of  the  six  door  plan. 

No.  01082-3D1  Set 


For  a  12  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01082 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

10 

feet 

67-X 

Trolley  Track 

H 

pair 

119-36" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

H 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

239 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 


No.  01082-3D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  135  pounds.  Set  price  . $45.00 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . . .  2.00 


35 


UUU-t?  X*  O  XX  ■tv'  Co  XXX 


C%  '■  \  'A 


OANVl  TALAv,  I  Lyl^ITvC  Oil/1,  U.  lA1.  JX 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Large  Size 
No.  02482 


Doors  opening  in  or  out 
Use  one-half  Set  No.  02482-4D  for 
a  two  door  opening 


No.  02482— 4D  Set 


For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two 
doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  each  jamb.  To 
fold-slide  in  units  of  two  doors  to  each  side  of  opening. 


No.  02482-4D  Set 
For  a  16  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2  only  02482 

20  feet  280-X 

3  pair  119-36" 

3  pair  1081-OSH 

4  only  305 

2  only  226 

4  only  394-5 

Complete  with 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 
bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 

No.  02482-4D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  255 

pounds.  Set  price  . $79.50 


D 


3 


Large  Size 
No.  02482 


No.  02482— 4D1  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  three 
doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  and  leave  the  remain¬ 
ing  door  to  act  as  a  passage  door,  hinged  to  the  opposite 
jamb. 

No.  02482-4D1  Set 
For  a  16  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

02482 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

10 

feet 

280-X 

Trolley  Track 

n 

pair 

119-36" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

H 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

u 

pair 

119-24" 

Hinges 

i 

only 

239 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 


~T 

I 
I 

/ 

4D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 


No.  02482-4D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  160  pounds.  Set  price  . $55.25 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  2.00 


36 


WAU-'P  rotx  4rvf"  m 

32>^TSCVT  T^XvIv,  I  IvLyllM  O  I  l/%  U.  t/"1.  -A. 

FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Large  Size 

No.  01082 


No.  01082— 4D  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  3S0  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  two 
doors  are  hinged  together  and  hung  to  each  jamb.  To 
fold-slide  in  units  of  two  doors  to  each  side  of  opening. 


No.  01082-4D  Set 
For  a  16  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 

2 
20 
3 

3 

4 
2 
4 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 


only  01082  Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

feet  67-X  Trolley  Track 

pair  119-36"  Hinges 

pair  1081-OSH  Hinges 

only  305  Pulls 

only  226  Chain  Bolts 

only  394-5  Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  01082-4D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  255 


pounds.  Set  price 


$81.00 


Doors  opening  in  or  out 
Use  one-half  Set  No.  01082-4D  for 
a  two  door  opening 


D 


Large  Size 

No.  01082 


4D1  Type  Installation 
Doors  opening  in  or  out 

No.  01082-4D1— Complete  Set— shipping  weight  160  pounds. 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct . 


No.  01082— 4D1  Set 

For  openings  with  four  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  three 
doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  and  leave  the  remain¬ 
ing  door  to  act  as  a  passage  door,  hinged  to  the  opposite 
jamb. 

No.  01082-4D1  Set 


For  a  16  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

01082 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

10 

feet 

67-X 

Trolley  Track 

1* 

pair 

119-36" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

u 

pair 

119-24" 

Hinges 

i 

only 

239 

Latch 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 

Set  price  . $56.00 

.  2.00 


37 


/UlWU.-p  t*OU-  iy*  rs 

2. — X.  J.  _ _ y  I3^TSTV/IX^IvE-',  IL/iriNOI^  XJ.I S'. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Large  Size 
No.  02482 

No.  02482— 5D  Set 

For  openings  with  five  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the  re¬ 
maining  two  doors  will  fold-slide  to  the  opposite 
jamb.  A  center  passage  door  is  provided  for  in  this 
arrangement  which  can  be  hinged  to  either  set  of 
two  doors  that  is  fitted  with  the  Hangers. 

No.  02482-5D  Set 
For  a  20  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2 

only 

02482 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

20 

feet 

2S0-X 

Trolley  Track 

1  3 

pair 

119-36" 

Hinges 

1J 

pair 

1081-SH 

Hinges 

J  3 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

239 

Latch 

4 

only 

305 

Pulls 

O 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

1  4 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

5D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  opening  in  or  out 


Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 

No.  02482-5D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight 

270  pounds.  Set  price  . $84.00 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  2.00 


ZD  $  5^?  tSyP 


Large  Size 
No.  02482 


-j^i 


For  doors  opening  in  or  out 

No.  02482 — 6D  Set 

For  openings  with  six  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than  350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  doors  will 
fold-slide  in  sets  of  three  doors  to  each  jamb. 

No.  02482-6D  Set  for  a  24  foot  Opening  consists  of: 

1  only  239  Latch 

4  only  305  Pulls 

3  only  226  Chain  Bolts 

5  only  394-5  Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  02482-6D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  285  pounds.  Set  price  . $90.00 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  2.00 


2 

20 

3 

3 

3 


only  02482 
feet  60-X 

pair  119-36" 

pair  1081-SH 
pair  1081-OSII 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 


38 


UUU-X? 


r  o  u 

■B 


■■■ 


To  nrt 

Km 


IXATSTVl  IvXvK-  ,  ILUINOIi/1,  XJ.  l/T^. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Large  Size 
No.  01082 


No.  01082— 5D  Set 

For  openings  with  five  doors  that  do  not  weigh 
more  than  350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the  re¬ 
maining  two  doors  wiil  fold-slide  to  the  opposite 
jamb.  A  center  passage  door  is  provided  for  in  this 
arrangement  which  can  be  hinged  to  either  set  of 
two  doors  that  is  fitted  with  the  Hangers. 


No.  01082-5D  Set 


For  a  20  foot  Opening 
Consists  of: 


2 

only  01082 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

20 

feet 

67-X 

Trolley  Track 

5 

pair 

119-56" 

Hinges 

li 

pair 

1081-SII 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1081-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

239 

Latch 

4 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

226 

Chain  Bolts 

4 

only 

394-5 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Installation  Details  on  Pages  40  and  41 


No.  01082-5D — Complete  Set — shipping 

270  pounds.  Set  price  . 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  . 


weight 
. $85.50 

.  2.00 


5D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  opening  in  or  out 


ft  (I 


Large  Size 
No.  01082 


No.  01082— 6D  Set 


For  openings  with  six  doors  that  do  not  weigh  more  than  350  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  doors  will 
fold-slide  in  sets  of  three  doors  to  each  jamb. 

No.  01082-6D  Set  for  a  24  foot  Opening  consists  of: 


2  only  01082 
20  feet  67-X 

3  pair  119-36" 

3  pair  1081-SH 

3  pair  1081-OSH 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 


1 

4 
3 

5 


only 

239 

Latch 

only 

305 

Pulls 

only 

226 

Chain 

Bolts 

only 

394-5 

Cane 

Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  01082-6D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  285  pounds.  Set  price  . $91.50 

If  Latch  is  omitted,  deduct  .  ^.00 


39 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  67-X  Track 
13  Gauge 


Dimensions  shown  on  these  details  are  the  same  for 
No.  67-X  or  No.  280-X  Tracks 


N*/08Z  C£/V7££>  &&4CKBT 
A/Vp  /V?/08?rt4U#££?-A5 
7Zvo  £bos?s> 
/S/AKr££7  70  P/V£- 


40 


/un-i-u-'p  XT  O-LX  m 


¥§r 'Zl'.'t?.1 


r>^TSrVIX^lvE>',  ILI^TvCOlt/',  xj.  l/-1.  .A.. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Large  Size 


ff 

Li _ 1 _ _I 

fe 

^  a 

-  3- 

He  Of  Pooe-Foe  7m?  Oboes 

MA/cfE-t?  7b  O/ve-  ~y 


<3 


-©- 


L_ 7—  .1. 
I/*  4S  T 


1\ 


?<5  6 


^  f/os.£s  /  'oxpf 
Tbot-  r~s  Of?  Lac ?.■ 

rr:4-' 


N-/08Pf/7/7  PP/fC/fE  T-  PeOFX/Mf  //ff/PeOOA/  s&OO/PE/? 
foe  Two  POOPS  ///M?£7?  75  07/E  J/1A73- 


T5e  Of  Poos?  foe  77//?££  Oboes 
‘  M/v$ec?  To  Osse  Oeso&y 


HPMfi; 

I  &  //ot.£3  Foe  ^ 

|  Pos-Ts  Os? Lags 

si 


7/9/08P  Cnl?  Pexcef  r-  8 /yon/ ///o  //fxpeooM  /Pfoo/exo 
foe  7//P£E  looses  7//A/OEL?  f)  0N£  JfMP 


|- 

W  r3'4 

il 

'SI 


$>*:*** 
=?  %  s 
II 


//(•■ 

/£? _ — 

1  1 

Top  Of  Oboe  fz?s?  77vo  £7oos?s> 
7/ssvOff  e  75  Osvf  U4M&  y 


Toe  Of  (%?oe  TTseo-fr  £?ook?*s> 
f/s/VOffC?  7b  Osve  <Jaa?0  ~y 


/ 

—  sf  H 
 1 

1 

Xi 
»  r 

e 

/ 

/ 

/ 

'/S 

/ 

/ 

/ 

&*\ 

M 

Pc 

~f{- 

OS-£S>  / 

os.  rs  c 

T— < 

f 

?se  g 

!e  Laos 

F 

vP 


^5 


N9/08ff//0  PPXCKET  Mr/7  8X70773/077-  5//OW//VO 
7/fXP/PWM  fEQO/PEP  To  &E  C/3EO I/I/8E 77  POOPS  fP£r 
7/07/0  0/7  OFFSET  7//A/OES- _  _ 


Dimensions  shown  on  these  details  are  the  same  for 
No.  67-X  or  No.  280-X  Tracks 


41 


When  a  separate  passage  door 
can  he  included  in  the  plan  ar¬ 
rangement,  this  four  door  instal¬ 
lation  will  be  found  to  be  ideal  as 
a  public  service  entrance  where 
large  doors  are  required.  No.  01082 
hardware  is  used. 

Size  of  opening  is  12'  x  12'. 


When  side  wall  conditions  prevent 
the  hanging  of  the  swinging  door  in 
the  manner  illustrated  here,  it  is  al¬ 
most  as  simple  a  job  to  work  an  open¬ 
ing  having  the  swinging  door  hinged 
to  the  two  on  the  trolley  track,  and 
sliding  back  with  them.  Notice  the 
way  in  which  the  hinges  have  been  ap¬ 
plied  in  order  to  cause  the  edges  of  the 
doors  (when  open)  to  be  clear  of  the 
opening. 

Size  of  opening  is  11'  x  10'. 


— 1-^ 


Special  conditions  are  fre- 
quently  encountered  such  as  the 
one  illustrated  at  the  left.  Our 
Engineering  Department  sug¬ 
gested  this  plan  of  installation 
to  the  builder.  As  a  peculiar 
condition  this  could  be  consid¬ 
ered  as  a  good  example  of  the 
versatility  for  use  of  our  fold¬ 
ing-sliding  hardware. 

Size  of  opening  14'xll'. 


: 

a 

u 

i  •  •  * 

! 

' 

.  ,  | 

. 

:  L-- .1 _ _  .  J 

_ _ _ -  -—if  _ 

i .  ka hi 

You  are  urged  to  use  the  ser¬ 
vices  of  the  trained  men  associ¬ 
ated  with  us  in  our  Engineering 
Department  in  the  working  out 
of  any  problem  involving  the  ap¬ 
plication  of  Sliding  Door  Hard¬ 
ware. 


42 


/UU£k-t> 


in— 


X>^TSTV'I  I^Tvlv  , 


FOLDING-SLIDING  DOOR  HARDWARE 


43 


/(.  77 


44 


1 1  t^lrt OUL^t^v/'  ^ 

■  ■  . . — ^ - * 


rra 


IXAJN7VI L/L/E^,  I  I^X^ITsr  Oil/1,  XJ.  VJT.  j\. 


ROUNDHOUSE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Elevation 


For  large  doors  in  openings  on  Roundhouses,  Warehouses,  etc.  As  all  of  this  material  is  in¬ 
variably  built  to  order  for  each  particular  job,  we  must  have  dimensions  showing  width,  height 
and  thickness  of  doors,  also  whether  the  wicket  door  is  desired  or  not,  in  order  to  submit  a 
quotation. 


45 


/UlU'k-'p  t*Ou 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

For  Very  Heavy  Doors  and  Wide  Openings 


Four  Doors  in  a  Very  Wide  Opening 


No.  1095 
Hanger 


No.  1095  Equipment  is  designed  to  prevent  sagging  of 
heavy  doors  in  very  wide  openings  by  carrying  the  edge  of  the 
jamb  door  on  a  curved  track.  This  semi-circle  of  track  is 
formed  with  a  radius  equal  to  the  distance  from  the  center  of 
the  hinge  pin  to  center  of  hanger  and  is  supported  from  the 
ceiling  over  the  arc  of  the  door  travel.  The  other  door  is  sup¬ 
ported  by  a  hanger  traveling  in  a  track  with  a  compound  curve 
which  allows  the  doors  to  fold  back  parallel  to  the  front  wall 
or  close  tightly  against  the  stops. 

This  equipment  may  be  used  on  four  doors,  two  folding 
to  each  jamb  or  with  two  doors  only. 


The  hangers  have  roller  bearing  axles  and  ball-bearing  swivels  with  vertical  side  rollers  as¬ 
suring  easy  rolling,  trouble-free  action.  The  track  is  our  regular  round  trough  trolley  track  with 
ample  strength  for  the  heaviest  doors. 


Made  to  order  only.  For  quotations,  submit  size  of  opening — thickness  and  size  of  doors — 
amount  of  space  at  sides  of  openings  and  distance  from  top  of  opening  to  point  of  attachment  for 
the  circular  track. 


46 


/1 1 1 1  ^  Vl  - o TJL ^om 

- _ 

®  -L  » _ ^  ili^inoi^,  \j.^.j±. 


FIRE  STATION  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Positive  and  Speedy  Opening 
of  Doors 


Doors  are  held  in  a  closed  position  by  a  locking  bolt  that  engages  strikes  or  keepers  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  doors. 

When  release  cord  is  pulled,  the  locking  bolts  are  raised  to  clear  the  strikes.  Just  the  second  these  bolts  are  released,  the 
weights  drop,  pulling  doors  wide  open  in  less  time  than  it  takes  to  tell  it. 

Closing  doors  and  throwing  the  locking  bolts  into  position  again  resets  the  weights  all  ready  for  the  next  emergency. 

No  springs  to  break.  Nothing  to  get  out  of  order  No  ropes  to  get  tangled. 

Simply  the  application  of  the  law  of  gravity  causes  the  Allith  Equipment  to  be  always  ready  and  sure  to  act  every  time. 

Allith  Equipment  for  Fire  Department  Doors  consists  of  all  Hardware  parts  and  attachments  to  make  the  opening  of  doors, 
semi-automatic.  Doors  and  the  other  woodwork  around  the  opening  are  not  included. 

Four  doors  in  an  opening  are  required.  The  Hardware  consists  of: 

Hinges,  of  the  type  shown — in  lengths  to  suit  widths  of  doors. 

Locking  Bolts  with  special  strikes  or  keepers,  complete  with  pull  release  lever  and  cords. 

Trolley  Tracks  in  lengths  to  suit  width  of  opening.  Track  Brackets  included. 

Door  Hangers  No.  1082  size,  four  wheels  with  roller  bearings,  swivel  fitted  with  ball  bearings,  malleable  iron  construction. 
Wire  Rope  and  Weights  as  needed  together  with  special  pulleys  and  rope  attaching  plates. 

Door  Pulls  or  Handles  as  may  be  required  when  closing  doors.  Bolts  and  screws  for  attaching. 

47 


UU^Q  rou  fZ  tn 


. . 

n3^isrvix^XvE.',  illTinoii/1,  u.  l/t  A. 


ELECTROMATIC  DETAILS 


For  openings  having  two  swinging  doors,  where  width  of  opening  is  not  more  than  twelve  (12')  feet. 
Standard  motor  is  J4  H.P.  using  110  volts,  60  cycle,  single  phase  current.  No  power  circuit  wiring  necessary. 
Three  push  button,  remote  control,  switches  and  all  hinges  included. 

Operator  mounted  on  header  plank  all  ready  to  be  bolted  in  place  over  opening.  Face  of  this  header  plank 
must  be  flush  with  inside  face  of  doors. 

Requires  16  inches  of  head  room  at  point  where  motor  is  placed.  Furnished  with  motor  placed  as  shown 
above  or  may  be  had  with  motor  at  opposite  side.  Requires  10  inches  of  space  at  sides  of  opening. 


For  openings  having  four  doors  of  the  folding-sliding  type  where  width  of  opening  is  not  more  than  fourteen 
(14')  feet. 

Standard  motor  is  )4  H.P.  using  110  volts,  60  cycle,  single  phase  current.  No  power  circuit  wiring  necessary. 
Three  push  button  remote  control  switches  and  all  door  hardware  included. 

Operator  mounted  on  header  plank  all  ready  to  be  bolted  in  place  over  opening.  Face  of  this  header  plank 
must  be  flush  with  inside  face  of  doors. 

Requires  16  inches  of  head  room  at  p  it  \  here  motor  is  placed.  Furnished  with  motor  placed  as  shown  above 
or  may  be  had  with  motor  at  opposite  side.  Requires  10  inches  of  space  at  sides  of  opening. 


Ik  Q 

m 

L 

Jrwil 

wu  i!ii3n3 

JLTJLJL 


-n- 

No.  1022-SC  Electromatic 
or 

No.  1022-TC  Electromatic 


For  openings  having  four  doors  of  the  folding-sliding  type  where  width  of  opening  is  not  more  than  twenty- 
one  (21')  feet. 

Standard  motors  are  H.P.  using  110  volts,  60  cycle,  single  phase  current.  No  power  circuit  wiring  necessary. 

See  note  on  page  49,  opposite,  regarding  the  two  methods  of  hooking  up  motors  for  individual  motor  control 
or  simultaneous  motor  operation. 

Push  button,  remote  control,  switches  and  all  door  hardware  included. 

Operator  mounted  on  header  plank  all  ready  to  be  bolted  in  place  over  opening.  Face  of  this  header  plank 
must  be  flush  with  inside  face  of  doors. 

Requires  16  inches  of  headroom  at  motor  positions  and  10  inches  of  space  at  sides  of  opening. 

48 


/Utiik-'p  t^Oii 


m 


w 

<**!<# 


J^ATNTV'IX^IvE,',  I  Lt^INO  I  l/\  U.  uT1. 


A  Perfect  Quick  Acting  and  Dependable  Device 


Saving  Labor  and  Heat  for 


Garages  (both  Public  and  Private),  Warehouses, 
Fire  Stations,  Factories 


“ELECTROMATIC”  Electric  Door  Control 

Designed  to  give  positive  and  trouble-proof  mechanical  operation  of  driveway  entrance  or  exit  doors  where 
the  headroom  is  16  inches  or  more. 

Mechanism  is  controlled  by  two  or  more  push  button  stations  placed  where  desired.  Pressing  one  button 
unlocks  the  doors  and  folding-slides  or  swings  them  clear  of  the  opening.  Pushing  another  button  reverses 
the  action.  Accidents  to  persons  or  machines  standing  in  the  opening  after  the  button  has  been  pressed  are 
prevented  by  a  special  in-built  safety  device.  This  safety  device  also  prevents  any  damage  to  the  doors  or 
the  mechanism  of  the  controller. 


Operating  mechanism  is  mounted  and  shipped  on  a  header  plank  that  should  be  installed  over  the  open¬ 
ing.  All  parts  required  for  the  complete  installation  are  included  with  the  operator  and  hinges  furnished  are 
of  the  overlap  or  offset  type  unless  otherwise  specified.  The  wiring  and  actual  installation  is  to  be  taken  care 
of  by  the  purchaser. 

Adoption  of  the  “Electromatic”  should  be  considered  for  use  on  openings  on  the  following  basis: 

No.  1020 — To  be  used  with  four  doors  of  the  folding-sliding  type  with  maximum  width  of  opening  of 

14  feet;  weight,  360  lbs.;  price  . $  800.00 

No.  1022 — To  be  used  with  four  doors  of  the  folding-sliding  type  in  openings  having  a  maximum  width 
of  21  feet.  This  device  is  built  up  of  two  operating  mechanisms,  and  is  furnished  for  two  distinct 
methods  of  handling  the  doors.  First  method  is  to  wire  the  two  motors  together  for  simultaneous 
running  so  all  four  doors  are  opened  or  closed  by  pushing  a  single  button  on  the  remote  control  switch. 

This  arrangement  is  Electromatic  No.  1022-S.C.  (Single  Controller).  Wt.  of  operator,  400  lbs.  Price. .  .1000.00 
Second  method  provides  individual  control  of  each  motor  and  two  push  button  switches  must  be  in¬ 
stalled  at  each  remote  control  point.  This  second  arrangement  is  Electromatic  No.  1022-T.C.  (Twin 

or  Double  Controllers);  with  price  of  .  1200.00 

No.  1030 — -To  be  used  with  two  doors  of  the  hinged-swinging  type  in  an  opening  of  not  over  12  feet  in 

width.  Weight,  320  lbs .  750.00 

Extra  Push  Buttons,  Remote  Control  Switches,  each  .  30.00 

Data  sheet  showing  dimensions  required  will  be  furnished  gladly  upon  request.  Our  Engineering  Staff  is 
at  all  times  eager  to  cooperate  with  the  Architect,  Dealer  and  Owner. 

49 


rTs1''1  r«f7^ 

KB 


SHSBHBSBBBi 


X3^V  INTV  I  l^lvlv ,  ILLmQIt/1,  U.  L^1.  A. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  02580 


Using 

Standard  Size 
No.  240-X 
Trolley  Track 


For  Openings  with  Three,  Four,  Five  or  Six  Doors 
Suitable  for  Doors  not  over  2"  thick,  3'  wide  or  150  pounds  in  weight 

“Twenty-Five-Eighty”,  in  design,  is  similar  to  our  Twenty-Four-Eighty  but  has  a  steel  hanger 
instead  of  certified  malleable. 

The  Hanger  is  adjustable  up  or  down.  Center  Bracket  is  adjustable.  Wheels  are  securely 
riveted  to  hardened  axles  that  revolve  on  roller  bearings.  . 

Track  is  the  standard  size  No.  240-X  Trolley  Track. 

Malleable  Brackets  allow  for  the  full  limit  of  adjustment  and  the  design  is  an  assurance  of 
strength  and  durability. 

“Twenty-Five-Eighty”  3  Door  Set  (02580-3 D)  is  packed  complete  including  2  pieces  240-X 
Track,  each  3'6"  long,  in  a  strong  carton,  together  with  all  bolts  and  screws  for  attaching  all 
Hardware. 

Packed  5  sets  02580-3D  to  a  case. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

02580-3D 

Hardware  Set  . 

25 

$13.50 

02580 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set  . 

10 

5.00 

2580 

Hanger  only  . 

3 

2.00 

240-X 

Track  without  Brackets  . 

154 

.32 

2580-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

1 54 

.40 

2480-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  . 

2  H 

1.25 

2480-E 

End  Bracket  . . 

3'A 

1.50 

1180-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinges . 

m 

.90 

1280-SH 

Surface  Hinges  . 

. Pair 

lp2 

.50 

2020-10" 

Backset  Hinges  . 

5 

1.10 

39 

Thumb  Latch  . 

1 

.50 

162 

Wrot  Pull  . . 

X 

.15 

26 

Chain  Bolt  . 

l?4 

.65 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt  (}4"x  12")  . 

l 

.60 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

50 


AUUU-X? 


rou 

liwitf  Miiwiy  '■Mmmm'WsmBm 


o  xirt 


H2H 


HBnBHBI 


IX/kTvTVI  l^I^Tv  ,  II/tTmOIi/1,  U.  A. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  60-X  Track 


No.  02080 


Using 

Standard  Size 
No.  60-X 
Trolley  Track 


For  Openings  with  Three,  Four,  Five  or  Six  Doors 
Suitable  for  Doors  not  over  2"  thick,  3'  wide  or  150  pounds  in  weight 


“Twenty-Eighty”,  in  design,  is  similar  to  our  well  known  Ten-Eighty  but  has  a  steel  hanger 
instead  of  certified  malleable. 

The  Hanger  is  adjustable  up  or  down.  Center  Bracket  is  adjustable.  Wheels  are  securely 
riveted  to  hardened  axles  that  revolve  on  roller  bearings. 

Track  is  the  standard  size  No.  60-X  Trolley  Track  with  the  rounded  trough  for  the  wheel 
treads. 

Malleable  Brackets  allow  for  the  full  limit  of  adjustment  and  the  design  is  an  assurance  of 
strength  and  durability. 

“Twenty-Eighty”  3  Door  Set  (02080-3D)  is  packed  complete  including  2  pieces  60-X  Track, 
each  3'6"  long,  in  a  strong  carton,  together  with  all  bolts  and  screws  for  attaching  all  Hardware. 

Packed  5  sets  02080-3D  to  a  case. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

02080-3D 

Hardware  Set  . 

25 

$13.50 

02080 

Hanger  and  Bracket  Set . 

10 

5.00 

2080 

Hanger  only  . 

3 

2.00 

60-X 

Track  without  Brackets . 

\/ 

.32 

2080-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

v/2 

.40 

1080-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  . 

2  H 

1.25 

1080-E 

End  Bracket  . 

3  A 

1.50 

1280-SH 

Surface  Hinges  . 

. Pair 

1  l/2 

.50 

1 180-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinges  . 

1  Va 

.90 

2020-10" 

Backset  Hinges  . 

. Pair 

5 

1.10 

39 

Thumb  Latch  . 

1 

.50 

162 

Wrot  Pull  . 

.15 

26 

Chain  Bolt  . 

i?4 

.65 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt  (W'xl2")  . 

l 

.60 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


51 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  02580 

Using  Standard  Size  No.  240-X  Track 


3-D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 
May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out. 

No.  02580-3D  Set — Shipping  weight  35  pounds 


No.  02580— 3D  Set 

This  plan  of  using  three  doors  allows  for  an 
independent  passage  door  which  is  hinged  to  the 
jamb  and  latched  against  the  middle  door.  The 
other  two  fold  and  slide  to  the  opposite  jamb.  This 
plan  has  met  with  such  universal  approval  that  it  is 
now  considered  as  standard  installation  for  the 
single  car  garage,  having  a  9  foot  opening. 


1 

only  02580 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

240-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

H 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

1 

only 

162 

Pull 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

1 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Each  $13.50 


3 


No.  02580 

Using  Standard  Size  No.  240-X  Track 


No.  02580— 4D  Set 

This  set  has  given  such  excellent  satisfaction 
that  it  has  become  standard  where  four  doors  are 
desired  in  an  opening  of  12  foot  width  with  two 
doors  to  fold  and  slide  to  each  jamb.  It  can  be 
locked  from  the  inside  by  simply  dropping  the  cane 
bolts  in  the  center;  no  locking  device  is  required. 
A  separate  passage  door  must  be  provided  at  some 
other  point. 

2  only  02580  Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

14  feet  240-X  Trolley  Track 

3  pair  2020-10"  Hinges 

3  pair  1180-OSH  Hinges 

4  only  162  Pulls 

2  only  26  Chain  Bolts 

2  only  394-1  Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


4-D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 
May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out. 


No.  02580-4D  Set — Shipping  weight  55  pounds . Each  $23.00 


52 


A t 1 * 'tVi  ou^v  rs 


om 

3^“'^  X  I3^.P<fviXvXvE-',  ILLTm  OIi/1,  U.  I S'.  j\. 

£  ^%S%225S%SS5iSj2S!ggi%23Jis5SJigSg^ 

w«i'Jr 

FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  02080 

Using  Standard  Size  No.  60-X  Track 


No.  02080— 3d  Set 

This  plan  of  using  three  doors  allows  for  an  inde¬ 
pendent  passage  door  which  is  hinged  to  the  jamb 
and  latched  against  the  middle  door.  The  other  two 
fold  and  slide  to  the  opposite  jamb.  This  plan  has 
met  with  such  universal  approval  that  it  is  now  con¬ 
sidered  as  standard  installation  for  the  single  car 
garage,  having  a  9  foot  opening. 


1 

only  02080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Set 

7 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

i 

only 

39 

Latch 

i 

only 

162 

Pull 

i 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

i 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


3-D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 
May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out 


No.  02080-3D  Set — shipping  weight  35  pounds 


Each  $13.50 


No.  02080 

Using  Standard  Size  No.  60-X  Track 


4-D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 
May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out 


No.  02080— 4D  Set 


This  set  has  given  such  excellent  satisfaction 
that  it  has  become  standard  where  four  doors  are  de¬ 
sired  in  an  opening  of  12  foot  width  with  two  doors 
to  fold  and  slide  to  each  jamb.  It  can  be  locked 
from  the  inside  by  simply  dropping  the  cane  bolts  in 
the  center;  no  locking  device  is  required.  A  separate 
passage  door  must  be  provided  at  some  other  point. 


2  only  02080 

14  feet  60-X 

3  pair  2020-10" 

3  pair  1180-OSH 

4  only  162 
2  only  26 

2  only  394-1 

Complete  with 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 
bolts  and  screws. 


No.  02080-4D  Set — shipping  weight  55  lbs 


53 


Each  $23.00 


4UUk-Pf  ^oinrL 


warn 


. 


ffiiiiffn— ■ 


33^TSTV'IXvX^K^,  IL/Umoii/1,  XJ.  I 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  02580 

Using  Standard  Size  No.  240-X  Track 


May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out. 


No.  02580— 5D  Set 


The  five  door  set  can  be  used  on  openings  up  to  15 
feet  wide  which  gives  sufficient  clearance  for  two  average 
sized  cars.  This  set  allows  the  middle  door  to  serve  as  a 


passage  door,  as  either  side  may  be  opened  without  the 
other. 


2  only  02580 

14  feet  240-X 

3  pair  2020-10" 

H  pair  1180-BH 

3  pair  1180-OSH 

1  only  39 

4  only  162 

2  only 

2  ony 


Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

Trolley  Track 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Hinges 

Latch 

Pulls 

Chain  Bolts 
Cane  Bolts 


26 
394-1 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  02580-5D  Set — Shipping  weight  75  lbs. 


Each  $24.00 


c 


X 


No.  02580 

Using  Standard  Size  No.  240-X  Track 


No.  02580— 6D  Set 

Where  the  size  of  the  plot  for  the  garage  is  not  the 
limiting  factor  it  is  a  good  plan  to  allow  more  than  the 
absolute  minimum  space  for  a  two  car  building.  In  this 
case  the  six-door  arrangement  is  ideal  for  the  available 
opening  back  of  either  half  set  of  doors  is  more  than  ample 
for  the  passage  of  a  big  car. 

We  recommend  this  arrangement  for  openings  up  to 
18  feet. 

A  passage  door  is  a  part  of  this  plan  arrangement  and 
either  half  of  the  doors  in  the  opening  may  be  used  as 
desired. 


2 

only 

02580 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

14 

feet 

240-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-BH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

4 

only 

162 

Pulls 

3 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


6-D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 
May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out. 


No.  02580-6D  Set — Shipping  weight  80  lbs 


Each  $26.00 


54 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  02080 

Using  Standard  Size  No,  60-X  Track 


No.  02080-5D  Set 

The  five  door  set  can  be  used  on  openings  up 
to  fifteen  feet  wide  which  gives  sufficient  clearance 
for  two  average  sized  cars.  This  set  allows  the 
middle  door  to  serve  as  a  passage  door,  as  either 
side  may  be  opened  without  the  other. 


2 

only 

02080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

14 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

li 

pair 

1180-BH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

4 

only 

162 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

2 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


No.  02080-5D  Set — shipping  weight  75  lbs 


5-D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 
May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out 

. Each  $24.00 


No.  02080 

Using  Standard  Size  No.  60-X  Track 
No.  02080— 6D  Set 


6-D  Type  Installation 
For  doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 
May  be  installed  on  doors 
opening  in  or  out 

No.  02080-6D  Set — Shipping  weight  80  lbs. 


Where  the  size  of  the  plot  for  the  garage  is  not  the 
limiting  factor  it  is  a  good  plan  to  allow  more  than  the 
absolute  minimum  space  for  a  two  car  building.  In  this 
case  the  six-door  arrangement  is  ideal  for  the  available 
opening  back  of  either  half  set  of  doors  is  more  than  ample 
for  the  passage  of  a  big  car. 

We  recommend  this  arrangement  for  openings  up  to 
18  feet. 

A  passage  door  is  a  part  of  this  plan  arrangement  and 
either  half  of  the  doors  in  the  opening  may  be  used  as 
desired. 


2 

only 

02080 

Hanger  &  Bracket  Sets 

14 

feet 

60-X 

Trolley  Track 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-BH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

4 

only 

162 

Pulls 

3 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 


Each  $26.00 


55 


/tlti-tk-O  fOu  TTT 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  1180 

Using  Reliable  Round  Track 


For  Openings  with  Three,  Four,  Five  or  Six  Doors 
Suitable  for  Doors  not  over  2"  thick,  3'  wide  or  150  pounds  in  weight 

“Eleven-Eighty”  prevents  sagging  and  slamming  of  doors,  and  assures  weather-tight  equip¬ 
ment  that  is  easily  erected,  occupies  little  space,  operates  freely,  and  serves  a  lifetime. 

The  “Eleven-Eighty”  possesses  the  many  advantages  of  the  round  track  door  hardware 
which  we  originated  and  which  for  over  twenty-seven  years  has  proved  its  superior  worth. 

The  hanger,  with  steel  frame,  is  of  the  swivel  type,  reversible,  and  provided  with  vertical 
adjustment.  The  machined  cast  wheel,  2)4  inches  in  diameter,  has  hardened  steel  axle,  washers 
and  lubricated  roller  bearings.  Oil  holes  in  the  hanger  housing  permits  further  easy  lubrication 
when  necessary.  The  safety  guard  prevent  derailment.  Size  of  apron,  6  by  1)4  inches. 

The  track  is  a  tube  %-inch  in  diameter  made  of  14  gauge  high  carbon  steel  with  a  slot  in 
the  back  for  insertion  of  the  malleable  brackets  which  are  spaced  to  meet  requirements. 

The  elements  of  noise  and  friction  are  practically  eliminated,  for  the  hanger  wheel,  with  its 
small  point  of  contact  on  the  tubular  track  travels  with  no  side  friction. 

Headroom  required  above  top  of  door,  5)4  inches. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1180 

Hanger  . 

2  y2 

$1.25 

1 

Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet . 

i 

.20 

1-X 

Track,  without  Brackets  . 

Ya 

.16)4 

1-C 

Center  Bracket  . 

Va 

.08 

1-HE 

End  Bracket  . 

y2 

.08 

2020-10" 

Backset  Hinges  . 

5 

1.10 

1 180-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinges  . 

1  Vi 

.90 

39 

Thumb  Latch  . 

1 

.50 

162 

Wrot  Pulls  . 

Va 

.15 

26 

Chain  Bolt  . 

1J4 

.65 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt  ()4"xl2")  . 

l 

.60 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


56 


Ul+k-'p  r  o  u  "tv"  to  -nrt 


nMBMSMtrr'TMPP _ _ _ 

J[  v  I  > TX TSL^V 1 1 v Lviv  ,  I  LlaTM  O  1 1/1^  U.  i/T  A. 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  01180 


Using  Reliable  Round  Track 


No.  01180— 3D  Set 

For  openings  9  feet  wide  with  three  doors  that  do  not 
weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
two  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the  third  door 
is  hung  to  the  opposite  jamb  to  act  as  a  passage  door. 


No.  01 180-3D  Set 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

1180 

Hanger 

7 

feet 

1-X 

Round  Track 

3 

only 

1-C 

Brackets 

2 

only 

1-HE 

Brackets 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

u 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

1 

only 

162 

Pull 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

1 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  01180-3D  —  Complete  Set- — shipping  weight  20 

pounds.  Set  price  . $  9.00 

Packed  5  Sets  01180-31)  to  a  case.  Track  tied  in 
bundles. 


Interior  vieW. 


3D  Type  Installation 


For  Doors  Opening  In  or  Out 


£l 


=3 


No.  01180 

Using  Reliable  Round  Track 


No.  01180— 3D  1  Set 

For  openings  9  feet  wide  with  three  doors  that  do  not 
weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that  all 
doors  fold-slide  to  one  jamb. 

No.  01180-3D1  Set 
Consists  of: 


1 

only 

1180 

Hanger 

7 

feet 

1-X 

Round  Track 

3 

only 

1-C 

Brackets 

2 

only 

1-HE 

Brackets 

14 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1280-SH 

Hinges 

14 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

2 

only 

162 

Pull 

1 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

2 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  01180-3D1 — Complete  Set  —  shipping  weight  25 
pounds.  Set  price  . $ 


For  Doors  Opening  In  or  Out 


57 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  01180 

Using  Reliable  Round  Track 


No.  01180 — 4D  Set 

For  openings  12  feet  wide  with  four  doors 
that  do  not  weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per 
door,  arranged  so  that  two  doors  will  fold-slide 
to  each  jamb. 


No.  01180-4D  Set 
Consists  of: 


2 

only 

1180 

Hangers 

14 

feet 

1-X 

Round  Track 

8 

only 

1-C 

Brackets 

2 

only 

1-HE 

Brackets 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

4 

only 

162 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

2 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  01 180-4D— Complete  Set  — -  shipping 

weight  60  pounds.  Set  price . $14.25 


For  Doors  Opening  In  or  Out 


# 


-=A= 


4 


No.  01180 

Using  Reliable  Round  Track 


No.  01180— 4D1  Set 

For  openings  12  feet  wide  with  four  doors  that  do 
not  weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so 
that  three  doors  will  fold-slide  to  one  jamb  while  the 
other  door  is  hinged  to  opposite  jamb  and  acts  as  a 


passage 

door. 

No.  01 180-4D1  Set 
Consists  of: 

1 

only 

1180 

Hanger 

7 

feet 

1-X 

Round  Track 

3 

only 

1-C 

Brackets 

2 

only 

1-HE 

Brackets 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

U 

pair 

1180-BH 

Hinges 

H 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

2 

only 

162 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  01180-4D1 — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  45 

pounds.  Set  price  . $11.75 


For  Doors  Opening  In  or  Out 

58 


4D1  Type  Installation 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  01180 


Using  Reliable  Round  Track 


No.  01180— 5D  Set 

For  openings  15  feet  wide  with  five  doors  that  do  not 
weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  are  hinged  together  to  fold-slide  to  one  jamb 
while  the  other  two  will  fold-slide  to  the  opposite  jamb. 
A  passage  door  is  provided  for  at  the  center  and  may  be 
hinged  to  either  set  of  two  doors. 

No.  01180-5D  Set 
Consists  of: 


2 

only 

1180 

Hangers 

14 

feet 

1-X 

Round  Track 

6 

only 

1-C 

Brackets 

4 

only 

1-HE 

Brackets 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

n 

pair 

1180-BH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1 180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

4 

only 

162 

Pulls 

2 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

2 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  01180-5D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  65 

pounds.  Set  price  . $15.50 


5D  Type  Installation 


For  Doors  Opening  In  or  Out 


=a 


No.  01180 

Using  Reliable  Round  Track 


No.  01180— 6D  Set 

For  openings  18  feet  wide  with  six  doors  that  do  not 
weigh  more  than  150  pounds  per  door,  arranged  so  that 
three  doors  are  hinged  together  in  sets  to  fold-slide  to 
each  jamb. 

No.  01180-6D  Set 
Consists  of: 


2 

only 

1180 

Hangers 

14 

feet 

1-X 

Round  Track 

6 

only 

1-C 

Brackets 

4 

only 

1-HE 

Brackets 

3 

pair 

2020-10" 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-BH 

Hinges 

3 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

39 

Latch 

4 

only 

162 

Pulls 

3 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolts 

3 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolts 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  01180-6D — Complete  Set — shipping  weight  55 

pounds.  Set  price  . $17.50 


For  Doors  Opening  In  or  Out 
59 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  1280  Hanger  with  No.  152  Flat  Track 


For  Openings  with  Three,  Four,  Five  and  Six  Doors 
Suitable  for  Doors  not  over  2"  thick,  3'  wide  or  125  pounds  in  weight 


“Twelve-Eighty”  is  a  highly  developed  type  of  hanger  designed  for  use  with  standard  flat 
track.  Its  easy  application  and  very  low  cost  make  it  most  desirable. 

The  Hanger  has  a  steel  frame  and  is  of  the  swivel  type.  Up  and  down  adjustment  is  af¬ 
forded  by  the  special  bolt  hole  arrangement  of  the  hanger  apron.  Doors  equipped  with  “Twelve- 
Eighty”  cannot  sag  or  get  out  of  line  and  they  make  the  opening  perfectly  weather-tight. 

The  Track  is  made  in  4,  6,  8,  9  and  10  foot  lengths  with  supporting  brackets  rigidly  at¬ 
tached  about  16  inches  apart.  Ends  of  track  are  designed  for  interlocking  so  that  no  humps  or 
bumps  in  the  run  of  track  are  possible. 


“Twelve-Eighty”  as  a  complete  set  for  three  door  installation  on  opening  8  feet  wide  is  called 
“Twelve-Eighty”  3D  (01280-3D)  hardware  set.  This  set  includes  all  bolts,  screws  and  nails  for 
attaching  all  hardware,  including  track,  and  is  packed,  excepting  the  track,  in  a  box,  and  ten 
sets  to  a  case.  Set  consists  of: 


1  only  No.  1280 
6  feet  No.  152 
4i  pair  No.  1280-SH 
1  only  No.  39 
1  only  No.  162 
1  only  No.  26 
1  only  No.  394-1 


Hanger 
Flat  Track 
Surface  Hinges 
Thumb  Latch 
Pull 

Chain  Bolt 
Cane  Bolt 


No. 

01280-3D 

Hardware  Set  . 

1280 

Hanger  . 

152 

Flat  Track  . . .  . 

1280-SH 

Surface  Hinges 

39 

Thumb  Latch  . 

162 

Pull  . 

26 

Chain  Bolt  .... 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt  J4"x 

DESCRIPTION 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Each 

18 

$6.25 

Each 

2 

1.25 

Foot 

1 

.14 

V/2 

.50 

Each 

1 

.50 

Each 

y* 

.15 

Each 

154 

.65 

Each 

1 

.60 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


60 


FOLDING-SLIDING  GARAGE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  514  Hanger  with  No.  517  Track 


For  Openings  with  Three,  Four,  Five  or  Six  Doors 
Suitable  for  Single  Thickness  Doors  of  Light  Weight 


“Five-Fourteen  provides  an  easily  erected  equipment  for  folding-sliding  doors.  It  prevents  the  doors  from 
sagging  or  slamming,  operates  freely  and  assures  close  fitting  weather-tight  set  of  doors. 

The  No.  514  Hanger  is  made  of  very  heavy  wrought  steel  and  is  so  constructed  as  to  carry  the  weight 
evenly  on  both  ends  of  the  axles.  This  prevents  the  wheels  from  tilting  over  sideways  and  wearing  unevenly. 
The  cast  wheels  roll  on  hardened  steel  axles  and  lubricated  roller  bearings. 

No.  517  track  is  made  from  16  gauge  steel  of  the  very  best  quality  and  is  accurately  formed.  The  design 
embodies  the  round  trough  idea  that  has  proven  so  popular  in  our  other  types  of  track. 

Holes  are  punched  at  regular  intervals  for  attaching  the  track  directly  to  the  wall,  thus  doing  away  with 
the  use  of  brackets  except  at  the  joints  of  the  track.  The  operation  of  the  hanger  arm  makes  it  unnecessary 
to  block  the  track  out. 

Only  five  inches  of  headroom  above  top  of  door  are  required  for  installation. 

Track  tied  in  bundles.  All  other  hardware,  including  necessary  bolts  and  screws  for  attaching,  packed  in 

carton. 


No.  0514-3D  Set 

For  Three  Doors  in  a  9  foot  Opening 


1  only  No.  514 
7 'feet  No.  517 
3  pair  No.  2020-8" 

H  pair  No.  1180-OSH 
1  only  No.  39 
1  only  No.  162 
1  only  No.  26 
1  only  No.  394-1 


Hanger 

Track 

Backset  Hinges 
Offset  Surface  Hinges 
Thumb  Latch 
Raised  Pull 
Chain  Bolt 
Cane  Bolt 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

0514-3D 

Hardware  Set  . 

18 

$9.00 

514 

Hanger  . 

2 

2.50 

517 

Track  . 

1 

.20 

1180-OSH 

Hinges,  offset  surface  . 

D4 

.90 

2080-8" 

Backset  Hinges  . 

. Pair 

4J4 

.85 

39 

Thumb  Latch  . 

1 

.50 

162 

Raised  Pull  . 

y* 

,15 

26 

Chain  Bolt  . 

114 

.65 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt  ^"xl2" . 

l 

.60 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

61 


IXA-ISTV'!  ,  I  L,1^1TNL  O  I  i/1.  U •  ^ :|A, 


TROLLEY  SWIVEL  HANGERS  FOR  GARAGE  DOORS  THAT 
SLIDE  AT  RIGHT  ANGLES,  USING  STRAIGHT  TRACK 


Right  Angle  No.  79  Hangers  with 
60-X  Track 


Fig.  2  represents  a  condition  where  the  space  from 
the  side  walls  to  the  jambs  is  less  than  two  feet. 
The  same  amount  of  material  is  required  as  in  Fig. 
1,  only  the  two  side  tracks  are  placed  at  an  angle. 
A  2"x6"  timber  placed  4"  from  the  jamb  and  attached 
to  the  side  wall  makes  a  practical  track  support. 


Fig.  3  has  an  opening  at  one  side  with  a  right 
angle  door  and  one  sliding  door.  This  arrangement 
of  the  tracks  and  hangers  is  the  same  as  described  in 
Fig.  1,  with  the  exception  that  one  door  runs  parallel 
with  the  front  wall. 


Fig.  4 


Fig.  4  represents  a  wide  garage  for  two  cars 
which  requires  the  same  outfit  as  described  in  Fig.  1, 
only  the  tracks  are  longer  to  accommodate  the  larger 
doors. 


Fig.  1  represents  a  small  garage  which  is 
commonly  used.  The  opening  is  usually  the 
width  of  the  front  wall.  This  cut  shows  two 
doors  in  the  opening,  but  one  door  will  oper¬ 
ate  just  as  satisfactorily.  Two  doors  should 
be  used  where  the  car  is  nearly  the  length  of 
the  garage  as  a  single  door  will  take  up  more 
space  in  going  across  the  corner  (see  clear¬ 
ance  table  in  details  below).  A  single  door 
requires  two  runs  of  track  while  two  doors 
need  three  runs  of  track,  one  across  the  front 
and  two  shorter  lengths  at  the  sides. 


Application  Details  of  Right  Angle  Doors 


jW 

r  Dl 


DOOR  OPENCO 


DOOR  PARTLY  OPENEO 

I0 

In 

It* 


TRACK 


62 


HANGERS  FOR  RIGHT  ANGLE  DOORS 


Above  Hangers  Use  No.  240-X  Track 


Above  Hangers  Use  No.  60-X  Track 


2474  2274  1074  74 

Above  Hangers  Use  No.  280-X  Track  Above  Hangers  Use  No.  67-X  Track 


See  Pages  64  and  65  for  Prices  of  Hangers,  Tracks  and  Brackets 

63 


HANGERS,  TRACKS  AND  CURVES 


Of  the  Square  Trough  Track  Type 


\ 


Curves 

W  eight 


240-XUl 

Curve 

2' 

to 

3' 

radius 

90°. .. 

Lbs. 

8 

Price 

$  6.00 

240-XU2 

Curve 

3' 

to 

4'6" 

radius 

90° . . . 

11 

9.00 

240-XU3 

Curve 

4'6" 

to 

6' 

radius 

90° . . . 

16 

12.50 

240-XU4 

Curve 

6' 

to 

r 

radius 

90°.  . . 

. .  .  Each 

18 

15.50 

240-XU5 

Curve 

7' 

to 

8' 

radius 

90°. . . 

20 

18.00 

270-XU1 

Curve 

2' 

to 

3' 

radius 

90°. . . 

9 

$10.00 

270-XU2 

Curve 

3' 

to 

4'6" 

radius 

90° . . . 

13 

15.00 

270-XU3 

Curve  4'6" 

to 

6' 

radius 

90°. .. 

18 

21.00 

270-XU4 

Curve 

6’ 

to 

r 

radius 

90°. .. 

23 

26.00 

270-XU5 

Curve 

V 

to 

8' 

radius  . . . 

27 

30.00 

280-XU1 

Curve 

2' 

to 

3' 

radius 

90°. .. 

18 

12.00 

280-XU2 

Curve 

3' 

to 

4'6" 

radius 

90°. . . 

25 

18.00 

280-XU3 

Curve 

4'6" 

to 

6' 

radius 

90° . . . 

34 

25.00 

280-XU4 

Curve 

6' 

to 

7' 

radius 

90°. . . 

. .  .  Each 

40 

31.00 

280-XU5 

Curve 

7' 

to 

8' 

radius 

90°.. . 

45 

36.00 

Compound  Curves  take  double  price. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs: 

Price 

2479 

Hanger,  Four  Wheels,  standard  size . 

3/2 

$3.25 

2279 

Hanger,  Two  Wheels,  standard  size  . 

2 

3.00 

240-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  . 

Wa 

.32 

240-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall  . 

l 

.25 

240-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

l 

.25 

240-C  O 

Bracket,  Center  Overhead . 

1/ 

.30 

240-E  O 

Bracket,  End  Overhead  . 

1/2 

.30 

2427 

Hanger,  Four  Wheels,  intermediate  size  . 

5 

5.00 

2227 

Hanger,  Two  Wheels,  intermediate  size  . 

3/ 

4.50 

270-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  . 

2  54 

.65 

270-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall  . 

lti 

.65 

270-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

2 

.65 

270-CO 

Bracket,  Center  Overhead  . 

Iti 

.65 

270-EO 

Bracket,  End  Overhead . 

2 

.65 

2474 

Hanger,  Four  Wheel,  large  size . 

7/ 

6.75 

2274 

Hanger,  Two  Wheel,  large  size  . 

5 

6.00 

280-X 

Trolley  Track,  without  Brackets . 

3/ 

.85 

280-C 

Bracket,  Center.  Side  Wall  . 

3 

.85 

280-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

3/ 

.85 

280-C  O 

Bracket,  Center  Overhead  . 

4/ 

.85 

280-EO 

Bracket,  End  Overhead . 

5 

.85 

See  Page  61  for  Hangers.  See  Pages  116  to  125  for  other  Brackets. 
Standard  finish;  black  japanned. 


64 


HANGERS,  TRACKS  AND  CURVES 

Of  the  Round  Trough  Trolley  Track  Type 


Curves 

Weight 

Lbs.  Price 


60-XU1 

Curve 

2' 

to 

3' 

radius 

90°. . . 

.  . .  Each 

7 

$  6.00 

60-XU2 

Curve 

3' 

to 

4 '6" 

radius 

90°. . . 

. . .  Each 

10 

9.00 

60-XU3 

Curve 

4 '6" 

to 

6' 

radius 

90°.. . 

15 

12.50 

60-XU4 

Curve 

6' 

to 

T 

radius 

90°.. . 

.  .  .  Each 

17 

15.50 

60-XU5 

Curve 

r 

to 

8' 

radius 

90°.. . 

19 

18.00 

71-XU1 

Curve 

2' 

to 

3' 

radius 

90°.. . 

8 

9.00 

71-XU2 

Curve 

3' 

to 

4 '6" 

radius 

90°.. . 

12 

13.50 

71-XU3 

Curve 

4 '6" 

to 

6' 

radius 

90°.. . 

17 

19.00 

71-XU4 

Curve 

6' 

to 

7' 

radius 

90°.. . 

. . .  Each 

22 

23.50 

71-XU5 

Curve 

V 

to 

8' 

radius 

90°.. . 

26 

27.00 

67-XU1 

Curve 

2' 

to 

3' 

radius 

90°.. . 

18 

12.00 

67-XU2 

Curve 

3' 

to 

4 '6" 

radius 

90°.. . 

25 

18.00 

67-XU3 

Curve 

4 '6" 

to 

6' 

radius 

90°.. . 

.  .  .  Each 

34 

25.00 

67-XU4 

Curve 

6' 

to 

7' 

radius 

90°.. . 

40 

31.00 

67-XU5 

Curve 

7' 

to 

8' 

radius 

90°.. . 

45 

36.00 

Compound  curves  take  double  price. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

I.bs. 

Price 

79 

Hanger,  Four  Wheel,  standard  size  . 

Hanger,  Two  Wheel,  standard  size . 

3/2 

$  3.25 

1079-M 

2 

3.00 

60- X 

Trolley  Track  without  Bracket  . 

\A 

.32 

60-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall  . 

1 

.25 

60-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

1 

.25 

60-CO 

Bracket,  Center  Overhead  . 

1/2 

.30 

60-EO 

Bracket,  End  Overhead . 

IX 

.30 

127 

Hanger,  Four  Wheel,  intermediate  size . 

5 

5.00 

1127 

Hanger,  Two  Wheel,  intermediate  size  . 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  . 

3  X 

4.50 

71-X 

2 

.55 

71-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall  . 

m 

.65 

71-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

2 

.65 

71-CO 

Bracket,  Center  Overhead  . 

l  X 

.65 

71-EO 

Bracket,  End  Overhead . 

2 

.65 

74 

Hanger,  Four  Wheel,  large  size . 

7'A 

6.75 

1074 

Hanger,  Two  Wheel,  large  size  . 

5 

6.00 

67-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets  . 

3'A 

.85 

67-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall  . 

. Each 

3 

1.10 

67-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

3  A 

1.10 

67-CO 

Bracket,  Center  Overhead  . 

4  A 

1.10 

67-EO 

Bracket,  End  Overhead  . 

5 

1.10 

See  Page  61  for  Hangers.  See  Pages  118  to  128  for  other  Brackets. 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


65 


\  \  X  1 4*  It  -  O  UL 

-■IIM . . . 


rnmmmwmmm 


M0 ■  . .  .  •  ns  wammmmammm 


ID^A-TSTV/ITL/TvE^,  I  L/L/3QNE  O  I  l£\  U-  \S\  -A. 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Overlap  Type 

Licensed  under  Patent  No.  1,184,983,  May  30th,  1916 


“'STRAIGHT  TRACK 


'  Straight  Track. 


As  shown  above,  the  rad¬ 
ius  of  a  curve  of  90  de¬ 
grees  takes  up  the  same 
amount  of  space  on  both 
front  and  side  walls. 


See  pages  64  and  65  for 
prices  of  curves. 


Where  the  distance,  between  edge  of  jamb  and  side  wall,  is  less  than  30  inches  you  should 
use  three  doors  in  the  opening,  installed  as  per  plan  above.  With  this  arrangement  you  then  have 
an  easy  operating  set  of  hardware  as  well  as  the  convenience  of  a  passage  door. 

When  a  two-door  installation  is  insisted  on,  do  not  attempt  to  use  curves  unless  there  is  30 
inches  of  space  to  the  side  wall,  but  use  instead  the  right  angle  arrangement  shown  on  page  62, 


Fig.  2. 


Minimum  radius  recommended  for  curved  track  is  24  inches  at  90  degrees. 
Curves  regularly  carried  in  stock  are  made  to  radius  of  2',  2'6",  3',  3'6"  and  4'. 
made  up  as  ordered.  See  pages  64  and  65  for  prices  of  Curves. 


Other  sizes 


P  o  si tion  of  door  s 

\  v/hen  open- 


Position  of  doors 
when  open . 


GARAGE  WITH  SIX  HINGED  DOORS. 


Entrance  door 


Entrance  door  ' 

\  //3-0  ' 


_ 


End  View  showing  detail 
at  points  marked  A-A  on 
both  floor  plans. 


66 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No. 

4269 

for 

240-X 

Track 

No. 

6269 

for 

60- X 

Track 

No. 

4217 

for 

270-X 

Track 

No. 

6217 

for 

71-X 

Track 

No. 

4264 

for 

280-X 

Track 

No. 

6264 

for 

67-X 

Track 

Overlap  Type 


For  Installations  Made 
as  Illustrated 
on  Opposite  Page 


No.  4417  for  270-X  Track 

No.  6417  for  71-X  Track 

No.  4464  for  280-X  Track 

No.  6464  for  67-X  Track 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


Weight 

Lbs. 


Price 


4269 

Hanger — Two  Wheel  for  240-X  Track  . 

4217 

Hanger — Two  Wheel  for  270-X  Track  . 

4264 

Hanger — Two  Wheel  for  280-X  Track  . 

4469 

Hanger — Four  Wheel  for  240-X  Track  . 

4417 

Hanger — Four  Wheel  for  270-X  Track  . 

4464 

Hanger — Four  Wheel  for  280-X  Track  . 

6269 

Hanger — Two  Wheel  for  60-X  Track  .  . 

6217 

Hanger — Two  Wheel  for  71-X  Track  . . 

6264 

Hanger — Two  Wheel  for  67-X  Track  .  . 

6469 

Hanger — Four  Wheel  for  60-X  Track  . . 

6417 

Hanger — Four  Wheel  for  71-X  Track  . . 

6464 

Hanger — Four  Wheel  for  67-X  Track  . . 

Each 

llA 

$  3.25 

Each 

3l/2 

$  5.00 

Each 

5 

6.75 

Each 

2/2 

3.50 

Each 

5 

5.50 

Each 

7/2 

7.50 

Each 

IV2 

3.25 

Each 

3/2 

5.00 

Each 

5 

6.75 

Each  2  lA 

Each  5 

Each  7p£ 


3.50 

5.50 

7.50 


Typical  Sets  Using  Round  Trough  Type  of  Track 


3  Door  Opening — 9  feet  wide 


Doors  not  over 

150  pounds  each 

3 

only 

6469 

Hangers 

12 

feet 

60-X 

Track  2/6' 

1 

only 

60-XU1 

Curve,  3'  Rad.  90 

10 

only 

60-C 

Brackets 

n 

pair 

1080-SH 

Surface  Hinges 

14 

pair 

1089-RCS 

Surface  Hinges 

2 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

2 

only 

305 

Pulls 

1 

only 

396 

Drawtite 

Complete  with  Bolts  and  Screws. 


Prine  per  set  . . $30.70 


6  Door  Opening — 18  feet  wide 

Doors  not  over 

150  pounds  each 

4 

only 

6469 

Hangers 

2 

only 

6269 

Hangers  to  be  used 

wl 

doors  meet  at  center 

24 

feet 

60-X 

Track  4/6' 

2 

only 

60-XU1 

Curves,  3'  Rad.  90° 

18 

only 

60-C 

Brackets 

3 

pair 

1080-SH 

Surface  Hinges 

3 

pair 

1089-RCS 

Surface  Hinges 

4 

only 

394-2 

Cane  Bolts 

4 

only 

305 

Pulls 

2 

only 

396 

Drawtites 

Complete  with 

Bolts  and  Screws. 

Price 

per  set 

.$6 

67 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Flush  Type 

Licensed  under  Patent  No.  1,184,983,  May  30th,  1916 


The  Flush  Type  Round-xVCorner  installation  slides  the  doors  under  the  header  instead  of 
lapping.  At  the  side  jambs  the  doors  close  tight  against  the  stops  thus  making  a  weather  tight  job. 

By  using  a  passage  door  hinged  to  the  doors  on  hangers  it  is  possible  to  install  a  curve  hav¬ 
ing  a  large  radius  as  the  passage  door  swings  under  the 
curve.  Easy  movement  of  the  doors  is  a  result  of  using 
this  large  radius  curve  as  the  hangers  cannot  bind  or  stick. 

This  Round-A-Corner  arrangement  can  be  installed 
readily  on  openings  where  the  space  from  jamb  and  side 
wall  is  only  the  thickness  of  the  jamb  timber. 


End  View  No.  1080 
Hanger  and 
No.  1080-C 
Bracket 


68 


/UtHk-'p  f  OU  nrt 


•  '  -  < 

fCfcA.TNTV'I  T^TLTv ,  I  I^X^I XOIl/1,  U.  A  . 


ROUND-A-CORNER  BOOR  HARDWARE 

Flush  Type 


As  shown  above,  the  radius  of  a  curve 
of  90  degrees  takes  up  the  same  amount 
of  space  on  both  front  and  side  walls. 
See  pages  64  and  65  for  prices  of  curves. 


This  Hanger  is  made  in  six  numbers 
to  fit  each  size  of  track  in  both  the  round 
and  square  trough  types  of  track. 


Four  wheel  hangers  are  used  throughout  as  the  door  plates  or  aprons  of  the  hangers  permit  placing  on  door 
far  enough  from  the  edge  of  stile  so  that  the  wheels  of  hangers  will  not  bump  where  doors  meet  at  the  center. 


Hangers  for  Use  with  Round  Trough  Types  of  Track 

No.  1080  Hanger — for  60-X  Track .  Each  $  3.50 

No.  1081  Hanger— for  71-X  Track  . Each  5.50 

No.  1082  Hanger — for  67-X  Track . Each  7.50 

Hangers  for  Use  with  Square  Trough  Types  of  Track 

No.  2480  Hanger — for  240-X  Track  . Each  $  3.50 

No.  2481  Hanger — for  270-X  Track  . Each  5.50 

No.  2482  Hanger — for  280-X  Track  . Each  7.50 


Typical  Set  Using  Round  Trough  Type  cf  Track 

3  Door  Opening  9  feet  wide 
Doors  not  over  150  pounds  each 

No.  01089— 3D  Set 


3 

only 

1080 

Hangers 

14 

feet 

60-X 

Track  2/7' 

1 

only 

60-XU1 

Curve,  3'  Rad.  90° 

11 

only 

1080-C 

Brackets 

li 

pair 

1080-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinges  for 

Passage  Door 

Complete  with  bolts 


Surface  Hinges  for  Second 
and  Third  Doors 
Cane  Bolts 
Guide 
Pulls 
Latch 

and  screws. 


1J  pair  1089RCS 

2  only  394-2 

i  only  179 

1  only  305 

1  only  139 


No.  01089-3D  Set — Complete 


A  Six  Door  Opening  Requires  Two  Full  Sets. 
69 


$33.00 


/t  1 1 1 4*  1tl  -  O  CZ 


rvr 


rrr.  - 

•  •  •  •  •  J 


32>_A-T>jrVT l^lvlv.  I  Lvlvl NOliT,  U .  A 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  1189  Hanger  with  No.  1  Round  Track 

Licensed  under  Patent  No.  1,184,983,  May  30th,  1916 


e  v/i  r/o/v 


Th/?u  Doosp 


\\  it h  Eleven-Eighty-Nine  ’  equipment,  which  operates  inside  the  building  out  of  the  weather, 
the  doors  slide  around  along  the  side  wall.  I  his  arrangement  permits  an  opening  of  practically 
the  full  width  of  the  garage.  Also  the  doors  slide  clear  of  an  automobile  standing  within  a  few 
inches  of  the  opening  or  the  wall. 

A  convenient  passage  door  is  available  without  operating  the  other  doors. 

The  No.  01 189-3D  Set  is  intended  for  the  usual  installation  of  three  doors  covering  an  open- 
ing  eight  feet  in  width. 


No.  01189 — 3D  Hardware  Set 


Complete  equipment  for  three  (3)  doors  installed  as  shown  above,  consisting  of: 


3 

only 

1189 

Hangers 

13 

feet 

1-X 

Round  Track  1/6'  1/7' 

9 

only 

1-C 

Brackets 

2 

only 

1-E 

Brackets 

1 

only 

1189-U 

Curve — 24"  Radius 

3 

pair 

1280-SH 

Hinges 

1 

only 

1189-H 

Hasp 

2 

only 

162 

Pulls 

1 

only 

148 

Stop 

1 

only 

189 

Guide 

No.  01 189-3D— Complete  Set  . Each  $10.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


70 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  1189  Hanger  with  No.  1  Round  Track 

Licensed  under  Patent  No.  1,184,983,  May  30th,  1916 


For  Openings  with  Three  or  More  Doors 
Suitable  for  Doors  not  over  2"  thick,  3'  wide,  or  150  pounds  in  weight 

The  Hanger,  with  steel  frame,  is  of  the  swivel  type,  reversible,  and  provided  with  verti¬ 
cal  adjustment.  The  machined  cast  wheel,  2]/2  inches  in  diameter,  has  hardened  steel  axle, 
washers  and  lubricated  roller  bearings.  Oil  holes  in  the  hanger  housing  permit  further  easy 
lubrication  when  necessary.  The  safety  guard  prevents  derailment.  Size  of  apron  6  by  1% 
inches. 

The  Track — the  original  Allith  type — is  a  tube  %-mch  in  diameter  made  of  14  gauge  high 
carbon  steel  with  a  slot  in  the  back  for  insertion  of  the  malleable  brackets  which  are  spaced 
to  meet  requirements. 

The  elements  of  noise  and  friction  are  practically  eliminated,  for  the  hanger  wheel,  with  its 
small  point  of  contact  on  the  tubular  track,  travels  with  no  side  friction. 

Headroom  required  above  top  of  doors,  5lA  inches. 

Installation  may  be  made  with  passage  door  hung  to  side  jamb  is  desired. 

Packed  6  sets  01189-3D  to  a  case.  Track  tied  in  bundles. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

01189-3D 

Hardware  Set  . 

$10.00 

1189 

Hanger  . 

2/2 

1.25 

1-X 

Round  Track  . 

H 

.16  y2 

1-C 

Bracket,  Center  . 

% 

.08 

1-E 

Bracket,  End  . 

% 

.08 

1189-U 

Curve,  24"  Radius  . 

2 

1.50 

1280-SH 

Hinge — Flat  Surface  . 

Wz 

.50 

1189-H 

Hinge  Hasp,  4l/2"  . 

Vz 

.20 

162 

Pull  . 

Va 

.15 

148 

Door  Stop  . 

Vz 

.20 

189 

Floor  Guide  . 

1/2 

.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

71 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Using  No.  152  Flat  Track 


“  Thirteen-Eighty-Nine”  as  a  complete  set  for  the  usual  three-door  installation  for  an  eight- 
foot  opening,  known  as  No.  01389-3D,  consists  of: 


3 

only 

No.  1389 

Adjustable  Swivel  Hangers 

16 

feet 

No.  152 

Flat  Track,  2/4',  1/8' 

3 

pair 

No.  1280-SH 

Surface  Hinges 

1 

only 

No.  1189-H 

Hasp 

2 

only 

No.  162 

Raised  Pulls 

1 

only 

No.  148 

Stop 

1 

only 

No.  189 

Adjustable  Guide 

Packed  complete  in  a  carton,  except  track,  with  bolts,  screws  and  nails.  Ten  sets  to  a  case. 
Track  wired  in  bundles. 

No.  01389-3D — Hardware  Set — weight  24  lbs . Each  $  8.50 

For  three  doors  in  a  10  foot  opening,  substitute  two  6  foot  and  one  8  foot  pieces  of  track.  For 
three  doors  for  a  12  foot  opening  substitute  three  8  foot  pieces  of  track. 


72 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  1389  Hanger  with  No.  152  Flat  Track 
Flush  Type 


For  Openings  of  Any  Width  with  Three  or  More  Doors 
Suitable  for  Doors  not  over  2"  thick,  3'  wide  or  125  pounds  in  weight 

“Thirteen-Eighty-Nine”  combines  the  advantages  of  ease  of  application  and  operation  with 
long^satisfactory  service  and  low  cost.  A  weathertight  arrangement  operating  inside  the  building 
out  of  the  way  and  out  of  the  weather.  The  full  width  of  the  opening,  almost  the  full  width  of 
the  building,  is  available,  and  headroom  of  only  five  inches  is  required  above  top  of  doors.  The 
passage  door  may  be  used  without  operating  the  other  doors. 

No.  1389  hanger,  with  steel  frame,  is  of  the  swivel  type  and  permits  of  vertical  adjustment. 
The  cast  wheel,  2j4  inches  in  diameter,  has  hardened  steel  axle,  washers  and  lubricated  roller 
bearings.  Oil  holes  in  the  hanger  housing  permit  further  easy  lubrication  when  necessary.  The 
safety  guard  prevents  derailment. 

The  No.  152  flat  track  is  made  of  1T4"  by  TV'  steel  with  riveted  brackets.  Curve  to  be  formed 
on  the  job  using  the  8  ft.  length  of  track. 


No 


01389-3D 

1389 

152 

1280-SH 

1189-H 

148 

162 

189 


DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Hardware  Set  . 

21 

$8.50 

Hanger  . 

2 

1.25 

Track — 4,  6,  8  and  10  ft.  lengths  . 

1 

.14 

Hinge  . . . 

5 

.50 

Hasp  . 

2 

.20 

Stop  . 

J4 

.20 

Pull  . 

% 

.15 

Guide . 

W2 

.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


73 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Licensed  under  Patent  No.  1,184,983,  May  30th,  1916 


No.  0518-3D  Hardware  Set  as  Installed  with  Passage  Door  Hung  to  Jamb. 


No.  0518-3D  Hardware  Set  as  Installed  with  Passage  Door  Hung  to  Others 
and  All  to  Slide  Around  Corner. 


74 


ROUND-A-CORNER  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  518  Hanger  with  No.  517  Track 
Flush  Type 


Licensed  under  Patent  No.  1,184,983,  May  30th,  1916 


No.  0518-3D  Hardware  Set  Installed 


This  equipment  operates  inside  of  the  building,  out  of  the  weather,  and  requires  little  space. 
One  door,  serving  as  a  passage  door,  is  hinged  to  either  jamb,  and  the  other  two  slide  past 
along  the  side  wall,  or  installation  may  be  made  for  all  doors  to  slide  along  side  wall  as  shown  in 
lower  illustration  on  opposite  page.  The  doors  close  flush  with  the  casings. 

Although  this  hardware  is  generally  used  with  three  doors  on  an  eight-foot  opening,  requir¬ 
ing  parts  as  furnished  in  our  No.  0518-3D  set,  it  is  suitable  for  any  number  of  doors  and  openings 
of  any  width.  It  is  intended  however  for  simply  single  thickness  doors  of  light  weight. 

No.  518  Hanger,  with  roller  bearings  and  machined  cast  wheels,  runs  smoothly  in  the  round 
trough  track.  The  swivel  and  vertical  adjustment  features  further  assure  satisfactory  operation 
of  the  doors. 

No.  0518-3D  Set 
Consists  of: 


3 

only 

518 

Swivel,  Adjustable  Hangers 
Track  1/6'  1/7' 

13 

feet 

517 

1 

only 

517-U 

Curve,  2-foot  radius,  90  degrees 

n 

pair 

1280-SH 

Surface  Hinges 

n 

pair 

1180-OSH 

Offset  Hinges 

i 

only 

1189-H 

Hinge  Hasp 

2 

only 

162 

Raised  Pulls 

1 

only 

148 

Stop 

1 

only 

189 

Adjustable  Guide 

For  three  doors  for  a  ten-foot  opening,  substitute  two  eight-foot  pieces  of  track.  All  parts 
of  No.  0518-3D  set  excepting  the  track  are  packed  complete  in  a  carton  with  bolts,  screws  and 
nails  for  erecting,  and  ten  sets  in  a  case.  Track  wired  in  bundles. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

0518-3D 

Hardware  Set  . 

26 

$10.50 

518 

Hanger  . 

4 

1.25 

517 

Track — 1,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9  and  10  ft.  lengths . 

1 

.20 

517-U 

Curve,  2-foot  radius,  90  degrees  . 

4 

1.75 

1280-SH 

Surface  Hinge  . 

. Pair 

2 

.50 

1180-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinge  . 

. Pair 

.90 

1189-H 

Hasp  . 

'A 

.20 

162 

Pull  . 

A 

.15 

148 

Stop  . 

lA 

.20 

189 

Guide  . 

m 

.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

75 


SWINGING  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  02020  Set 


Low  Priced  in  First  Cost  and  Easy  to  Install 
Built  to  Give  Years  of  Satisfactory  Service 

Extra  heavy  embossed  ten-inch  hinges,  applied  as  full  surface,  swing  the  doors  entirely  clear 
of  the  opening. 

The  active  door  is  trimmed  with  a  thumb  latch  that  may  be  locked  with  a  padlock  (padlock 
is  not  included). 

When  a  foot  bolt  is  preferred  to  a  cane  bolt  we  offer  set  No.  02025  which  has  the  same  list 
of  contents  as  set  No.  02020  except  No.  25  Foot  Bolt  is  furnished  in  place  of  No.  394-1  cane 
bolt. 


Packed  complete  with  screws  for  applying — one  set  in  a  box  and  five  sets  in  a  case. 


Set  No.  02020  Swing  Hardware 
Consists  of: 


pair 

2020 

Garage  Hinges  (Backset,  Tight  Pin,  10") 

only 

39-X 

Thumb  Latch 

only 

162 

Pull 

only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt  (}/»"  x  12") 

No.  02020 — Swing  Hardware  Set — shipping  weight  20  lbs . Each  $5.00 

No.  02025 — Swing  Hardware  Set — shipping  weight  20  lbs . Each  5.00 

76 


SWINGING  DOOR  HARDWARE 

No.  02010  Set 


Low  Priced  in  First  Cost  and  Easy  to  Install 
Built  to  Give  Years  of  Satisfactory  Service 

The  extra  heavy  embossed  ten-inch  hinges  may  be  applied  the  same  as  ordinary  T  hinges,  if 
desired. 

The  active  door  is  trimmed  with  a  thumb  latch  that  may  be  locked  with  a  padlock  (padlock 
is  not  included). 

When  a  foot  bolt  is  preferred  to  a  cane  bolt  we  offer  Set  No.  02015  which  has  the  same  list 
of  contents  as  Set  No.  02010  except  No.  25  foot  bolt  is  furnished  in  place  of  the  No.  394-1  cane 
bolt. 

Set  No.  02008  is  the  same  as  No.  02010  except  8-inch  hinges  are  included. 

Packed  complete  with  screws  for  applying— one  set  in  a  box  and  five  sets  in  a  case. 


Set.  No.  02010  Swing  Hardware 
Consists  of: 


3  pair 

2010 

Garage  Hinges  (Reversible  Pad  10") 

1  only 

39-X 

Thumb  Latch 

1  only 

162 

Pull 

1  only 

26 

Chain  Bolt 

1  only 

394-1 

Cane  Bolt  04"  x  12") 

No.  02008 — Swing  Hardware  Set,  wt.  18  lbs..  .Each  $4.25 
No.  02010 — Swing  Hardware  Set,  wt.  20  lbs..  .Each  5.00 
No.  02015 — Swing  Hardware  Set,  wt.  20  lbs..  .  Each  5.00 


77 


/  UyVTSlA/I  I  O  I  i/"1.  U.  t S'.  A. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  14  Hanger 
Capacity  500  Pound 
Door 


Illustrating  the  usual  manner  of  use  for 
Nos.  1,  2  or  14  Hangers 


The  No.  14  Hanger  is  made  of  certified  malleable  in 
the  one  piece  design,  with  a  safety  guard  to  prevent 
derailment.  Very  rigid  and  durable.  The  wheel  is 
inches  in  diameter  and  fitted  with  roller  bearings  to 
assure  true  running  and  long  wear. 

To  be  used  with  the  regular  No.  2  Reliable  Round 
Track  that  is  made  in  lengths  of  6,  8  and  10  feet. 

Hangers  are  packed  one  pair  in  carton  with  two  end 
brackets  and  bolts  for  applying  the  Hangers. 

12  pair  to  a  case.  Track  tied  in  bundles  of  10  lengths 
per  bundle.  Average  requirements  are  200  feet  track  for 
1  dozen  pair  Hangers. 


No.  14  Hanger  and 
Track  No.  2 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

14 

Door  Hangers  . . . 

8  y2 

$3.00 

2 

Round  Track  with  Brackets  every  two  feet . 

IX 

.25 

2-X 

Round  Track  without  Brackets . 

l 

.20 

2-C 

Center  Brackets  . 

lA 

.12 

2-E 

End  Brackets  . 

'A 

.12 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned.  Electro-galvanized  finish  quoted  upon  application. 
Hot  galvanized  finish  quoted  upon  application. 


Gable  Door  Hardware 


Two  sets  are  offered,  the  first  contains  the  fixtures 
but  does  not  include  the  Hangers  or  Track.  The  second 
includes  everything  except  the  doors  and  weights. 


No.  09000  Fixture  Set 


4  only  9021 
40  feet  9022 
6  only  9023 
21  feet  2-X 

1  only  9025-C 
1  only  9025-R 
1  only  9025-L 
Complete 

No.  09000 — Fixture  Set 


Pulleys 

Wire  Cable  3/16" 

Staples 

Round  Track  2/10 '/$' 

Center  Bracket 
End  Bracket 
End  Bracket 
th  lag  screws. 

. Each  $13.00 


No.  09010  Complete  Set 

Includes  above  Fixture  Set  No.  09000  plus: 

2  pair  2  or  14  Hangers 

24  feet  2-X  Round  Track  4/6' 

10  only  2-C  Brackets 

4  only  2-E  Brackets 

Complete  with  bolts  and  screws. 

No.  09010 — Complete  Hardware  Set  . Each  $25.00 


78 


A  UUVt-'p 


fOu 


I>yVTNPVI  XvI^E^  I  LIv'I  NOl!/1, 


■■■■■Hr 

U.  uT\A. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HARDWARE 


End  View 
No.  2  Hanger  and 
Track 


Nos.  1  and  2  Reliable 


Reliable  Round  Track  and  Hangers  are  ORIGINAL  with  us. 

Hanger  frame  is  made  of  “Certified  Malleable’’  in  one  solid  piece, 
ribbed  and  reinforced.  There  are  no  bolts  or  rivets  to  break  or  loosen. 
Hooded  design  protects  the  upper  wheel  and  bearings. 

The  Upper  Wheel  with  its  grooved,  machine  turned  tread  is  fitted 
with  hardened  steel  axle,  washers  and  roller  bearings,  thus  assuring 
an  absolutely  anti-friction  and  most  durable  hanger.  Lower  wheel 
prevents  binding  or  derailment. 

The  track  is  made  in  single  lengths  of  6,  8  and  10  feet.  Special 
lengths,  up  to  20  feet,  made  at  slight  additional  cost.  High  carbon 
heavy  round  steel  tube  with  a  slot  in  the  back  for  insertion  of  track 
brackets.  The  shape  makes  it  much  stronger  and  more  rigid  than 
other  styles  of  track  and  provides  a  perfect  bearing  for  the  hanger 
wheel  with  no  side  friction.  Cannot  get  out  of  line  or  sag. 


No.  2  Hanger 
Capacity,  600 
Pound  Door 


Brackets  are  made  of  certified  malleable  fitting  inside  of  the  track  tightly  and  may  be  spaced  to  suit  any 
requirement.  A  center  bracket  is  used  to  connect  two  lengths  of  track,  making  the  joint  as  strong  as  any 
other  part  of  the  track. 


No.  1  Hanger  frame  is  4"  wide  x  9 y2"  long;  upper  wheel  2  "  diameter. 

No.  2  Hanger  frame  is  6"  wide  x  12  "  long;  upper  wheel  2j4"  diameter. 

No.  1  Track  with  brackets  every  2  feet  will  carry  250  lb.  doors. 

No.  2  Track  with  brackets  every  2  feet  will  carry  600  lb.  doors. 


End  View 
No.  1  Hanger  and 
Track 


Hangers  are  packed  one  pair  in  a  box  with  two  end  brackets  to¬ 
gether  with  bolts  for  attaching  hangers  to  door.  12  pair  to  a  case. 
Track  tied  in  bundles  of  10  lengths  per  bundle.  Average  requirements 
are  200  feet  Track  for  1  dozen  pair  Hangers. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1 

Door  Hangers  . 

5 

$2.50 

2 

Door  Hangers  . 

854 

3.00 

1 

Track  with  brackets  every  two  feet.  . 

Va 

.20 

2 

Track  with  Brackets  every  two  feet.  . 

V/a 

.25 

1-X 

Track  without  Brackets  . 

V 

.1654 

2-X 

Track  without  Brackets  . 

1 

.20 

1-C 

Center  Bracket  for  No.  1  Track  . 

Va 

.08 

1-E 

End  Bracket  for  No.  1  Track  . 

Vi 

.08 

2-C 

Center  Bracket  for  No.  2  Track . 

lA 

.12 

2-C3 

Center  Bracket  for  Doors  2"  to  2 Jjj" 

V 

.12 

2-E 

End  Bracket  for  No.  2  Track . 

V* 

.12 

2-E3 

End  Bracket  for  Doors  2"  to  ... 

lA 

.12 

2-CS 

Center  Stop  Bracket  . 

V/a 

.40 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned ;  Electro-galvanized  finish  quoted  upon  applica¬ 
tion ;  Hot  galvanized  finish  quoted  upon  application.  Brackets  on  page  128. 


No.  1  Hanger 
Capacity,  250 
Pound  Door 


79 


/{  1 1  i  4*  la-  O  xx  \r^/"  ( O 

®  . . .  .  -  . . .  .  ■■■ril  HMIttMi  •  ■■■■■■ - MB  ■  HI  >  ■ 


jD^TSCA/IT^LAE^  IL/lvINOIi/1,  U.l/T^A. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 


Nos.  3,  4  and  6 — For  Large  Doors 


Always  Specify  Thickness 
of  Doors 


These  Hangers  are  of  certified  malleable  through¬ 
out  except  the  roller  bearings  and  axles,  which  are 
hardened  steel.  The  lower  wheel  prevents  derailment 
or  binding. 

No.  3  Rigid  Hanger,  while  used  largely  as  a  ware¬ 
house  door  hanger  is  also  the  regulation  Underwriters 
approved  Hanger  for  Fire  Doors.  Frame  is  8"  wide 
and  21"  long  with  upper  wheel  measuring  A%"  in 
diameter. 

No.  4  Flush  Hanger  is  practically  the  No.  3  Hanger 
head  arranged  for  use  with  double  aprons  at  point  of 
door  application.  These  aprons  are  built  to  allow  for 
adjustment  to  fit  varying  thicknesses  of  doors.  Aprons  are  5"  wide  and  14"  long. 


No.  3  Rigid  Hanger 
Capacity  1000  pound  door 
Doors  1  to  2 Yu"  thick 


No.  4  Flush  Hanger 
Capacity  1000  pound  door 
Doors  1%"  to  2 54"  thick 


No.  7 
Track 


No.  3 
Track 


No.  6  Adjustable  Hanger 
Capacity  1000  pound  door 
Doors  134"  to  234"  thick 


Upper  wheel  measures  4J4” 


in  diameter. 

No.  6  Double  Adjustable  Hanger  has  a  vertical  adjustment  of  2J4"  and  horizontal  adjustment  of  1J4".  It  is  the  best  single 
wheel  Hanger  obtainable  for  large  and  heavy  doers.  Frame  is  8"  wide  and  23"  long  with  upper  wheel  measuring  4f4"  in  diameter. 

These  Hangers  may  be  equipped  with  Alemite  fittings  for  pressure  greasing  of  axles  and  bearings  at  a  slight  extra  cost. 

The  Track  used  with  these  Hangers  is  furnished  in  two  sizes:  No.  3  Track  is  lrV'  diameter  and  the  special  No.  7  Track  is  1J4" 
diameter — outside  measure.  No.  3  Track  installed  on  brackets  spaced  every  two  feet  will  carry  1000  pound  doors  while  No.  7  Track 
with  brackets  spaced  at  two  foot  intervals  will  carry  doors  weighing  1600  pounds.  If  doors  are  heavier  than  1600  pounds  place  the 
brackets  proportionately  closer  and  use  the  No.  7  Track. 


No.  3  Hangers  packed  6  pair  to  a  case.  No.  6  Hangers  packed  3  pair  to  a  case. 

No.  4  Hangers  packed  as  ordered.  Track  tied  in  bundles  of  10  lengths  per  bundle. 


No. 


3 

4 

6 


3 

3-X 

7 

7-X 


DESCRIPTION 


Rigid  Hangers — without  brackets  . . 

Flush  Hangers — without  brackets  . 

Double  Adjustable  Hangers — without  brackets  . 

Alemite  lubricating  fittings  when  used  on  any  of  above  hangers,  add  $1.25 
to  price  of  the  pair  of  Hangers. 

Track — with  brackets  every  two  feet  . 

Track — without  brackets  . 

Track — with  brackets  every  two  feet  . 

Track — without  brackets  . 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

.Pair 

20 

$  8.00 

.Pair 

22 

11.00 

.Pair 

30 

15.00 

Foot 

214 

.60 

Foot 

VA 

.40 

Foot 

2X 

.75 

Foot 

2 

.55 

Brackets  illustrated  and  listed  on  Pages  128,  129  and  130. 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned 


80 


Hot  galvanized  finish  quoted  on  application. 
Electro-galvanized  finish  nuot«>^  on  application. 


UUk-'p 


o-nrL 


3Z>^TSTV^IXvIvE^,  I  L/L^IISC  Oil/1,  u.  t^.  _/V. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING 
HANGERS 

Nos.  17  and  27 — For  Larec 


DOOR 


Doors 


No.  27  Double  Adjustable  Hanger 
Capacity,  2000  pound  door 
For  Doors  1%"  to  3*4"  thick 


No.  17  Double  Adjustable  Hanger 
Capacity,  2000  pound  door 
For  Doors  1^4"  to  3^4"  thick 


1  • ' 

W  /i 

L»t-/  | 

Always  Specify  Thickness  of  Doors 

Hangers  Nos.  17  and  27  are  identical  with  the  exception  of  the  plate  that  is  bolted  to  the  door.  The  shorter  plate  on  the  No. 
27  is  furnished  for  use  where  the  top  rail  of  the  door  would  not  allow  for  the  application  of  the  regular  No.  17  Hanger  door  plate. 

No.  17  Hanger  Frame  is  IS"  wide  by  28"  long  with  the  upper  wheel  4$4"  in  diameter  rolling  on  hardened  axles  and  roller 
bearings.  Axles  are  fitted  with  grease  cups. 

No.  27  Hanger  Frame  is  15"  wide  by  16"  long.  Otherwise  same  as  No.  17  Hanger. 

Both  Hangers  are  packed  1  pair  to  a  case. 

The  Track  used  with  these  two  Hangers  is  furnished  in  two  sizes:  No.  3  Track  is  l/s"  diameter  and  the  special  No.  7  Track 
is  l'A"  diameter — outside  measure.  No.  3  Track  installed  on  brackets  spaced  at  two  foot  intervals  will  carry  1000  pound  doors 
while  No.  7  Track  with  brackets  spaced  at  two  foot  intervals  will  carry  doors  weighing  1600  pounds.  If  doors  are  heavier  than  1600 
pounds  place  the  brackets  proportionately  closer  and  use  No.  7  Track. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

17 

Double  Adjustable  Hangers — without  brackets  .  . .  . 

65 

$37.50 

27 

Double  Adjustable  Hangers — without  brackets  . . .  . 
Alemite  fittings  furnished  upon  request  at  an 
per  pair. 

advance  in  price  of  $1.00 

60 

37.50 

3 

Track — with  brackets  every  two  feet  . 

214 

.60 

3-X 

Track — without  brackets  . 

.<0 

7 

Track — with  brackets  every  two  feet  . 

2H 

.75 

7-X 

Track — without  brackets  . 

2 

.55 

Brackets  illustrated  and  listed  on  Pages  128,  129  and  130. 
Staodarrl  finish,  black  iapanned.. 


81 


Hot  galvanized  finish  quoted  on  application. 
Electro-galvan:,,'“'l  finish  quoted  on  application. 


82 


83 


VERTICAL  SLIDING  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  360 


Where  conditions  prevent  the  use  of  the  straight  sliding  type  of  doors  and  with  enough  headroom  avail¬ 
able,  this  plan  for  installing  a  vertical  sliding  door  is  very  practical.  The  wire  rope  pulleys  have  roller  bearings 
and  are  of  a  large  size  so  that  the  door  is  opened  or  closed  with  very  little  effort. 


Track  Brackets  are  made  in  two  sizes  only,  for  doors  1A"  or  2$/%'  thick. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

360 

Hanger  or  Guide . . 

3  A 

$1.50 

2-V 

Round  Track — with  brackets  . . . 

. Foot 

2 

.60 

2-X 

Round  Track — without  brackets  . 

1 

.20 

2-VC 

Center  Brackets  for  2-V  Track  . 

2Va 

.75 

2-VE 

End  Brackets  for  2-V  Track . 

2Y* 

.75 

377 

Wire  Rope  Pulley  . 

uy2 

8.00 

362 

Attachment  Plate  for  Wire  Rope . 

2l/2 

1.50 

381 

Wire  Rope  . 

(Rope  required  is  opening  height,  plus  half  of 
plus  6  feet) 

opening  width, 

A 

.30 

382 

Wire  Rope  Clamps  . 

A 

.40 

386 

Counterbalance  Weights  (6"  dia.)  . 

. Lb. 

.10 

356 

Weight  Holder — standard  lengths  . 

2.00 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Page  128. 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


84 


Electro-galvanized  finish  quoted  on  application. 
Hot  galvanized  finish  quoted  on  application. 


/muit.-p 


-tv*  r« 


_  33AlsrVIXvXv^,  ILUINZOIi^,  U.  l/T  A . 

STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 

No.  9 

For  Large  Doors  with  Limited  Headroom 


No.  DESCRIPTION 


9  Rigid  Hanger  . 

9  Track  with  brackets  every  two  feet . 

9-X  Round  Track  (same  as  No.  3  Track)  without  Brackets 

9-C  Center  Bracket,  for  doors  2j4"  to  2 Y^" . 

9-E  End  Bracket,  for  doors  2)4"  to  2)4" . 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Our  No.  9  Hangers  and  special  overhang  Brackets  have 
been  designed  particularly  for  installations  where  the  head- 
room  is  very  limited.  Where  provision  is  made  for  the 
attaching  of  the  brackets  (see  illustration  at  the  right),  this 
equipment  can  be  installed  in  4  inches  of  headroom. 

Brackets  illustrated  on  page  130. 


85 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 

Nos.  241-243 


No.  243 

Capacity,  400  Pound 
Door 


Roller  Bearings 

Using  No.  240-X  Trolley  Track 


End  View 
No.  243  Hanger 


No.  241  Hanger 
Capacity,  400  Pound 
Door 


No.  243  Hanger  is  similar  to  our  well  known  No.  63  hanger  but  is  designed  for  use  with  No. 
240-X  square  trough  trolley  track. 

It  allows  for  vertical  and  lateral  adjustments  of  the  doors  and  at  the  same  time  includes  the 
swing-out  feature.  The  apron  is  made  of  14  gauge  steel  and  is  3 J/2"  wide.  The  longer  apron  is 
614"  long.  They  are  bolted  together  with  a  one  piece  malleable  iron  saddle  which  gives  greater 
strength  than  the  ordinary  two  piece  construction. 

The  pendant  is  of  malleable  and  steel  construction  and  is  carried  on  the  malleable  iron  truck 
frame.  The  cast  wheels  are  2l/%"  in  diameter  and  riveted  to  hardened  steel  axles  which  revolve 
in  rolling  bearings.  This  gives  a  very  easy  running  hanger. 

No.  241  Hanger  fills  the  need  of  a  swing-out  type  of  hanger  and  is  adjustable  to  doors  of 
varying  thicknesses. 


Hangers  are  packed  1  pair  in  carton  with  two  end  brackets  and  one  center  bracket  together 
with  the  bolts  for  applying  the  hanger  and  lag  screws  for  the  brackets.  Brackets  illustrated  on 
pages  116  and  117. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

241 

Hangers  . 

ny2 

$  3.25 

243 

Hangers  . 

. Pair 

ny2 

3.50 

240-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets. . . . 

m 

.32 

240- C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall . 

1 

.25 

240-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

1 

.25 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


86 


AUUk-'p  rou  m 

a  '  ; 


si 


I^^rSTVI  Xvl^Iv  ,  I  LyLTlTM  OX  uT,  U.  l S\  vA. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 

Nos.  61-63-65 


Roller  Bearings 
Use  No.  60-X  Trolley  Track 


No.  61  Hanger 
Capacity,  400  Pound  Door 


No.  63  Hanger 
Capacity,  400  Pound  Door 


No.  61  Hanger  is  made  with  a  long  apron  of  14  ga.  steel  3p2"  wide  by  6^4"  long.  Adjust¬ 
able  for  any  thickness  of  door  as  well  as  adjusting  the  door  to  the  proper  distance  from  build¬ 
ing.  Has  swing-out  feature. 

No.  63  Hanger  is  the  same  as  No.  61  Hanger  except  that  it  is  designed  to  allow  of  adjusting 
up  and  down  as  well  as  in  or  out.  Both  adjustments  are  locked  in  any  position. 

No.  65  Hanger  is  made  with  a  one-piece  double  pendent,  14-ga.  steel  2%"  wide  by  6"  long. 
Pendent  is  not  adjustable  but  will  fit  1%"  or  2"  doors. 

The  saddle  of  all  these  hangers  is  of  certified  malleable  in  one  piece,  which  is  much  stronger 
than  the  ordinary  two-piece  construction.  Hanger  wheels  are  all  1  diameter.  Roller  bearings 
are  fitted  and  work  on  hardened  steel  axles. 

Track  is  16-ga.  high  quality  steel  by  2p£"  with  round  troughs  for  the  hanger  wheels  to 
run  in;  is  stronger  and  assures  easier  and  straighter  running  of  hanger  without  any  side  friction. 
Regularly  made  in  lengths  of  6,  8  and  10  feet. 

Brackets  are  of  heavy  steel. 

Hangers  are  packed  one  pair  in  a  box,  including  one  center  bracket  and  two  end  brackets 
together  with  lag  screws  for  the  brackets  and  bolts  for  the  hanger  application. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

61 

Door  Hangers . 

....  Pair 

1154 

$  3.25 

63 

Door  Hangers . 

11*4 

3.50 

65 

Door  Hangers . 

....  Pair 

9 

2.75 

60-X 

Trolley  Track,  without 

Brackets 

1J4 

.32 

60- C 

Center  Brackets  . 

l 

.25 

60-E 

End  Brackets  . 

. . .  .  Each 

l 

.25 

60-X. 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

Brackets  illustrated  on  pages  118  and  119. 

12  pair  Hangers  to  a  case. 

Track  tied  in  bundles  of  6  lengths  per  bundle. 


87 


No.  65  Hanger  Capacity,  400 
Pound  Door 


UU-X?  cz 


iD^TsrviXvXvE^,  i  l/l^iim oil/1,  u.  i s'.jK. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 


No.  240-24S-2466 
Roller  Bearings 


Using  No.  240-X  Trolley  Track 


No.  24S  Hanger 
Capacity,  400  Pound  Door 


End  View 
No.  245  Hanger 


End  View 
No.  2465  Hanger 


No.  2466 

Capacity,  350  Pound  Door 


No.  240  Hanger  is  made  with  a  long  apron  of  14  gauge  steel  and  a  short  apron  of  a  design  that  will  give 
a  firm  bearing  on  each  side  of  doors.  These  aprons  are  adjustable  for  varying  thicknesses  of  doors,  and  the 
Hanger  is  a  rigid  and  strong  type  most  approved  where  adjustments  up  and  down  are  not  essential. 

No.  246  Hanger  is  made  with  a  long  apron,  of  14  gauge  steel  and  3j4"  wide  by  6Y2"  long,  and  a  short  apron, 
giving  a  bearing  on  each  side  of  the  door.  The  aprons  are  adjustable  to  any  thickness  of  door,  and  can  also 
be  used  for  adjusting  the  door  the  proper  distance  from  the  building.  It  also  has  a  vertical  adjustment  which 
can  be  locked  in  any  position. 

No.  2466  Hanger  is  the  same  as  No.  66  except  it  has  a  single  pendant  or  apron.  Construction  of  threaded 
adjustment  bar  is  short,  thus  permitting  use  in  limited  amount  of  headroom. 

Double  Truck  Saddle  is  made  from  a  single  piece  of  certified  malleable,  which  gives  it  far  greater  strength 
than  those  of  the  ordinary  two-piece  construction. 

Hanger  Wheels  are  2 Y"  in  diameter. 

The  Roller  Bearings  are  of  the  high  quality  “Allith”  type. 

The  Track  is  made  of  16  gauge  steel  of  best  quality.  Regularly  made  in  single  lengths  of  6,  8  and  10  feet. 

The  Brackets  are  made  of  heavy  steel,  and  those  intended  for  use  at  the  end  of  the  track  may  also  be  used 
as  center  brackets  by  driving  out  end  stops. 

The  side  ear  brackets  Nos.  240-CK  and  240-EK  allow  installation  in  considerable  less  headroom  than  the 
regular  types. 

Hangers  are  packed  one  pair  in  a  box  including  one  center  and  two  end  brackets  together  with  wood  or 
lag  screws  for  the  Brackets  and  bolts  for  the  Hangers. 

Twelve  pairs  of  Hangers  are  packed  in  a  case. 

Track  tied  in  bundles  of  6  lengths  per  bundle. 


Capacity,  400  Pound 
Door 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 
Lbs. 

Price 

240 

Hangers  . 

. .  Pair 

11 

$  3.00 

246 

Hangers  . 

11/2 

3.25 

2466 

Hangers  . 

10 

4.50 

240-X 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets 

.  Foot 

m 

.32 

240-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall. 

.  Each 

1 

.25 

240-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall.. 

.  Each 

1 

.25 

240-CK 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Ear. 

.  Each 

1 

.30 

240-EK 

Bracket,  End  Side  Ear... 

.  Each 

1 

.30 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  116  and  117. 


88 


llHK-'p  f  On 


* 


DANVIIvIvE,  ILUINOIl^,  U.  iTC  A. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 

Nos.  60,  66  and  166 
Roller  Bearings 
Using  No.  60-X  Trolley  Track 


No.  66  Hanger 
Capacity,  400  Pound 
Door 


End  View 
No.  66  Hanger 


End  View 
No.  166  Hanger 


No.  166  Hanger 
Capacity,  350  Pound 
Door 


No.  60  Hanger  is  made  with  a  long  apron  of  14  gauge  steel  and  a  short  apron  of  a  design  that  will  give  a 
firm  bearing  on  each  side  of  doors.  These  aprons  are  adjustable  for  varying  thicknesses  of  doors,  and  the 
Hanger  is  a  rigid  and  strong  type  most  approved  where  adjustments  up  and  down  are  not  essential. 

No.  66  Hanger  is  made  with  a  long  apron  of  14  gauge  steel  and  3 Yz"  wide  by  6 long,  and  a  short  apron, 
giving  a  bearing  on  each  side  of  the  door.  The  aprons  are  adjustable  to  any  thickness  of  door,  and  can  also 
be  used  for  adjusting  the  door  the  proper  distance  from  the  building.  It  also  has  a  vertical  adjustment  which 
can  be  locked  in  any  position. 

No.  166  Hanger  is  the  same  as  No.  66  except  it  has  a  single  pendant  or  apron.  Construction  of  threaded 
adjustment  bar  is  short,  thus  permitting  use  in  limited  amount  of  headroom. 

Double  Truck  Saddle  is  made  from  a  single  piece  of  certified  malleable,  which  gives  it  far  greater  strength 
than  those  of  the  ordinary  two-piece  construction. 

Hanger  Wheels  are  1  24"  in  diameter. 

The  Roller  Bearings  are  of  the  high  quality  “Allith”  type. 

The  Track  is  made  of  16  gauge  steel  of  best  quality  and  is  H&"x2*4"  in  size,  with  round  troughs  for  the 
hanger  wheels  to  run  in,  is  stronger,  and  permits  easier  and  straighter  running  of  the  hanger  with  less  friction 
than  is  possible  with  other  shapes  of  trolley  track.  Regularly  made  in  single  lengths  of  6,  8  and  10  feet. 

The  Brackets  are  made  of  heavy  steel,  and  those  intended  for  use  at  the  end  of  the  track  may  also  be  used 
as  center  brackets  by  driving  out  end  stops. 

The  side  ear  brackets  Nos.  60-CK  and  60-EK  allow  installation  in  considerable  less  headroom  than  the 
regular  types. 

Hangers  are  packed,  one  pair  in  a  box  including  one  center  and  two  end  brackets  together  with  wood  or 
lag  screws  for  the  Brackets  and  bolts  for  the  Hangers. 

Twelve  pairs  of  Hangers  are  packed  in  a  case. 

Track  tied  in  bundles  of  6  lengths  per  bundle. 


60-X. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

60 

Door  Hangers  . 

.  . .  .Pair 

n 

$  3.00 

66 

Door  Hangers  . 

....  Pair 

1U4 

3.25 

166 

Door  Hangers  . 

....  Pair 

10 

4.50 

60-X 

Track,  without  Brackets . 

. .  .  .  Foot 

154 

.32 

60-C 

Center  Brackets . 

1 

.25 

60-E 

End  Brackets  . 

.  .  .  .  Each 

1 

.25 

60-CK 

Center  Side  Ear  Brackets  .  . . 

.  .  .  .  Each 

1 

.30 

60-EK 

End  Side  Ear  Brackets . 

,  .  .  .  Each 

1 

.30 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned.  No.  60  Hanger 

Capacity  400 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  118  and  119.  Pound  Door 


89 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 


Nos.  271  and  272 
Roller  Bearings 

Using  No.  270-X  Trolley  Track 


No.  272 

Double  Adjustable  Hanger 
Capacity  700  Pound  Door 


Nos.  271  and  272  Hangers  are  made  with  aprons  of  10  gauge  steel;  front,  wide  by  8iV'  long;  back, 

3lA"  wide  by  2^"  long,  assuring  perfect  connection  of  door  to  hanger. 

Aprons  adjustable  for  doors  IYa,"  to  2^"  thick. 

Adjustment  on  No.  271  Hanger  is  lateral  only  and  on  No.  272,  lateral  (in  and  out)  and  vertical  (up  and 
down). 

Frame  is  one-piece  certified  malleable,  which  insures  great  strength  and  far  superior  to  the  two-piece  con¬ 
struction. 


No.  271 


Roller  bearings  and  axle  assembled  in  a  graphite  lubricant. 

Packed  one  pair  in  a  box,  with  bolts  for  attaching.  (Without  Brackets.) 

No.  271-X  Track  is  made  of  14  gauge  steel  of  best  quality.  Formed  with 
square  troughs  for  the  hanger  wheels  to  run  in.  Strong,  straight  and  durable. 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned.  Regularly  made  in  lengths  of  4,  5,  6,  7,  8, 
9  and  10  feet.  Shipped  in  bundles. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

271 

Hangers,  without  Brackets . 

. Pair 

IS 

$  4.50 

272 

Hangers,  without  Brackets . 

. Pair 

15 

5.00 

270-X 

Trolley  Track,  without  Brackets . 

.65 

270-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall  . 

m 

.65 

270-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall . 

1Y 

.65 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  120  and  121. 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


No.  272 


90 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 


No.  72 

Double  Adjustable  Hanger 
Capacity,  700  Pound  Door 


Nos.  71  and  72 
Roller  Bearings 

Using  No.  71-X  Trolley  Track 


No.  71 

Single  Adjustable  Hanger ' 
Capacity,  700  Pound  Door 


Nos.  71  and  72  Hangers  are  made  with  aprons  of  10  gauge  steel;  front  Zy2"  wide  by  8&"  long;  back,  Zy2" 
wide  by  2 long,  assuring  perfect  connection  of  door  to  hanger. 

Aprons  adjustable  for  doors  1$4"  to  2)4”  thick. 

Adjustment  on  No.  71  Hanger  is  lateral  only  and  on  No.  72,  lateral  (in  and  out)  and  vertical  (up  and 
down). 

Frame  is  one-piece  certified  malleable,  which  insures  great  strength  and  far  superior  to  the  two-piece  con¬ 
struction. 


Wheels  are  2%"  in  diameter,  lathe  turned  with  rounded  tread.  Roller  bearings  and  axle  assembled  in  a 
graphite  lubricant. 


Packed  one 


pair  in  a  box,  with  bolts  for  attaching.  (Without  Brackets.)' 

No.  71-X  Track  is  made  of  14  gauge  steel  of  best  quality.  Formed  with 
round  troughs  for  the  hanger  wheels  to  run  in,  insuring  ease  in  operation  and 
reducing  friction.  Strong,  straight  and  durable.  Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 
Regularly  made  in  lengths  of  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9  and  10  feet.  Shipped  in  bundles. 

Brackets  are  made  of  certified  malleable,  each  one  gauged  for  size  and  hand 
straightened. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

71 

Hangers,  without  Brackets . 

.  .Pair 

15 

$  4.50 

72 

Hangers,  without  Brackets . 

15 

5.00 

71-X 

Trolley  Track,  without  Brackets.. 

.  .  Foot 

2)4 

.55 

71-C 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall . 

Wa 

.65 

71-E 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . 

2 

.65 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  122  and  123. 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


91 


liiiL-t?  fOlX  tn 

1  DAK^aiyI/E-\  I  WlTl ISE  O  I  u/T U.i/T  A. 

STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 


No.  268  Hanger 
Capacity,  1000  Pound  Door 


End  View 
No.  267  Hanger 


Nos.  267  and  268  Hangers  are  suitable  for  use  on  single  or 
parallel  sliding  doors,  are  very  strong  and  durable,  as  they  are 
designed  to  handle  extremely  heavy  work. 

No.  267  Hanger  is  made  with  malleable  pendant,  the  lower 
end  of  which  carries  the  door  aprons,  which  are  slotted  so  that 
they  may  be  adjusted  to  doors  varying  in  thickness  from  2j4” 
to  3/2". 

No.  268  Hanger  is  made  with  vertical  and  lateral  adjust¬ 
ments,  and  the  heavy  steel  pendant  is  adjustable  to  doors  vary¬ 
ing  in  thickness  from  2*4"  to  334". 

The  door  apron  is  12"  long. 

The  No.  280-X  Track  is  made  of  13  gauge,  high  carbon  steel, 
and  has  great  carrying  capacity.  Regularly  made  in  lengths  of 
6,  8  and  10  feet. 

The  track  is  shipped  in  bundles  and  brackets  in  bulk. 

Hangers  packed  one  pair  in  box  with  bolts  for  attaching. 


No.  DESCRIPTION  Weight  Price 

Lbs. 

267  Hangers,  without  Brackets  . Pair  21  $  8.25 

268  Hangers,  without  Brackets  . Pair  23  9.00 

280-X  Trolley  Track,  without  Brackets . Foot  Zx/2  .85 

280-C  Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall . Each  3  .85 

280-E  Bracket,  End  Side  Wall  . : . Each  Z/2  .85 


Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  124  and  125 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


End  View 
No.  268  Hanger 


92 


- rcOl-K". 

STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 

Nos.  67  and  68 

Roller  Bearings 
Use  No.  67-X  Trolley  Track 
For  Single  and  Parallel 
Sliding  Doors 


1*3*  Bolt 


Nos.  67  and  68  Hangers  are  suitable  for  use  on  single  or 
parallel  sliding  doors,  are  very  strong  and  durable,  as  they  are 
designed  to  handle  extremely  heavy  work. 

No.  67  Hanger  is  made  with  malleable  pendent,  the  lower 
end  of  which  carries  the  door  aprons,  which  are  slotted  so  that 
they  may  be  adjusted  to  doors  varying  in  thickness  from  2 J4 
to  3J4  inches. 

No.  68  Hanger  is  made  with  vertical  and  lateral  adjust¬ 
ments,  and  the  heavy  steel  pendent  is  adjustable  to  doors  vary¬ 
ing  in  thickness  from  2%  to  3l/2  inches. 

The  door  apron  is  12"  long,  wheels  3"  in  diameter. 

The  No.  67  Track  is  made  of  13  gauge,  high  carbon  steel, 
and  is  shaped  to  insure  the  maximum  carrying  capacity.  Reg¬ 
ularly  made  in  lengths  of  6,  8  and  10  feet.  Brackets  are  made 
of  malleable  iron. 

The  track  is  shipped  in  bundles  and  brackets  in  bulk. 

Hangers  packed  one  pair  in  box  with  bolts  for  attaching. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight  | 
Lbs. 

Price 

67 

Hangers, 

without  Brackets.  . .  . 

21 

$8.25 

68 

Hangers, 

without  Brackets.  . .  . 

.  Pair 

22 

9.00 

67-X 

Trolley  Track,  without  Brackets 

.  Foot 

3'A 

85 

67-C 

Bracket, 

Center  Side  Wall . 

Each 

3 

1.10 

67-E 

Bracket. 

End  Side  Wall . 

Each 

3'A 

1.10 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  126  and  127. 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

93 


^FH-swvt^d  ; 
Bolt  ^ 


End  View 
No.  67  Hanger 


No.  68  Hanger 
Capacity,  1000  pound  door 


No.  67  Hanger 
Capacity,  1000  pound  door 


End  View 
No.  68  Hanger 


A  Itaii-P 


rou 


■tv  fo 


o  m 

81— 


ZDv^TSTVI  Lv  ,  I  I^XJITvE  OIi/1,  XJ.  l S'.  A.. 


TROLLEY  TRUCKS  FOR  STEEL  FRAME  DOORS  AND  GATES 


No.  246  Truck 
Using  No.  240-X  Track 


Nos.  240-246-272-268 
Roller  Bearings 


Packed  as  ordered. 


No.  240  Truck 
Using  No.  240-X  Track 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

240 

Hanger  Truck,  without  brackets  . 

4J4 

$  1.75 

246 

Hanger  Truck,  without  brackets  . 

4  Ya 

2.00 

240-X 

Trolley  Track,  square  trough,  without  brackets . 

Wa 

.32 

240-C 

Bracket,  center  side  . 

1 

.25 

240-E 

Bracket,  end  side . 

1 

.25 

240-C  K 

Bracket,  center  side  ear  . 

] 

.30 

240-EK 

Bracket,  end  side  ear  . 

1 

.30 

No.  272  Truck 
Using 

No.  270-X  Track 


Roller  Bearings 

Packed  as  ordered. 


No.  268  Truck 
Using 

No.  280-X  Track 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

268 

Hanger  Truck,  without  brackets  . 

12 

$  7.50 

280-X 

Trolley  Track,  without  brackets  . 

3VA 

.85 

280-C 

Bracket,  center  side  wall  . 

3-)i 

.85 

280-E 

Bracket,  end  side  wall  . 

4 

.85 

272 

Hanger  Truck,  without  brackets  . 

10 

4.00 

270-X 

Trolley  Track,  without  brackets  . 

2H 

.65 

270-C 

Bracket,  center  side  wall  . 

m 

.65 

270-E 

Bracket,  end  side  wall  . 

m 

.65 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  116  to  125 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


TROLLEY  TRUCKS  FOR 


No.  60  Truck 
Using  No.  60-X  Track 


STEEL  FRAME  DOORS  AND  GATES 

Nos.  60-66-68-72 
Roller  Bearings 


No.  66  Truck 
Using 

No.  60-X  Track 


Packed  as  ordered. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


60 

66 

60-X 
60- C 
60- E 
60- CK 
60  EK 


Hanger  Truck,  without  Brackets 
Hanger  Truck,  without  Brackets 
Trolley  Track,  without  Brackets 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Wall . 

Bracket,  End  Side  Wall . 

Bracket,  Center  Side  Ear . 

Bracket,  End  Side  Ear  . 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

.Pair 

4  J4 

$  1.75 

.Pair 

4 

2.00 

.  Foot 

154 

.32 

Each 

1 

.25 

Each 

1 

.25 

Each 

1 

.30 

Each 

1 

.30 

Roller  Bearings 

Packed  as  ordered. 


No.  72  Truck 
Wheels  27/g"  Dia. 
Using 

No.  71-X  Track 


No.  68  Truck 
Wheels  3"  Dia. 
Using 

No.  67-X  Track 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


68 

67-X 

67-C 

67-E 

72 

71-X 

71-C 

71-E 


Hanger  Truck  only  . 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets 

Center  Bracket . 

End  Bracket  . 

Hanger  Truck  only  . 

Trolley  Track  without  Brackets 

Center  Bracket  . 

End  Bracket  . 


Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  118  to  127. 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

12 

$  7.50 

.  Foot 

354 

.85 

Each 

354 

1.10 

Each 

354 

1.10 

Pair 

10 

4.00 

Eoot 

25 4 

.55 

Each 

m 

.65 

Each 

2 

.65 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


95 


AtUikjp  roil  -nrx 


yDATSCVII^IyB',  I  EvXTl  TsJI  O  I  l/-1  ,  XJ. 


HANGERS  FOR  STEEL  FRAME  DOORS  AND  GATES 


Nos.  18-118-1014 


No.  18 


No.  18  Hanger  for  No.  2  Track 

No.  18  Hanger  wheel  and  upper  part  of  frame  are  the  same  size  as  the  No.  2  Hanger 
illustrated  and  described  on  page  79.  Made  without  pendent  for  attaching  to  doors  with 
steel  or  angle  iron  frame.  No.  2-E  track  brackets  are  for  doors  2  inches  thick  and  under, 
and  Nos.  2C3,  2E3  and  2C4  for  doors  2  to  2^4  inches  thick.  (See  page  128.)  Packed  as 
ordered. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

18 

Hanger  for  Steel  Frame  Doors  . 

4  54 

$3.50 

2 

Door  Track,  with  Brackets  every  two  feet . 

l'A 

.25 

2-X 

Door  Track,  without  Brackets  . 

1 

.20 

2-C 

Center  Brackets  for  No.  2  Track  . 

JA 

.12 

2-C3 

Center  Brackets  for  No.  2  Track  . 

'A 

.12 

2-E 

End  Brackets  for  No.  2  Track  . 

•A 

.12 

2-E3 

End  Brackets  for  No.  2  Track  . 

_ A 

.12 

No.  118  Hanger  for  No.  3  cr  No.  7  Track 

No.  118  Hanger  Wheel  and  upper  part  of  frame  are  the  same  as  the  No.  4  Hanger 
(illustrated  and  described  on  pages  80-82),  without  pendent  for  attaching  to  doors 
with  steel  or  angle  iron  frame. 

Nos.  3C,  3E  and  3J  Brackets  are  for  doors  over  2j4  inches  thick,  and  Nos.  3C2, 
3E2,  and  3J2  for  doors  2l/2  inches  thick  and  under.  (See  pages  128-129  and  130.) 

No.  3  Track  is  1  i7c  inches  in  diameter;  No.  7  Track,  \y2  inches  in  diameter. 

No.  3  Track  with  brackets  every  2  feet  will  carry  1,000-lb.  doors. 

No.  3  Track  with  brackets  every  18  inches  will  carry  1 ,500-lb.  doors. 

No.  7  Track  with  brackets  every  2  feet  will  carry  1,600-lb.  doors. 

No.  7  Track  with  brackets  every  18  inches  will  carry  2,200-lb.  doors. 

For  heavier  doors  space  the  brackets  proportionately  closer.  If  door  weighs  more 
than  1,000  lbs.,  use  No.  7  track  in  preference  to  No.  3. 

Packed  as  ordered. 


No. 


118 

3 

7 

3-X 

7-X 

3-C 

3-E 

3-C2 

3-E2 

3-J 

3-J2 


DESCRIPTION 


Hangers,  without  Brackets  . 

Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet  . 

Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet  . 

Track,  without  Brackets  . 

Track,  without  Brackets  . . 

Center  Brackets,  for  Nos.  3  or  7  Track 
End  Brackets,  for  Nos.  3  or  7  Track  ... 
Center  Brackets,  for  Nos.  3  or  7  Track  . 
End  Brackets,  for  Nos.  3  or  7  Track  ... 
Joint  Brackets,  for  Nos.  3  or  7  Track  .  . . 
Joint  Brackets,  fur  Nos.  3  or  7  Track  ... 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

.Pair 

17 

$9.00 

.Foot 

2'A 

.60 

.Foot 

2A 

.75 

•  Foot 

l'A  ' 

.40 

■  Foot 

2 

.55 

.  Each 

l'A 

.40 

.  Each 

l  V* 

.40 

.  Each 

l'A 

.40 

.  Each 

l'A 

-40 

.  Each 

2 

.80 

.  Each 

IX  1 

.80 

No.  1014  Hanger  for  No.  1010  Track 

No.  1014  Hanger  wheels  and  upper  part  of 
frame  are  similar  to  the  No.  1010  or  1012  Hangers 
(illustrated  and  described  on  page  97)  but  without 
door  plate,  for  attaching  to  doors  with  steel  or 
angle  iron  frame. 

The  track  is  our  “Famous  Ten-Ten” — weather, 
weight  and  bird-proof;  no  rivets  or  welds — no  parts 
to  assemble.  Made  in  6,  8  and  10  foot  lengths. 

Hangers  are  packed  one  pair  in  a  box,  with 
joint  bracket,  two  end  stops,  and  bolts  for  mount¬ 
ing  hangers. 


No.  1014 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1014 

Hangers  . 

1010 

Track  . ,* . 

$3.50 

101 0- J 

Joint  Brackets  . 

6Y2 

1 

.25 

96 


HANGERS  AND  WATERSHED  TRACK 

NO.  1071  DOOR  HANGER 
Using 

NO.  1070  WATERSHED  TROLLEY  TRACK 


A  cover  or  watershed  plate  is  looped  under  the  outside  of  the  trolley  track,  supporting  it 
the  entire  length  and  an  extension  outward  and  downward  forms  a  shield  between  the  top  of 
the  door  and  track.  The  pendent  of  the  hanger  is  adjustable  and  can  also  be  used  for  adjusting 
the  door  to  the  proper  distance  from  building. 

The  rear  brackets  are  spaced  two  feet  apart  and  riveted  to  the  watershed  plate  except  at 
the  ends.  The  end  brackets  are  right  and  left  hand  and  form  a  stop  entirely  closing  the  ends 
of  the  track. 

The  joint  bracket  is  made  in  two  parts,  making  a  perfect  joint  in  the  track. 

The  watershed  plate  is  beveled  at  the  top,  causing  it  to  bed  firmly  against  the  side  of  the 
building,  when  installed. 

By  the  use  of  the  double  truck  hanger  the  weight  of  the  door  is  carried  equally  on  the 
front  and  rear  tread  of  the  track. 

Hangers  are  packed  one  pair  in  a  box,  with  joint  brackets,  two  end  stops,  bolts  for  mount¬ 
ing  hangers  and  lag  screws  for  attaching  sixteen  feet  of  track. 

The  track  is  nested,  two  pieces  in  each  bundle,  of  4,  6,  8  or  10  foot  lengths.* 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Shipping  Wt. 
Lbs. 

List 

Price 

1071 

1070 

1070-J 

Hanger  . 

Track  . 

Joint  Brackets  . 

. Pair 

ny2 

3 

y2 

$3.25 

.60 

.25 

*Special  lengths  of  track  cut  to  order  at  extra  charge. 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


97 


AUiiVt> 


rou 


-tv" 


om 


MBBrnmamamam 


O^TSTVIX^TvE-,  I  LvI^ITSC  Oil/1,  U.  A. 


HANGERS  AND  WATERSHED  TRACK 

Nos.  1005-1010-1012 
Using  No.  1010  Watershed  Track 


No.  1010  Hanger 
(Single  Adjustment) 
and  1010  Track 
Capacity,  500  Pound  Door 


End  View 
No.  1010 
Hanger 


End  View 
No.  1012 
Hanger 


No.  1012  Hanger 
(Double  Adjustment) 
and  1010  Track 
Capacity,  500  Pound  Door 


For  Single  and  Parallel  Doors 

Track  made  from  one  piece  of  steel.  Simplest  design  and  greatest  strength.  No  rivets  or 
welds.  No  parts  to  assemble.  Perfect  alignment,  a  feature  unequaled  by  competitive  tests. 

Track  is  secured  to  building  with  three  bolts  and  nails  spaced  every  six  inches.  No  bracket 
used  except  at  joints  of  tracks.  Because  of  the  design,  particularly  the  rounded  wheel  tread,  the 
hangers  run  with  the  greatest  east  and  least  possible  friction. 

The  shape  of  the  tread  and  the  watershed  extension  below  it  distributes  the  weight  of  the 
door  throughout  the  entire  length  of  the  track. 

An  oil  hole  in  the  malleable  joint  bracket  corresponding  with  a  hole  in  the  track  permits 
oiling  of  hanger  bearings. 

Track  furnished  in  6,  8  and  10  foot  lengths. 

Hangers  are  certified  malleable  construction 
throughout,  except  the  hardened  steel  roller  bearings, 
axles,  and  steel  saddle. 

No.  1005  Hanger 

Hangers  are  fastened  to  the  back  or  inside  of  door, 
instead  of  outside,  requiring  no  lateral  adjustment. 

This  will  allow  any  thickness  of  door  to  be  used, 
making  it  only  necessary  to  use  bolts  of  the  right  length. 

Hangers  are  otherwise  the  same  as  No.  1010. 


End  View 
No.  1005 
Hanger 

98 


No.  1005  Hanger 
and  1010  Track 
Capacity,  500  Pound  Door 


AWAU-X?  t»Ou  jry-  Q>  TTTL 

MftW1. W  '  HI1)  'll 1  PM  ' 'Sfc&E ” I"*'. .'.'CETja^riv 


Si 


Bfifl 


IXA-TSTS/I  EEE\  I  0 1 1/"1,  XJ.  uT'.A. 


HANGERS  AND  WATERSHED  TRACK 


No.  1010  Hanger 
Single  Adjustment 
and  1010  Track 


Ncs.  1005-1010-1012 
Using  No.  1010  Watershed  Track 


No.  1012  Hanger 
Double  Adjustment 
and  1010  Track 


installation  —  See 
details  below 


Hangers  are  of  certified  malleable  construction  with  machine  turned  wheels,  hardened  steel  axles  and  roller 
bearings. 

Track  is  formed  of  one  piece  of  steel  without  any  rivets  or  welds.  Furnished  in  lengths  6,  8  and  10  feet. 
With  No.  1010  and  1012-P  Tracks,  headroom  required  is  6 y2"  above  door. 

With  No.  1012-PS  Track  headroom  required  is  11  above  door. 

With  No.  1012-PO  Track  headroom  required  is  6 above  door. 


No. 


PE 


SCRIPTTON 


1005 

1010 

1012 

1010 

1012-P 

1012-PS 

1012-PO 

1010-J 

1012-PC 

1012-PCO 


Non-Adjustable  Hangers  (see  page  98)  . 

Single  Adjustable  Hangers  . 

Double  Adjustable  Hangers  . 

Watershed  Track  . . . 

Parallel  Door  Track  with  Weatherstrip  . 

Parallel  Door  Track  with  Side  Brackets  every  2  feet  and  6 Vi 
Parallel  Door  Track  with  Overhead  Brackets  every  2  feet  and 

Joint  Bracket  for  No.  1010  Track  . 

Side  Bracket  for  No.  1012-PS  Track  . 

Overhead  Bracket  for  No.  1012-PO  Track  . 


// 

6 


Weatherstrip.  . 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

.Pair 

10 

$2.75 

10 

3.25 

10 

3.50 

.Foot 

2/, 

.40 

9 

1.20 

.  Foot 

10  '4 

1.50 

.  Foot 

9 

1.30 

Each 

1 

.25 

Each 

2  Va. 

.60 

Each 

A 

.20 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


99 


/UtWla-'P  rou  m- 


HnHBOH 


IXATSTVI  X^Ivli',  ILl/lNOIt/1,  U.  1/T.A. 


HANGERS  AND  WATERSHED  TRACK 

No.  515 


Using  No.  515  Watershed  Track 


Capacity  300  Pound  Door 


The  No.  515  Hanger  is  of  steel  construction  with  roller-bearing  machine-turned  cast  wheels  2%  inches  in 
diameter.  Size  of  apron,  5 Y\  by  2 y2  inches.  Has  vertical  adjustment  and  requires  no  lateral  adjustment  for 
the  hanger  is  applied  to  the  wall  side  of  the  door.  Packed  one  pair  in  a  box  with  hanger  bolts,  track  lag 
screws,  and  nails,  one  joint  bracket  and  two  end  stops.  •  .  .  J  .  u||  t  t  U‘  |jj  ;',,v  13  111 

No.  515  Track  is  formed  from  one  piece  of  16  gauge  steel  into  a  simple  design  of  remarkable  efficiency. 
Bird  and  weatherproof.  No  loose,  no  welded,  and  no  riveted  parts. _  Easily  erected.  Regularly  furnished  in  6, 
8  and  10-foot  lengths.  |  i  ll;  T  i  J  |,  I: 

No.  516  Track  is  similar  to  the  No.  515  excepting  the  watershed  is  reduced  to  one-half  inch  projection. 

With  Nos.  515  and  515-P  Tracks  the  headroom  required  above  top  of  doors  is  4%  inches;  with  No.  515- 
PS  Track,  10 inches;  and  with  No.  515-PO  track,  inches. 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


100 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

515 

Hangers  . 

5J4 

Hi 

154 

4  54 

5-H 

515 

516 

515-P 

515-PS 

515-PO 

Track,  for  parallel  doors,  with  5-inch  weatherstrip  . 

Track,  for  parallel  doors,  with  side  brackets  every  2  feet  and  5"  weatherstrip... 
Track,  for  parallel  doors,  with  overhead  brackets  every  2  feet  and  5"  weather¬ 
strip  . 

.  Foot 

.90 

1.20 

515-J 

515-PC 

Joint  Bracket  for  No.  515  Track  . 

Side  Bracket  for  No.  515-PS  Track  . 

Each 

4* 

2V< 

Vi 

.10 

515-PCO 

Overhead  Bracket  for  No.  515-PO  Track  . 

Each 

.20 

4  CZ 

hMwmpMpMMiwriiimiii.ii„iiM . ■■■ . . . 


DANVI XwXvK> ,  I  LvX^ITsC QI^,  U.i/1.  A 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 


A  Covered  Track  for  Light  or 
Medium-Weight  Doors 


End 

View 


No.  517 

Track  and  Hanger 


Parallel 
No.  517-P 
Track 


The  No.  517  Track  was  designed  to  afford  protection  for  the  hangers. 

It  is  made  from  16  gauge  steel  of  the  very  best  quality  and  is  accurately  formed.  The  de¬ 
sign  embodies  the  round  trough  idea  that  has  proven  itself  so  popular  in  our  other  types  of 
track.  Size  of  apron  2 y2"  x  4". 

Holes  are  punched  at  regular  intervals  so  the  track  may  be  fastened  directly  to  the  wall  with 
screws  or  nails,  thus  doing  away  with  the  use  of  brackets  except  at  the  joints. 

The  hanger  is  made  of  very  heavy  wrought  steel  and  is  so  constructed  as  to  carry  the  weight 
evenly  on  both  ends  of  the  axles.  This  prevents  the  wheels  from  tilting  over  sideways  and 
wearing  unevenly.  The  cast  wheels  roll  on  hardened  steel  axles  and  lubricated  roller  bearings. 

The  apron  being  between  the  door  and  the  building  always  keeps  the  door  at  the  proper 
distance  from  the  wall.  Slotted  bolt  holes  in  the  hanger  apron  allow  for  up  and  down  adjust¬ 
ment  of  the  door. 

The  small  sketch  suggests  the  method  of  using  two  lengths  of  track  bolted  together  to  form 
a  very  fine  parallel  door  equipment. 

Track  is  tied  in  bundles. 

Hangers  packed  one  pair  in  a  box  complete  with  hanger  bolts,  track  lag  screws  and  nails, 
one  joint  bracket  and  two  end  stops. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Ebs. 

Price 

517 

Hangers  . Pair 

5 

$  1.75 

517 

Track  . Foot 

1 

.20 

51 7- J 

Bracket-Joint  . Each 

Ya 

.10 

517-P 

Parallel  Track  with  5"  Weatherstrip  . Foot 

3 

.70 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


101 


- nnHBHB 


i  t/lttjnco  i  v/\  u.  ^r. 


STRAIGHT  SLIDING  DOOR  HANGERS 

No.  513 

Used  with  No.  517  Covered  Track  or  in  Parallel  with  Nos.  60-X  or  240-X 

Trolley  Tracks 


No.  513  Hanger 
As  Used  with  No.  517  Track 


Packed  one  pair  in  a  box  with  wood  screws  for  hangers,  and  with 
lag  screws  and  nails,  one  joint  bracket  and  two  end  stops  for  No.  517 
track. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

513 

Hangers  . 

314 

$  1.50 

517 

Track  . 

1 

.20 

517-J 

Bracket  Toint  . 

?4 

.10 

No.  513  Hanger 
As  Used  on  Parallel  Doors 
With  No.  240-X  Trolley  Track 


No.  513  Hanger 
As  Used  on  Parallel  Doors 
With  No.  60-X  Trolley  Track 


End  View 
513  Hanger 
in  517  Track 


102 


Nos.  77,  273  and  316 
For  No.  152  Flat  Track 


No.  152  Flat  Track 


No.  77  Hanger  is  one  of  the  old  standby  designs  that  have  served  faithfully  for  years. 
Hanger  frame  is  5"  wide  by  10}£"  long  equipped  with  a  cast  iron  wheel  of  Zy2'  diameter  and 
fitted  with  roller  bearings.  Special  safety  guard  as  stamped  out  of  frame  together  with  the  drop 
wheel  arrangement  prevents  any  jumping  off  the  track. 


No.  316  Hanger  is  made  of  heavy  boiler  plate  steel  of  a  special  design  to  allow  for  simple 
and  quick  installation.  Hinged  bearing  between  door  apron  and  top  of  hanger  permits  of  a 
swing-out  feature.  Allith  design  prevents  any  derailment.  Wheel  is  cast  iron,  3:/2"  diameter, 
equipped  with  roller  bearings  and  hardened  axle.  Very  easy  running. 


No.  273  Hanger  is  a  simple  type  of  straight  pendant  construction  made  for  doors  up  to  iy 
thick.  Roller-bearing  wheel  for  easy  running.  Used  with  No.  152  Flat  Track. 


No.  152  Flat  Track  is  made  of  1  /4"xTV'  high  carbon  steel  with  steel  brackets  securely  riv¬ 
eted  about  16"  apart.  Special  interlocking-  form  of  the  ends  makes  all  joints  smooth  and  even. 
Made  in  4,  6,  8,  9  and  10  foot  lengths  and  packed  in  bundles  wired  together. 

Hangers  packed  one  pair  in  box  with  bolts  for  attaching. 


No. 

77 

Hangers  . 

273 

Hangers  . 

316 

Hangers  . 

152 

Flat  Track 

DESCRIPTION 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

.Pair 

5 

$  2.00 

.  Pair 

1.75 

.Pair 

6 

1.50 

Foot 

1 

.14 

103 


tu+k-rP  r  o  utiy"  rs 


ID^TSTVIX^Xv^',  I  LvL-ITnI  O  1 c/T  U.  A. 


CASE  DOOR  HANGERS 


No.  281  Hanger — Black 
No.  283  Hanger — Bronzed 
No.  2811  Track — Brass 


No.  291  Hanger — Black 
No.  293  Hanger — Bronzed 
No.  2911  Track — Brass 


These  Hangers  will  be  found  ideal  for  use  on  light  doors  such  as  are  used  on  show  cases, 
lockers,  china  cabinets  and  cupboard  doors  that  slide. 

Wheels  are  grey  iron,  1  24"  diameter  grooved  to  fit  and  roll  smoothly  on  the  two  types  of 
track  as  shown  in  the  above  illustrations. 

Finished  in  black  japan  or  bronze  plated  and  packed  one  pair  in  a  box  with  screws. 

Track  No.  2911  is  24"  wide. 

Track  No.  2811  is  34"  wide. 

Both  types  have  screw  holes  and  are  regularly  furnished  in  4,  5  and  6  foot  lengths,  10  pieces 
in  a  package. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

281 

Straight  Hanger — Black  japanned  . 

1 

$  1.75 

291 

Offset  Hanger — Black  japanned  . 

1 

1.75 

283 

Straight  Hanger — Bronze  plated  . 

. Pair 

1 

2.00 

293 

Offset  Hanger — Bronze  plated  . 

1 

2.00 

2811 

Track — Brass  . 

. Foot 

y& 

.40 

2911 

Track — Brass  . 

A 

.40 

104 


/UtUk-'p 


33 ATSTVCT  X^XvET,  ILI^INOIl/1,  XJ.iX’.A. 


FLAT  TRACK  HANGERS 


5" Wheel 


Warehouse  Type 


No.  603-3 
Hanger 


No.  603-2 
Hanger 


Made  in  two  sizes : 


No.  603-2  for  doors  1  Y\"  thick — offset  pendent. 

No.  603-3  for  doors  2^4"  thick — straight  pendent. 

Designed  for  use  on  doors  that  are  large  and  heavy.  Easy  rolling  and  true  running  due  to 
the  roller  bearing,  extra  large  wheels.  Built  especially  strong  for  a  lifetime  service. 

Frame  is  formed  from  ^4"  by  3^4"  steel  to  a  finished  length  of  21".  Bolt  holes  are  punched 
out  diameter  so  bolts  may  be  used  for  attaching  to  door. 

Track  is  furnished  in  any  length  up  to  16  feet.  Made  from  steel  and  punched  with 

if"  holes  at  30"  spacing  for  application  to  wall  with  ^4"  machine  bolts  or  lag  screws. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

603-2 

Hangers — for  \V\"  doors  . 

25 

$  7.70 

603-3 

Hangers — for  2^4"  doors  . 

25 

7.70 

603 

Flat  Track  with  Cone  Brackets  every  30" . 

5 

.70 

603 -X 

Flat  Track — without  Brackets  . 

45* 

.55 

603 -C 

Cone  Brackets  . 

D4 

.35 

105 


AUUh-J?  ro 

. . . . 

JXAJSTVa  XvX/E?,  I  LvL^ITST  O  I  l/\  XJ.  i>^.  -A . 


DETAILS  OF  WATERSHED  TRACKS  IN  PARALLEL  USE 


No.  517-P 
See  page  101 


See  page  100 


See  page  100 


No.  515-P 
See  page  100 


5I5*R 


No.  1012-P 
See  page  99 


No.  1012-PO 
See  page  99 


See  page  99 


No.  513  Hangers 
As  used  on  Parallel  Doors 
With  No.  60-X  Track 
See  page  102 


No.  513  Hangers 
As  used  on  Parallel  Doors 
With  No.  240-X  Track 
See  page  102 


106 


PARALLEL  DOOR  EQUIPMENT 


The  parallel  installation  of  the  two  doors  in  above  illustration  uses  our  regular  No.  2  Hangers  in  con¬ 
nection  with  the  double  No.  2  Round  Track  or  No.  28-P  Track  fitted  with  side  wall  brackets  of  certified 
malleable  iron. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

2 

Door  Hangers,  without  Brackets  . 

SA 

$2.80 

28-P 

Parallel  No.  2  Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet  . 

3-14 

1.00 

28-PX 

Parallel  No.  2-X  Track,  without  Brackets  . 

2 

.40 

28-PC 

Center  Track  Brackets  . 

3  A 

1.20 

28-PE 

End  Track  Brackets  . 

344 

1.20 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Page  130. 


End  View  of  No.  2  and  1010  Track 
in  Parallel 


A*  17  ft 


tf-51  Stay  JctoLLtip 


N°305  (?AistD  Poll. 
A*306 Flush  Pull- 


'  bob  Puwu 

H  PBAWTlTt  0OLT 


JPI73  &IAI7EP3 


^ Pot  tec?  Lines  Indicate:  Rook* 

(aj  OPEN  FbsiTiOAl 

W57  Stay  Pot-Lee 
Wheaj  Ct/tTte  ft>57  is  2  Wipe  opless 
Ust  cw e  Stay  Pon_te 
WHEAt  Center  FbsT  IS  Mope  Than  2  WlPfc 
Use  Two  Stay  Rollers 


A*sT6-i  PRA*rriTt  Poofc  &ouT 


~R a/<  Or  OPc^'^q 


Plan  View  of  No.  2  and  1010  Tracks  in  Parallel 

A  combination  plan  using  a  Watershed  track  for  the  outer  door  and 
the  regular  No.  2  Reliable  for  the  inner  door  is  a  way  of  economically 
fitting  up  a  condition  that  calls  for  small  initial  outlay  with  complete 
protection  as  an  important  feature.  We  recommend  our  No.  1010  Water¬ 
shed  track  for  the  outside  sliding  door  and  either  the  No.  1010  or  1012 
Hanger — for  the  inside  sliding  door,  use  No.  2  Reliable  Hanger  and  Track. 
Track  of  each  kind  needed  will  be  twice  the  width  of  one  opening. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

10 

$3.25 

10 

3.50 

8  A 

VA 

2'A 

3.00 

.25 

.40 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


107 


DETAILS 


For  Round  Track  in  Parallel  Use 


with  No.  76-P  Parallel  Track 


No.  118  Hanger 
with  No.  33-P  Track 
Less  Weatherstrip  on  Metal  Frame 
Doors 


in  Quadruple  Parallel  Use 


Parallel  Run  of  No.  73-P  Track 

108 


AlH  'i’ll  -  (Z 


m 


PARALLEL  DOOR  EQUIPMENT 

Round  Track 


End  View  Showing  No.  6  Hanger 


This  method  is  designed  for  insuring  perfect  movement  of  continuous  parallel  doors,  such  as  are  used  in 
freight  stations,  warehouses,  public  garages,  etc.  It  is  arranged  to  permit  an  opening  at  any  place  desired. 

The  track  as  shown  above  is  assembled  complete  in  sections  to  accommodate  different  openings.  It  is 
suitable  for  attaching  to  any  construction.  Installation  is  simple  and  alignment  perfect.  The  parting  strip 
fastened  between  the  brackets  and  extending  below  top  of  door  makes  the  equipment  storm-proof  as  well  as 
the  strongest. 

The  distance  required  between  the  top  of  the  doors  and  the  bottom  of  the  beam  or  overhead  structure 
supporting  the  track  is  as  follows: 

No.  2  Hanger  with  No.  22-P  track,  7  in.  No.  3  Hanger  with  Nos.  33-P  or  73-P  track,  9  in.  No.  4  Hanger 
with  Nos.  36-P  or  76-P  track,  10%  in.  No.  6  Hanger  with  Nos.  36-P  or  76-P  track,  10%  in.  No.  17  Hanger 
with  Nos.  36-P  or  76-P  track,  10%  in. 

The  track  used  in  No.  22-P  is  lfk  in.  in  diameter;  in  Nos.  33-P  and  36-P,  1  fk  in.  in  diameter;  and  in 
Nos.  73-P  and  76-P,  1%  in.  in  diameter. 

Detail  drawings  furnished  on  application. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

8 

$  2.80 

8.00 

20 

.  .  Pair 

22 

1 1.00 

30 

15.00 

65 

37.50 

60 

37.50 

22-P 

Parallel  Track  with  7"  Storm-plate  and  Brackets  every  2 

feet 

(for 

No. 

2 

554 

9 

1.80 

33-P 

Parallel  "Track  with  9"  Storm-plate  and  Brackets  every  2 

feet 

(for 

No. 

3 

2.60 

36-P 

Parallel  Track  with  10)4"  Storm-plate  and  Brackets  every  2 

feet 

(for 

No. 

6 

954 

2.70 

73-P 

Parallel  Track  "(No.  7  size)  with  9"  Storm-plate  and  Brackets  every 

2  feet 

9Vi 

1054 

2.90 

76-P 

Parallel  Track  (No.  7  size)  with  10 H"  Storm-plate  and  Brackets 

every 

2  feet 

3.00 

2 

1.00 

454 

1.60 

J  J“ XT  C 

6 

2.00 

DldCKClS  IUI  itU.  i  OU  A  )  •  'J  1  •  '  w  . . 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 
Brackets  illustrated  on  Page  129. 


109 


Electro-galvanized  finish  quoted  upon  application. 
Hot-galvanized  finish  quoted  upon  application. 


/UlMrk-'P 


3Z>^Al>TVIXvXvE^.  I  bl^INO  I  vT,  U.  i S'. 


2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


PARALLEL  DOOR  EQUIPMENT 

Trolley  Track — No.  240-X 


3  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


End  View 
2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  Weatherstrip 


End  View 
3  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  W  eatherstrip 


Hangers  Recommended  for  the  Above  Arrangements 


Lateral  and  Vertical 
Adjustments 


Lateral  and  Vertical 
Adjustments 


Track  and  Hangers  Required  for  Two-door  Arrangement 

2  runs  of  Track  equal  to  full  width  of  opening. 

1  pair  Hangers,  per  door  (as  selected)',  enough  Brackets  (select  type — overhead 
tion  at  two  foot  spacing. 

Three-door  Arrangement 


Lateral  Adjustment 
Only 


or  side  wall)  for  applica- 


3  runs  of  Track  equal  to  full  width  of  opening. 

1  pair  Hangers,  per  door  (as  selected),  enough  Brackets  (select  type — overhead  or  side  wall)  for  applica¬ 
tion  at  two  foot  spacing. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


Weight 

Lbs. 


Price 


241 

243 

246 

240-X 

040 

240-CD 

240-ED 

240-COD 

240-EOD 

240-CT 

240-ET 

240-COT 

240-EOT 


Trolley  Hangers  . 

Trolley  Hangers  . 

Trolley  Hangers  . 

1'rack,  without  Brackets  . 

Weatherstrip  . 

Center  Side  Double  Bracket  . 

End  Side  Double  Bracket  . 

Center  Overhead  Double  Cross  Ear  Bracket 
End  Overhead  Double  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . 

Center  Side  Triple  Bracket  . 

End  Side  Triple  Bracket  . 

Center  Overhead  Triple  Cross  Ear  Bracket 
End  Overhead  Triple  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . . 


.  Pair 
.Pair 
.Pair 
,  Fool 
Fool 
Each 
Each 
Each 
Each 
Each 
Each 
Each 
Each 


11 J4 
U'A 
1154 
1  Vi 
2A 
3  54 
3'A 
3 
3 

S'A 

S'A 

3'A 

3'A 


$3.25 

3.50 

3.25 

.32 

60 

.80 

.80 

.80 

.80 

1.40 

1.40 

1.40 

1.40 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 
Brackets  illustrated  on  Page  117 


110 


PARALLEL  DOOR  EQUIPMENT 

Trolley  Track — No.  60-X 


End  View 
2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  W  eatherstrip 


End  View 
3  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  Weatherstrip 


2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


End  View 
3  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


Hangers  Recommended  for  the  Above  Arrangements 


No.  61  Hanger 
Lateral  Adjustment  Only 


No.  63  Hanger 
Lateral  and 
Vertical 
Adjustments 


No.  66  Hanger 
Lateral  and 
Vertical 
Adjustments 


Track  and  Hangers  Required  for  Two-door  Arrangement 

2  runs  of  Track  equal  to  full  width  of  opening. 

1  pair  Hangers,  per  door  (as  selected),  enough  Brackets  (select  type — overhead  or  side  wall)  for  applica¬ 
tion  at  two  foot  spacing. 

Three-door  Arrangement 

3  runs  of  Track  equal  to  full  width  of  opening. 

1  pair  Hangers,  per  door  (as  selected),  enough  Brackets  (select  type — overhead  or  side  wall)  for  applica¬ 
tion  at  two  foot  spacing. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

61 

Trolley  Hangers  . 

U'A 

$3.25 

63 

Trolley  Hangers  . 

11 54 

3.50 

66 

Trolley  Hangers  . 

U'A 

3.25 

60-X 

Track,  without  Brackets  . . . 

1A 

.32 

060 

Weatherstrip  . 

2  A 

.60 

60-CD 

Center  Side  Double  Bracket  . 

3  A 

.80 

60-ED 

End  Side  Double  Bracket  . 

3  A 

.80 

60-COD 

Center  Overhead  Double  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . 

3 

.80 

60-EOD 

End  Overhead  Double  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . 

3 

.80 

60-CT 

Center  Side  Triple  Bracket  . 

5A 

1.40 

60-ET 

End  Side  Triple  Bracket  . 

sa 

1.40 

60-COT 

Center  Overhead  Triple  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . 

3  A 

1.40 

60-EOT 

End  Overhead  Triple  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . 

3  A 

1.40 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 
Brackets  illustrated  on  Page  119. 


Ill 


ii i^tVt rs 


3S 


J3^TSrVT  X^TvK'\  I  Xyl^lTM  O  It/1,  XJ.  i S\  Jk. 


End  View 
2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


PARALLEL  DOOR  EQUIPMENT 


Trolley  Track — Nos. 


End  View 
3  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


71 -X  and  270-X 


End  View 
2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  Weatherstrip 


End  View 
3  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  Weatherstrip 


Hangers  Recommended  for  the  Above  Arrangements 


No.  72  Hanger 


Track  and  Hangers  Required  for  Two-door 
Arrangement 

2  runs  of  Track  (specify  whether  No.  71-X  or  270-X)  equal 
to  the  full  width  of  opening. 

1  pair  Hangers,  per  door;  enough  Brackets  (select  type — over¬ 
head  or  side  wall  to  fit  size  of  track  to  be  used)  for  application  on 
two  foot  spacing. 


Three-door  Arrangement 

Same  as  for  the  above  except — 

3  runs  of  Track  (specify  whether  No.  71-X  or  270-X). 


No.  272  Hanger 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


72 

71 

071 

71 

71 

71 

71 

71 

71 

71 

71 

272 

270 

0270 

270- 

270- 

270. 

270- 

270- 

270. 

270 

270 


-X 

CD 

ED 

COD 

EOD 

CT 

ET 

COT 

EOT 

-X 

CD 

ED 

COD 

EOD 

CT 

ET 

COT 

EOT 


Hangers,  without  Brackets  . 

Trolley  Track  . 

Weatherstrip  . 

Center,  Side,  Double  Bracket  .... 

End,  Side,  Double  Bracket  . 

Center,  Overhead.  Double  Bracket 
End,  Overhead,  Double  Bracket  .  . 

Center,  Side,  Triple  Bracket  . 

End,  Side,  Triple  Bracket  . 

Center,  Overhead,  Triple  Bracket 
End,  Overhead,  Triple  Bracket  .  . . 

Hangers,  without  Brackets  . 

Trolley  Track  . 

Weatherstrip  . . . 

Center,  Side,  Double  Bracket  . . . . 

End,  Side,  Double  Bracket  . 

Center,  Overhead.  Double  Bracket 
End,  Overhead,  Double  Bracket  . . 

Center,  Side,  Triple  Bracket  . 

End,  Side,  Triple  Bracket  . 

Center,  Overhead,  Triple  Bracket 
End,  Overhead,  Triple  Bracket  . . . 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

15 

$5.00 

2  54 

.55 

2 

.90 

Each 

5 

1.60 

Each 

5 ’A 

1.60 

3  Vt 

1.60 

Each 

4 

1.60 

Each 

0 

2.40 

Each 

954 

2.40 

Each 

8*4 

2.40 

Each 

854 

2.40 

15 

5.00 

214 

.65 

.90 

Each 

454 

1.60 

5 

1.60 

Each 

3 

1.60 

Each 

3 

1.60 

9 

2.40 

Each 

9 

2.40 

8 

2.40 

Each 

8 

240 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  121  and  123. 


112 


End  View 
2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  W  eatherstrip 


PARALLEL  DOOR  EQUIPMENT 


Trolley  Track — Nos.  67-X  and  280-X 


End  View 
3  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Overhead  Brackets 
without  Weatherstrip 


End  View 
2  Doors  Parallel 
with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


with 

Side  Wall  Brackets 
with  Weatherstrip 


Hangers  Recommended  for  the  Above  Arrangements 

Track  and  Hangers  Required  for  Two-door 
Arrangement 

2  runs  of  Track  (specify  whether  No.  67-X  or  280-X)  equal 
to  full  width  of  opening. 

1  pair  Hangers,  per  door;  enough  Brackets  (select  type — -over¬ 
head  or  side  wall  to  fit  size  of  track  to  be  used)  for  application  on 
two  foot  spacing. 


Three-door  Arrangement 

Sadie  as  for  the  above  except — - 
3  runs  of  Track  (specify  whether  No.  67-X  or  280-X). 


No.  268  Hanger 


No.  68  Hanger 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

63 

Hangers,  without  Brackets  . 

22 

$9.00 

67-X 

Trolley  Track  . 

354 

.85 

067 

Weatherstrip  . 

1.20 

67-CD 

Center,  Side,  Double  Bracket  . 

4J 4 

2.50 

67-ED 

End,  Side,  Double  Bracket  . 

5 

2.50 

67-COD 

Center,  Overhead,  Double  Bracket  . 

9 

2.50 

67-EOD 

End,  Overhead,  Double  Bracket  . 

10 

2.50 

67-CT 

Center,  Side,  Triple  Bracket  . 

1454 

3.75 

67-ET 

End,  Side,  Triple  Bracket  . 

15  J4 

3.75 

67-COT 

Center,  Overhead,  Triple  Bracket  . 

1354 

3.75 

67-EOT 

End,  Overhead,  Triole  Bracket  . 

1454 

?.75 

26S 

Hangers,  without  Brackets  . 

22 

9.00 

280-X 

Trolley  Track  . 

354 

.85 

0280 

Weatherstrip  . 

1.20 

280-CD 

Center,  Side,  Double  Bracket  . 

4 

2.00 

280-ED 

End,  Side,  Double  Bracket  . 

454 

2.00 

280-COD 

Center,  Overhead,  Double  Bracket  . 

4 

2.00 

280-EOD 

End,  Overhead,  Double  Bracket  . 

4 

2.00 

280-CT 

Center,  Side.  Triple  Bracket  . 

9 

3.00 

280-ET 

End,  Side,  Triple  Bracket  . 

9 

3.00 

280-COT 

Center,  Overhead.  Triple  Bracket  . 

8 

3.00 

280-EOT 

End,  Overhead,  Triple  Bracket  . 

8 

3.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

Brackets  illustrated  on  Pages  125  and  127. 


113 


/UlHU-'P  G>  -rirL 

UANVILLB,  I  Ivl^IISCOI^,  TJ.iy.A. 


BRACKETS  FOR  FOLDING-SLIDING  DOORS 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

2480- C 

Center  Bracket  (standard  size)  for  Nos.  240-X  and  242-X  tracks. 

Each 

IYa 

$  0.40 

2480-1 

Intermed.  Bracket  (standard  size)  for  Nos.  240-X  and  242-X  tracks 

Each 

3 

1.25 

2480-E 

End  Bracket  (standard  size)  for  Nos.  240-X  and  242-X  tracks... 

Each 

3Ya 

1.50 

2481-C 

Center  Bracket  (intermediate  size)  for  No.  270-X  track . 

2V2 

.90 

2481-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  (intermediate  size)  for  No.  270-X  track.... 

Each 

3l/2 

2.50 

2481-E 

End  Bracket  (intermediate  size)  for  No.  270-X  track . 

Each 

4J4 

3.00 

1081-Q 

Extension  Block  . 

Each 

5 

3.00 

2482-C 

Center  Bracket  (large  size)  for  Nos.  280-X  and  288-X  tracks.... 

Each 

4  ya 

1.25 

2482-1 

Intermed.  Bracket  (large  size)  for  Nos.  280-X  and  288-X  tracks. 

Each 

7'A 

3.50 

2482-E 

End  Bracket  (large  size)  for  Nos.  280-X  and  288-X  tracks . 

Each 

9'A 

4.25 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


114 


BRACKETS  FOR  FOLDING-SLIDING  DOORS 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1080-C 

Center  Bracket  (standard  size)  for  Nos.  60-X  and  62-X  tracks... 

.  Each 

m 

$  0.40 

1080-1 

Intermed.  Bracket  (standard  size)  for  Nos.  60-X  and  62-X  tracks. 

.  Each 

3 

1.2.5 

1080-E 

End  Bracket  (standard  size)  for  Nos.  60-X  and  62-X  tracks . 

.  Each 

33/4 

1.50 

1081-C 

Center  Bracket  (intermediate  size)  for  No.  71-X  track . 

.Each 

2'A 

.90 

1081-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  (intermediate  size)  for  No.  71-X  track . 

.  Each 

3lA 

2.50 

1081-E 

End  Bracket  (intermediate  size)  for  No.  71-X  track  . 

.  Each 

4'A 

3.00 

1081-Q 

Extension  Block  . 

5 

3.00 

1082-C 

Center  Bracket  (large  size)  for  Nos.  67-X  and  68-X  tracks . 

.  Each 

4/2 

1.50 

1082-1 

Intermediate  Bracket  (large  size)  for  Nos.  67-X  and  68-X  tracks. 

.  Each 

7A 

3.75 

1082-E 

End  Bracket  (large  size)  for  Nos.  67-X  and  68-X  tracks.. . 

9A 

4.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


115 


BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  240-X  AND  242-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


fJ’HOLE  -It© 


If 


-T* 

t 

2TS 

V 

3" 


240 -CS 


No. 


240-C 

240-E 

240-CK 

240-EK 

240-CN 

240-EN 

240-CO 

240-EO 

240-CQ 

240-EO 

240-CON 

240-EQN 

240-CN  S 

240-COS 

240-CQS 

240-CS 


DESCRIPTION 


Bracket- 
Bracket- 
B  racket- 
15  racket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 
Bracket- 


-Center,  Side  . 

-End,  Side  . 

-Center,  Side  Ear  . 

-End,  Side  Ear  . 

-Center,  Overhead  Plain  . 

-End,  Overhead  Plain  . 

-Center,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  . . 

—End,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  . 

-Center,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear  . . . . 

-End,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear  . 

-Center,  Overhead  Split  . 

-End,  Overhead  Split  . 

-Center,  Overhead  Plain  Stop  . 

-Center,  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Stop  . . 
-Center,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear  Stop 
-Center.  Side  Stop  . 

japanned. 


Standard  finish,  black 


Weight 

Lbs. 


Price 


i 

$0.25 

i 

.25 

i 

.30 

Each 

i 

.30 

Each 

Vi 

.30 

Vi 

.30 

1 

.30 

Each 

1 

.30 

Each 

1 

.30 

Eacli 

1 

.30 

2 

.60 

2 

.60 

1 

.80 

1 

.80 

l'A 

.80 

.80 

116 


BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  240-X  AND  242-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

240-CD 

Bracket — Center,  Side  Double  . 

3A 

$  0.80 

240-ED 

Bracket — End,  Side  Double  . 

3A 

.80 

240-COD 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear,  Double  . 

3A 

.80 

240-EOD 

Bracket  End,  Overhead  Cross  Ear,  Double  . 

3-A 

.80 

240-CT 

Bracket— Center,  Side  Triple  . 

5  A 

1.40 

240-ET 

Bracket — End,  Side  Triple  . 

5  A 

1.40 

240-COT 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

3A 

1.40 

240-EOT 

Bracket  End  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

3  A 

1.40 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

117 


a  imu  -xyr  O  UL  "tv^  & 

T-rX/E^,  I  IvLTIN:  oil/1,  tj.  »y.  .A . 


BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  60-X  AND  62-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


iIoles  formiB 
F.H.wood 

SCREWS. 


60-ck. 


60-CN 


6o-en 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

60-C 

Bracket — Center,  Side  . 

1 

$0.25 

60-E 

Bracket — End,  Side  . 

1 

.25 

60-CK 

Bracket — Center,  Side  Ear  . 

1 

.30 

60-EK 

Bracket — End,  Side  Ear  . 

1 

.30 

60-CN 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Plain  . 

Vi 

.30 

60-EN 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Plain  . 

Vi 

.30 

60-CO 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  . 

. Each 

1 

.30 

60-EO 

Bracket — End,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  . 

1 

.30 

60-CO 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear  . 

1 

.30 

60-EQ 

Bracket — End,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear  . 

1 

.30 

60-CON 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Split  . 

2 

.60 

60-EON 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Split  . 

2 

.60 

60-CNS 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Stop  Plain  . 

1 

.80 

60-COS 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Stop  Cross  Ear  . 

l'A 

.80 

60-COS 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Stop  Parallel  Ear  . 

1  !4 

.80 

60-CS 

Bracket — Center,  Side  Stop  . 

Wi 

.80 

118 


/UlHk-t> 


BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  60-X  AND  62-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


5" 

$  Holes J*j  f 


60C0. 


Uz 

60-ED. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

60-CD 

Bracket — Center,  Side  Double  . 

354 

$0.80 

60-ED 

Bracket — End,  Side  Double  . . 

3  J4 

.80 

60-COD 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  Double  . 

354 

.80 

60-EOD 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Cross  Ear,  Double  . 

354 

.80 

60-CT 

Bracket — Center,  Side  Triple  . 

554 

1.40 

60- ET 

Bracket — End,  Side  Triple  . 

M 

1.40 

60-COT 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

354 

1.40 

60-EOT 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

354 

1.40 

119 


/UL  +  k-'P**  otxi'V'  ^om 


DANVI XvXvlST,  I  LlTlX  p  I  lX1,  U.  i/1.  A  • 

STEEL  BRACKETS  FOR  NO.  270-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


Z7  0-C 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

270-C 

Bracket — Center  Side  . Each 

154 

$0.65 

270-E 

Bracket — End  Side  . Each 

154 

.65 

270-CN 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Plain . Each 

1 

.65 

270-EN 

Bracket — End  Overhead  Plain  . Each 

1 

.65 

270-CO 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Cross  Ear.  .  Each 

1 54 

.65 

270-EO 

Bracket — End  Overhead  Cross  Ear....  Each 

154 

.65 

270-CQ 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Parallel  Ear.  Each 

154 

.65 

270-EO 

Bracket — End  Overhead  Parallel  Ear.  .  Each 

154 

.65 

270-CON 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Split  . Each 

254 

1.20 

270-EON 

Bracket- — End  Overhead  Split  . Each 

254 

1.20 

270-CNS 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Stop  Plain..  Each 

U4 

1.60 

270-COS 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Stop  Cross 

Ear  . Each 

254 

1.60 

270-CQS 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Stop  Parallel 

Ear  . Each 

254 

1.60 

270-CS 

Bracket — Center  Side  Stop  . Each 

3  54 

1.60 

270-COS 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


120 


/UtUlx.-p 


rou 


DANVI I  LI^IN OIl/1,  XJ.  i/’.A ' 


STEEL  BRACKETS  FOR  NO.  270-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


2.7  0-01- 


270*  ET 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbe. 

Price 

270-CD 

Bracket — Center  Side  Double  . 

4 

$1.60 

270-ED 

Bracket — End  Side  Double  . 

4 

1.60 

270-COD 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Double  . 

4 

1.60 

270-EOD 

Bracket — End  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Double  . 

4 

1.60 

270-CT 

Bracket — Center  Side  Triple  . 

714 

2.40 

270-ET 

Bracket — End  Side  Triple  . 

VA 

2.40 

270-COT 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

7 

2.40 

270-EOT 

Bracket — End  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

7 

2.40 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


121 


A  1 1  i't’lrt -13^  OUL"t"S^ 


#-^V|  X  _ _ /  :C>A.TST\/II^X^&\  II^lKOIi/1,  XJ.  iXl  -A . 

%T£,i~\  \):  r . .  ' . . 1'mrm — Tnrrr^i — rrrrm — n~n  imnirnnirn~riTniiiiTr  ~n~r  ttttiiii  r  t  r  31— mwwii 


MALLEABLE  BRACKETS  FOR  NO.  71-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


Tl'CO. 


7I-E0. 


7  ICQ.  71-EQ. 


71  cns  71-COS. 


122 


MALLEABLE  BRACKETS  FOR  NO.  71-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

71-CD 

Bracket — Center,  Side  Double  . 

5 

$1.60 

71-ED 

Bracket — End,  Side  Double  . 

5 

1.60 

71-COD 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  Double  . 

. Each 

4 

1.60 

71-EOD 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Cross  Ear,  Double . 

4 

1.60 

71-CT 

Bracket — Center,  Side  Triple  . 

9 

2.40 

71-ET 

Bracket — End,  Side  Triple  . 

9 

2.40 

71-COT 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

8K 

2.40 

71-EOT 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Triple  . 

2.40 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


123 


STEEL  BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  280-X  AND  288-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


280-C  Bracket — Center  Side  . 

280-E  Bracket — End  Side  . 

280-CN  Bracket — Center  Overhead  Plain  . 

280-E N  Bracket — End  Overhead  Plain  . 

280-CO  Bracket — Center  Overhead  Cross  Ear  . 

280-EO  Bracket — End  Overhead  Cross  Ear  . 

280-CO  Bracket — Center  Overhead  Parallel  Ear  . 

280-EO  Bracket — End  Everhead  Parallel  Ear  . 

280-CON  Bracket — Center  Overhead  Split  . 

280-EO N  Bracket — End  Overhead  Split  . 

280-CN S  Bracket — Center — Overhead  Stop  Plain  . 

280-COS  Bracket — Center  Overhead  Stop  Cross  Ear  .  . 

280-COS  Bracket — Center  Overhead  Stop  Parallel  Ear 

280-CS _ Bracket — Center  Side  Stop  . 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Each 

254 

$0.85 

Each 

254 

.85 

Each 

254 

.85 

Each 

254 

.85 

Each 

354 

.85 

Each 

354 

.85 

Each 

354 

.85 

Each 

354 

.85 

Each 

4 

1.40 

Each 

4 

1.40 

4 

2.00 

Each 

5 

2.00 

Each 

5 

2.00 

Each 

6 

2.00 

124 


tUilx-'P  t»OlX 


•  . .  _ _ 


i 


i  >.A  ."x \- 1 1  . 1 ,  k ,  illTimoii/1,  ii.,/-.  .A 


STEEL  BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  280-X  AND  288-X 

TROLLEY  TRACK 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


125 


MALLEABLE  BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  67-X  AND  68-X  TROLLEY  TRACK 

h 3h  h\ 


13. 

16 


iSn-^ 


L 


3/ 

5* 


■$ 


4-  i^OL! 


5  16 


S-67E 


2T6 


S-67C 


■* 

'.Ip 

=f# 

76 

% 

WoLES 


6  re. 


67-eQ. 


67  CN 


h-2*-  . a* 


1JHOI.ES 


Hole-s. 


W- Woles 

lip 


67  EQN 


^  Hole- 

fo 


r' 


*1 


67-eos. 


6T-eQS. 


67-es. 


No. 


67-C 
67-E 
S-67-C 
S-67-E 
67-CN 
67-EN 
67-CO 
67-EO 
67-CQ 
67-EQ 
67-CON 
67-EQ  N 
67-CNS 
67-COS 
67-CQS 
67-CS 


DESCRIPTION 


Bracket — Center,  Side  . 

Bracket — End.  Side  . 

Bracket — -Center,  Side,  Steel  . 

Bracket — End,  Side,  Steel  . . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Plain  . 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Plain  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  . 

Bracket — End,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear 

Bracket — -End,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear  . 

Bracket- — Center,  Overhead  Split,  Steel  . 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  Split,  Steel  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Stop  Plain  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Stop  Cross  Ear  . 
Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Stop  Parallel  Ear 
Bracket — Center,  Side  Stop  . 


Weight 

Lbs. 


Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 

Each 


3 

4 

4 

5 
5 
5 

5 

6 
6 

5 

6 
6 
4 


Price 


$1.10 

1.10 

.85 

.85 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.10 

1.80 

1.80 

2.50 

2.50 

2.50 

2.50 


Standard  finish,  black  iapanned. 


126 


MALLEABLE  BRACKETS  FOR  NOS.  67-X  AND  68-X 

TROLLEY  TRACK 


67-ER  67-  eT.  67-ET. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


67-CD 

67-ED 

67-COD 

67-EOD 

67-CT 

67-ET 

67-COT 

67-EOT 


Bracket — Center,  Side,  Doable  . 

Bracket — End,  Side,  Double  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Cross  Ear,  Double 
Bracket — End,  Overhead  Cross  Ear,  Double  . 

Bracket — Center,  Side,  Triple  . 

Bracket — End,  Side,  Triple  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  Cross  Ear,  Triple 
Bracket — End,  Overhead  Cross  Ear,  Triple  ... 


Weight 

Lbs. 


Price 


Each 

10 

$2.50 

Each 

10 

2.50 

Each 

9 

2.50 

Each 

9 

2.50 

Each 

15  54 

3.75 

Each 

15J4 

3.75 

Each 

14J4 

3.75 

Each 

145-4 

3.75 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


127 


MALLEABLE  BRACKETS  FOR  ROUND  TRACK 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1-C 

Bracket — Center,  for  No.  1  Track . 

14 

$  0.08 

1-i, 

Bracket — End,  for  No.  1  Track  . . 

14 

.08 

2-C 

Bracket — Center,  for  No.  2  Track  . 

1 4 

.12 

2-E 

Bracket — End,  for  No.  2  Track  . 

14 

.12 

2-C3 

Bracket — Center,  for  No.  2  Track  for  doors  2"  to  2^4" 

. Each 

J4 

.12 

2-E3 

Bracket — End,  for  No.  2  Track  for  doors  2"  to  2 -)4"  ■ 

. Each 

1 4 

.12 

2-CS 

Bracket — Center,  stop  for  No.  2  Track . 

114 

.40 

2-C4 

Bracket — Center,  Long  Support  for  No.  2  Track  for  doors  2"  to  2-54” 

114 

.40 

2- VC 

Bracket — Center,  Vertical  Track  for  No.  2  Track  ... 

214 

.75 

2-VE 

Bracket — End,  Vertical  for  No.  2  Track . 

. Each 

2-14 

.75 

2-VQ 

Bracket — Center  Vertical  Track  for  No.  2  Track  Flush  Doors ....  Each 

114 

.75 

2-ZC 

Bracket — Center  Overhead  for  No.  2  Track . 

. Each 

Ya 

.60 

3-CS2 

Bracket — Center,  Stop  for  No.  3  Track  for  doors  114” 

to  2 yA"  ....Each 

314 

1.50 

3-CS3 

Bracket — Center,  Stop  for  No.  3  Track  for  doors  2*4" 

to  2*4"  ....  Each 

3/2 

1.50 

3-C4 

Bracket — Center,  for  No.  3  Track  for  I  beams . 

m 

.60 

0-3C 

Backing  Plate  or  Shim  for  No.  3C  Bracket  . 

Vs 

.10 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


128 


MALLEABLE  BRACKETS  FOR  ROUND  TRACK 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


3-C 
3-E 
3-C2 
3-E2 
3-J 
3-J2 
22-PC 
33. PC 
33-PQ 

11-ZC 

11-ZE 

22-ZC 

22-ZE 

33-ZC 

33-ZE 


Bracket — Center,  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  for  Doors  2J&"  to  2A" . 

Bracket — End,  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  for  Doors  2 Ys"  to  2 Va,"  . 

Bracket — Center,  tor  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  for  Doors  1M"  to  2'A" . 

Bracket — End,  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  for  Doors  IA"  to  2lA" . 

Bracket — Joint,  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  for  Doors  2 A"  to  2A" . 

Bracket — Joint,  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  for  Doors  1A"  to  2lA" . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  for  No.  22-P  Parallel  Track  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  for  No.  33-P,  36-P,  73-P,  76-P,  Parallel  Track... 
Bracket — Center,  Overhead  for  No.  33-P,  36-P,  73-P,  76-P,  Parallel  Track 

(Extended  Arm)  . . . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  for  No.  11-Z  Overhead  Carrier  Track  . 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  for  No.  11-Z  Overhead  Carrier  Track  . 

Bracket — Center.  Overhead  for  No.  22-Z  Overhead  Carrier  Track  . 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  for  No.  22-Z  Overhead  Carrier  Track  . 

Bracket — Center,  Overhead  for  No.  33-Z  Overhead  Carrier  Track  . 

Bracket — End,  Overhead  for  No.  33-Z  Overhead  Carrier  Track  . 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Each 

VA 

$0.40 

Each 

ia 

.40 

Each 

VA 

.40 

Each 

i'A 

.40 

Each 

2 

.80 

Each 

Hi 

.80 

Each 

1A 

1.00 

Each 

4 ’A 

1.60 

Each 

$A 

2.00 

Each 

VA 

.70 

Each 

\A 

.70 

Each 

254 

.90 

2ki 

.90 

Each 

3  A 

1.10 

Each 

3 'A 

1.10 

129 


1 1  i  ^Irt  -  X-Xf  fZ 


mn 


IXAT^TVI  ,  ILUINOI^,  U.  i>". 


MALLEABLE  BRACKETS  FOR  ROUND  TRACK 


- 

,y  ,  r^y  i 

HHole-. 


ioLe/ 


N0.603-C. 


3-ZCQ. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


9-C 

9-E 

3-ZO 

3-ZO 

33-ZCQ 

33-ZEQ 

28-PC 

28-PE 

3-ZCO 

603-C 


Bracket— Center,  for  No.  9  Track  for  Doors  2M"  to  2 A" 
Bracket— End,  for  No.  9  Track  for  Doors  2H”  to  2A"  ... 

Bracket — Special,  Center,  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  . 

|  Bracket — Special,  Center  Overhead  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Tra 
Bracket— Special,  Center  Side  for  No.  33-Z  Overhead  Carri 
|  Bracket — Special,  End  Side  for  No.  33-Z  Overhead  Carrier 

'Bracket— Center  for  No.  28- P  Parallel  Track  . 

Bracket— End,  for  No.  28-P  Parallel  Track  . 

Bracket — Special,  Center  for  No.  3  or  No.  7  Track  . 

JCone  Brackets  for  No.  603  Flat  Track  . 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Each 

5 

$1.80 

Each 

2  A 

.90 

6'A 

2.00 

Each 

5 

2.00 

8 

2.00 

Each 

8’A 

2.00 

Each 

3'A 

1.20 

3  Vi 

1.20 

Each 

12 

4.00 

Each 

V/a 

.35 

130 


ROUND  AND  FLAT  TRACKS 


No.  I 
Track 


No.  2 
Track 


Track 


No.  7 
Track 


Wooe  5cptw|j 


No.  2811 
Brass  Track 


No.  2911 
Brass  Track 


No.  152  Flat  Track 


No.  603 
Flat  Track 


No. 


1- X 

?. 

2- X 
3 

3- X 
7 

7-X 

152 

603 

603-X 

2811 

2911 


DESCRIPTION 


Round  Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet  . Foot 

Round  Track,  without  Brackets  . Foot 

Round  Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet  . Foot 

Round  Track,  without  Brackets  . Foot 

Round  Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet  . Fcot 

Round  Track,  without  Brackets  . Foot 

Round  Track,  with  Brackets  every  2  feet  . Foot 

Round  Track,  without  Brackets  . Foot 

Flat  Track,  Riveted  Brackets  . . . Foot 

Flat  Track,  with  Cone  Bracket  every  30  inches  . Foot 

Flat  Track,  without  Brackets  . . Foot 

Brass  Track,  without  Screws  or  Nails,  Polished  Brass  finish  . Foot 

Brass  Track,  without  Screws  or  Nails,  Polished  Brass  finish  . . . Foot 


Weight 

Lbs. 


14 

Vt 

114 

1 

2  J4 

1  Vt 

214 

2 

1 

5 

4  Vi 
% 
% 


Price 


$0.20 

.1614 

.25 

.20 

.60 

.40 

.75 

.55 

.14 

.70 

.55 

.40 

.40 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


131 


tti+k- 


WATERSHED  TRACKS 


0 


No.  517 

Track  with  Hanger 


1012-P 


No.  1070 


515-PS 


515-PO 


No.  1  DESCRIPTION 


515  Watershed  Track  . 

515-P  Watershed  Track,  Parallel,  5"  Weatherstrip . 

515-PO  Watershed  Tiack,  Parallel,  with  brackets  every  2  feet  and  5" 

Weatherstrip  . 

515-PS  Watershed  Tiack,  Parallel,  with  brackets  every  2  feet  and  5" 

Weatherstrip  . 

517  Covered  Track  . 

1010  Watershed  Track  . 

1012-P  Watershed  Track,  Parallel,  6 54"  Weatherstrip . . 

1012-PO  Watershed  Track,  Parallel,  with  brackets  every  2  feet  and  6}4" 

Weatherstrip  . 

1012-PS  Watershed  Track,  Parallel,  with  brackets  every  2  feet  and  654" 

Weatherstrip  . 

1070  Trolley  Watershed  Track  . 


W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Foot 

i  y4 

$0.30 

Foot 

414 

.90 

Foot 

m 

1.00 

Foot 

5  54 

1.20 

Footl 

l 

.20 

Foot 

214 

.40 

Foot 

9 

1.20 

Foot 

9 

1.30 

Foot 

10J4 

1.50 

Foot 

3 

.60 

i 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


132 


TROLLEY  TRACKS 


Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  240-X  Track 
16  Gauge 


No.  242  X  Track 
14  Gauge 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weigh: 

Lbs. 

Price 

60-X 

Track,  round  trough.  ..  Foot 

i  lA 

$0.32 

62-X 

Track,  round  trough ...  Foot 

2 

.44 

240-X 

Track,  square  trough..  Foot 

m 

.32 

242-X 

Track,  square  trough..  Foot 

2  'A 

.44 

71-X 

Track,  round  trough ...  Foot 

2 ‘A 

.55 

270-X 

Track,  square  trough..  Foot 

244 

.65 

67-X 

Track,  round  trough.  ..  Foot 

3  A 

.85 

280-X 

Track,  square  trough.. Foot 

3 'A 

.85 

68-X 

Track,  rnd.  trgh.,1 0  ga. .  Foot 

4-4 

1.10 

288-X 

Track,  sq.  trgh.,  10  ga. .Foot 

4J4 

1.10 

Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Section 
No.  60-X  Track 
16  Gauge 


No.  62-X  Track 
14  Gauge 


LOCKING  DEVICES 


No.  396  Drawtite 


Made  of  malleable  iron  and  arranged  for  attaching  to  single,  double  or  parallel  doors.  It  draws 
the  doors  tight  together  or  against  the  building,  making  them  weathertight. 

When  desired  an  ordinary  padlock  may  be  locked  through  hole  shown  in  the  draw-plate, 
thus  preventing  operation  of  bolt  and  insuring  protection  against  theft  or  trespassing. 

Packed  one  bolt  in  box  with  universal  strike  and  screws  ready  to  apply. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

396 

396-G 

“Drawtite”  Door  Bolt,  with  universal  strike,  black  . Eacli 

“Drawtite”  Bolt,  with  universal  strike,  galvanized  . Each 

2 

2 

$  1.50 
1.75 

HASPS 

No.  1189-H  Hasp  is  a  standard  4 *4"  hinge  lfasp.  Heavy  gauge  stock  is  used  in  the  making 
and  the  finish  is  baked  japan.  Packed  with  screws,  one  in  a  carton. 

No.  295  Hasp  will  meet  the  demand  for  long  and  reliable  service.  Made  of  certified  mal¬ 
leable  so  it  will  withstand  any  amount  of  rough  usage.  Packed  in  bulk,  without  screws  or  bolts. 
Finish,  baked  japan.  13"  long  over  all. 


No.  295  Has- 


134 


A  tli+'k- 


LOCKING  DEVICES 


No.  309  Combination  Bumper  and  Hasp 


A  massive  combination  bumper  and  hasp  that  is 
used  extensively  on  large  doors  where  it  is  desired  to 
have  a  dependable  means  of  stopping  the  doors  and 
locking  them.  Built  of  certified  malleable.  Furnished 
with  one  keeper  without  screws  or  bolts. 


No.  309-2 — Bumper 
weight  5/  lbs., 


and  Hasp  for  1%" 
each  . 


doors, 

. $2.50 


No.  309-3 — Bumper 
weight  5yZ  lbs., 


and  Hasp  for  1  doors, 
each  .  2.50 


These  Bar  Staples  are 
intended  for  use  with  2"x4" 
wood  bars.  No.  185,  closed 
Bar  Staple,  is  long. 

No.  175  open  Bar  Staple  is 
7) 4"  long.  Both  made  of 
%"  x  1 J4"  steel.  Packed 
ten  in  a  box  without  screws. 

No.  175  —  Open  Bar 
staple,  weight  1  lb. 

Each  . $0.20 

No.  185  —  Closed  Bar 
Staple,  weight  V/ 
lbs.  Each . 25 


No.  185  No.  175 


No.  38  Padlock  Eyes 
17/s"  X  2J4" 

Complete  with  Screws.  Twenty-five  Pair  packed  in 

Carton 


No.  38 — Padlock  Eyes 


Pair  $0.10 


“ALLIGATOR”  LATCHES 


The  best  and  most  popular  Snap  Latch  on  the  market.  It  has  every  advantage  of  durability  possible,  closes 
and  latches  the  doors  with  a  minimum  of  effort  and  is  not  affected  by  warping  or  sagging  doors.  Padlock  may 
be  snapped  thru  latch,  making  a  perfect  lock.  Can  be 
operated  from  either  side  of  door  and  is  reversible  for 
either  right  or  left  hand  doors. 


No.  35-1 

For  Average  Size  Doors 


No.  35-2  Jumbo 

For  Heavy  Duty  Use  on  Large  Doors 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Price 

Lbs. 

35-1 

Alligator  Latch,  six  in  carton . 

1/2 

$  0.75 

35-2 

Jumbo  Alligator  Latch,  one  in  carton . 

5/2 

3.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


135 


/{ 1 1  i  In  -  Of  ouiy"  ^ 

s 


LATCHES 


No.  39,  139  and  239  Thumb  Latches 


No.  30  and  32  Latches 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

30 

Malleable  Latch,  6"  bar . 

1  Ya 

$  0.75 

32 

Malleable  Latch,  84^”  bar . 

4 

3.00 

39-X 

Steel  Thumb  Latch,  7/"  handle,  less  separate  padlock  eves... 

/ 

.40 

39 

Steel  Thumb  Latch,  7/"  handle,  with  separate  padlock  eyes. . . 

y2 

.50 

139 

Steel  Thumb  Latch,  8 handle  . 

i 

1.00 

239 

Steel  Thumb  Latch,  10 yn  handle . 

3/2 

2.00 

No.  37  Latch 


No 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

37 

Heavy  Steel  Latch,  14"xl/"xA"  bar  . Each 

6 

$  2.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


136 


LATCHES 


No.  296  Series  Latches 
T  Handles  Both  Sides 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

297 

Swinging  Door  Latch, 

12"xl  y4"xy4"  bar . 

3/2 

1.50 

299 

Swinging  Door  Latch, 

14"xl H"xA"  bar . 

6 

2.00 

No.  415  Latch 


No.  416  Latch 


T  Handle  One  Side 


Lever  Handles  Both  Sides 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

415 

Swinging  Door  Latch,  14"xlj4"xA"  . Each 

6 

$  2.00 

416 

Swinging  Door  Latch,  14"xlj4"xA" . Each 

.  6 

2.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


137 


'A  -1 


/UtHla-'P  ^om 

. 

ID^TSTva l^lvE\  I  LI^IN  OIl/1,  TJ.  l/T  _A . 


NO.  29  TOP  OR  BOTTOM  SPRING  DOOR  BOLT 


Malleable  Iron 

A  substantial  spring  door 
bolt  with  malleable  iron 
housing  for  use  with  all 
types  of  door  equipment — 
right  angle  doors,  sliding 
doors,  hinged  sliding  folding 
doors  and  swinging  in  or  out 
doors.  The  bolt  is  7  inches 
long,  malleable  iron  housing 
5 l/z  inches  long  with  24-inch 
chain.  Packed  complete,  one 
in  box,  each  with  two  keep¬ 
ers,  clip  for  chain  and  screws 
ready  to  apply. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

96 

Top  or  Bottom  Spring  Door  Bolt — Malleable . 

2 

$2.25 

No.  25 


NO.  25  FOOT  BOLT 

Malleable  Iron 

Foot  bolt  made  of  malleable  iron.  Bolt  is 
inch  round,  7  inches  long,  with  l-inch  stroke. 

Housing  5p2  inches  long. 

Releasing  small  release  lever  allows  bolt  to  raise 
and  is  held  in  place  by  steel  spring. 

Packed  one  in  box  complete  with  keeper  and 
screws  ready  to  apply. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

75 

Foot  Bolt — Malleable  . . 

2 

$2.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


138 


No.  26  and  226 


No.  26  Chain  Bolt  is  made  of  steel  with  a  strong 
wire  spring.  Easily  reversed  for  doors  swinging  in 
or  out  without  use  of  tools.  Size  of  bolt,  Y"  x  6";  size 
of  bolt  case,  2l/\"  x  5";  length  of  chain,  24". 

No.  226  Chain  Bolt  same  as  No.  26  but  made  larger. 
Size  of  bolt,  %"  x  10";  size  of  case,  3%"  x  9";  length 
of  chain,  28". 

No.  25  Foot  Bolt,  all  steel  construction,  no  springs, 
positive  lever  action.  Size  of  bolt 
yA"  x  6". 

The  No.  394  Cane  Bolt,  made  in 
five  sizes  to  adapt  it  to  all  sizes  of 
doors.  Can  be  applied  to  the  top  or 
the  side  of  the  door  as  well  as  the 
bottom.  Also  serves  as  a  door  holder 
and  is  so  designed  that  the  bolt 
drops  several  inches  below  the  bot¬ 
tom  of  the  door. 


No.  25 


No.  394-3 


No.  26 — Chain  Bolt,  steel,  6",  wt.  1J4  lbs.. . Ea.  $0.65 
No.  226 — Chain  Bolt,  steel,  10",  wt.  3  lbs...Ea.  2.25 


No.  25 — Foot  Bolt,  steel,  6",  wt.  1J4  lbs. ...Ea.  .60 


No.  394-1 — j4"xl2",  Cane  Bolt,  wt.  1%  lbs.. . Ea.  $0.60 

No.  394-2 — ^"xl8",  Cane  Bolt,  wt.  2 /2  lbs...Ea.  .70 

No.  394-3 — 5^"xl8",  Cane  Bolt,  wt.  3j4  lbs...Ea  85 

No.  394-4 — 5'g"x24",  Cane  Bolt,  wt.  Ax/2  lbs. ..Ea.  1.00 

No.  394-5 — -)4"x24",  Cane  Bolt,  wt.  Sy2  lbs. ..Ea.  1.50 


Packed  one  in  a  box  with  screws. 


Packed  two  in  a  box  with  screws. 


Parallel  Door — Bottom  Bolt  No.  390 


Successful  fastening  or  locking  device  for 
continuous  parallel  doors.  The  bolt  proper  and 
the  pivoted  stop  are  made  of  the  certified  mal¬ 
leable  iron,  and  the  plate  of  heavy  steel,  making 
a  strong  substantial  bolt.  The  bolt  proper, 
operating  by  gravity,  drops  into  a  hole  placed 
at  the  proper  point  in  the  floor  guide,  where  it 
locks  automatically  through  the  operation  of 
the  the  pivoted  stop  above  it.  Is  readily  un¬ 
bolted  by  simply  swinging  the  pivoted  stop  to 
either  side  and  raising  bolt. 


Bolt  is  prevented  from  dragging  on  floor 
when  door  is  being  operated,  as  shown  in  illus¬ 
tration  at  right. 

Plate,  2>y2  inches  wide  by  15J4  inches  high. 
Bolt,  iy  inches  by  inches. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

wt. 

Lbs. 

Price 

390 

Parallel  Door  Bottom 

Bolt  . Each 

4 

$3.00 

This  Illustration  shows  position  of  bolt  when  door  is  closed. 
Also  showing  means  by  which  bolt  cannot  drag  on  floor 
when  door  is  operated. 

Packed  in  bulk  with  screws 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


139 


AUUU-'P  ^otrv 


CREMONE  BOLTS 

No.  2229 


A  Special  Cremone  Bolt,  built  for  severe 
use  on  large  heavy  doors.  Through  a  com¬ 
bination  of  extra  heavy  square  rods  and  certi¬ 
fied  malleable  plates  and  handles  this  Cremone 
Bolt  will  give  trouble-free  action  and  positive 
locking  on  extremely  large  doors. 

The  rods  are  bar  steel  with  beveled 
ends  for  wedge  action  in  strikes  or  keeper 
plates. 

The  long  handle  gives  a  great  leverage 
and  the  bolt  is  easy  to  operate. 

Construction  of  lever  and  pivot  plate  keeps 
the  rods  in  a  set  position  regardless  of  whether 
the  rods  are  extended  or  retracted. 

Made  only  on  order  and  exact  over  all 
height  should  be  specified  so  rods  may  be 
beveled  to  agree. 

Furnished  regularly  in  electro-galvanized 
finish.  Hot-dip  Galvanized  finish  quoted  on 
application. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

2229-1 

Cremone 

Bolt—  7' 

to 

8' . 

20 

$11.00 

2229-2 

Cremone 

Bolt—  8' 

to 

9' . 

22 

11.40 

2229-3 

Cremone 

Bolt—  9' 

to 

10' . 

24 

11.80 

2229-4 

Cremone 

Bolt— 10' 

to 

11' . 

26 

12.20 

No.  2229 

2229-5 

Cremone 

Bolt— 11' 

to 

12' . 

28 

12.60 

Cremone  Bolt 

2229-6 

Cremone 

Bolt -12' 

to 

13' . 

30 

13.00 

(Released  Position) 

140 


Locking  Handle 
for  Opposite  Side 
of  door 


CREMONE  BOLTS 

No.  129  Cremone  Bolt 
Adjustable 

Especially  designed  for  garages.  Simple  and  strong.  The 
No.  129  series  is  made  of  certified  malleable  for  all  parts  except 
the  long  rods  which  are  steel.  One  movement  of  the  lever 
handle  will  lock  or  unlock  the  bolt  at  both  top  and  bottom  of 
door,  and  when  put  in  the  unlocked  position  the  mechanism 
causes  the  retracted  bolt  rods  to  stay  in  that  position.  Ad¬ 
justable  threaded  portion  on  the  rods  permits  accurate  setting 
of  rod  lengths  and  this  adjustment  cannot  be  tampered  with 
after  bolt  is  placed  in  position.  Range  of  adjustment  is  12 
inches. 

Also  furnished,  on  order,  with  an  outside  lever  handle  and 
locking  plate  into  which  a  padlock  may  be  snapped.  Padlock 
not  included.  For  price,  add  $2.50  each  to  list  of  bolt  selected 
from  the  following  sizes. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


129-1 

Cremone 

Bolt—  7' 

to 

8'  . 

129-2 

Cremone 

Bolt—  8' 

to 

9'  . 

129-3 

Cremone 

Bolt—  9' 

to 

10'  . 

129-4 

Cremone 

Bolt— 10' 

to 

11'  . 

129-5 

Cremone 

Bolt— 11' 

to 

12'  . 

129-6 

Cremone 

Bolt— 12' 

to 

13'  . 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

73/4 

$6.50 

8  % 

6.60 

83/4 

6.70 

9A 

6.80 

934 

6.90 

10k 

7.00 

No.  129 
Cremone 
Bolt 


No.  229  Cremone  Bolt 

The  No.  229  is  built  up  of  square  steel  rods  in  connection  with  certified 


malleable  fittings  and  while  it  lacks  the  adjustable  length  feature  of  our 
No.  129  Bolt  its  use  and  operation  is  practically  the  same.  The  No.  229  is 
furnished  in  a  series  of  six  lengths  to  permit  of  its  installation  on  various 
heights  of  openings.  We  recommend  ordering  the  length  that  will  allow 
of  cutting  off  the  top  rod  (with  a  hack-saw)  to  the  point  where  the  exact 
length  will  take  care  of  the  particular  installation  intended. 

Flush  and  Rim  Strikes  furnished  for  use  at  head  jamb. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

229-1 

Cremone  Bolt —  7'  to  8'  . 

8 

$5.00 

229-2 

Cremone  Bolt —  8'  to  9'  . 

. Eacl 

9 

5.20 

229-3 

Cremone  Bolt —  9'  to  10'  . 

. Eacl 

10 

5.40 

229-4 

Cremone  Bolt — 10'  to  11'  . 

. Eacl 

11 

5.60 

229-5 

Cremone  Bolt — 11'  to  12'  . 

. Eacl 

12 

5.80 

229-6 

Cremone  Bolt — 12'  to  13'  . 

13 

6.00 

Standard  finish,  electro-galvanized. 

141 


/\  1 1  t  ^IrT  -  OU-^V^  fZ  TTTL 


DOOR  PULLS 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

162 

Wrot  Pull,  754",  10  in  carton . 

Yx 

$0.15 

163 

Wrot  Pull,  8J4",  10  in  carton . 

J4 

.20 

305 

Malleable  Pull,  8",  bulk  . 

1 

.30 

306 

Malleable  Pull,  8",  bulk . 

\y2 

.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


DOOR  GUARDS  AND  BINDERS 


No.  195  Wheel  Guard 


This  Wheel  Guard  is  designed  so  that  appli¬ 
cation  may  be  easily  made  with  either  a  wood 
floor  or  one  of  concrete.  Angle  of  slant  is  such 
that  protection  of  car  hubs  and  fenders  is  as¬ 
sured.  Height  18";  pipe  diameter,  2//. 

No.  195 — Wheel  Guard,  wt.  15  lbs..  .Pair  $8.00 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Nos.  170  and  173  Door  Binders 


No.  170 — Door  Binder  for  doors  up  to 
25/s"  thick.  Width  2",  length,  9/"; 
weight,  lp2  lbs . Each  $0.35 

No.  173 — Door  Binder  for  doors  up  to  2" 
thick.  Width,  13^2" ;  length,  8".  Weight 

1  lb . Each  .25 

10  in  carton. 

Punched  for  //  lags  or  bolts. 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


142 


mm 

DOOR  HOLDER 

HOLDS  DOORS  FIRM 
ON  WOOD, CEMENT, 
OR  DIRT  FLOOR  - 
EVEN  WHEN  COVERED 
WITH  ICE  OR  SLEET 


LAST  TO  PUT  ON 
EAST  TO  WORK 


touch  of  lh«  foot 


SAVES  A  ||!th  SAVES 

YOUR  r»  Allllll  n  YOUR 
FENDERS  DOOR  HOLDEK  DOORS 

MANUFACTURED  BV  ALL-TH  PROuTY  COMPANY  OANVIUE  ILLINOIS  USA 


the  fou r 'i mnnrbn t°f  tlJ®  A11‘tJ1  No;  140  D?°r  Holder  due  consideration  has  been  given  to  each  of 
Protection  ant  features  of  such  a  device :  Convenience,  Efficiency,  Ease  of  Installation  and 

RnrP^fIf£>?V^lienC*t~T1|e  fewe?t  motions  thru  as  short  a  distance  as  is  practical.  A  slight  pres- 
1  00  °n  1  \e  reHase  trigger  drops  the  point  of  the  holder  to  the  floor.  To  replace  it  is 

m,iLr  nl  '  tr  raiSe  the,  rod,  Wlth  the  foot>  no  bending  over,  nothing  could  be  easier  or 
quicker,  no  wiggling  around  to  locate  the  catch. 

:fEffinie,nCy~is  the  result  of  its  simplicity;  as  few  parts  as  will  do  the  work,  and  each  one  built 
1  W1  0  lts  ^Y°rk  in  the  best  way.  Our  holder  consists  of  two  parts,  only  one  moving  part — 

■  °  S^nn£  0  weaken  or  bolts  to  come  loose.  Yet  each  piece  is  so  ruggedly  built  as  to  insure  last- 

oCI  Vice. 

1  44ie  point  of  the  rod  will  hold  on  wood,  cement  or  dirt  floor  even  when  covered  with  ice  or 
s  ee  .  yuivenng  of  the  door  in  the  wind  only  serves  to  tighten  its  hold. 

To  Install — it  is  only  necessary  to  determine  the  correct  dis¬ 
tance  from  the  floor  and  ifttach  to  the  door  with  two  wood  screws. 

Protection — The  use  of  the  No.  140  Door  Holder  prevents 
damage  as  the  wind  cannot  blow  the  doors  against  the  car  fenders 
or  headlights. 

Durable  electro  galvanized  finish. 

Packed  1  pair  in  a  box  and  5  boxes 
in  an  attractive  and  convenient  counter 
display  carton. 

Weight,  per  pair . 1*4  lbs. 

Price  per  pair . $1.00 


a "I  '!•  \ ' . . 


143 


NO.  391  DOOR  GUIDE  AND  WEATHER  STRIP 


A  serviceable  arrangement,  made  of  heavy 
gauge  steel,  making  a  weatherproof  equipment  for 
sliding  doors  and  prevents  the  doors  from  warping. 
Applicable  to  either  wood  or  concrete  floor.  The 
door  strip  is  4  x  inches,  and  the  floor  strip 
3/4  x  inches;  floor  strip  is  furnished  assembled 
with  bolts  spaced  in  center  every  24  inches.  Door 
strip  weighs  250  pounds  per  100  feet — Floor  strip 
weighs  900  pounds  per  100  feet. 

When  ordering,  be  sure  to  advise  thickness  and 
width  of  door,  width  of  opening,  whether  single, 
double  or  triple  parallel  and  if  possible  send  floor 
plan. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Price 

391 

Door  Strip  and  Floor  Guide — assembled ....  Foot 

$2.00 

391-DP 

Strip  only  . Foot 

.60 

391-FG 

Floor  Guide  only  . Foot 

1.40 

NO.  392  DOOR  GUIDE  PLATE 

This  Guide  Plate  is  made  of  %-inch  thick  steel;  is  10  inches 
long  and  5  inches  wide  and  is  for  use  with  parallel  doors,  elimin¬ 
ating  all  swing  or  the  ends  of  doors  coming  in  contact  with  each 
other. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

392 

Door  Guide  Plate  . 

4 

$1.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


144 


The  Combination  Set  of  Fixtures  consists  of  one  No. 
35-1  Latch,  one  No.  59  Stay  Roller,  one  No.  163  Pull  and 
one  No.  173  Door  Binder  packed  in  a  carton  complete  with 
all  screws  ready  to  apply.  Weight  6  pounds. 

No.  08000— Set . $2.00 


No.  08000  Combination 
Set  Sliding  Door  Fixtures 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weiqht 

Lbs. 

Price 

53 

Straight  Lag  Screw  Stay  Roller  . 

Vz 

$0.20 

54 

Bent  Lag  Screw  Stay  Roller  . 

H 

.20 

55 

Floor  type  Stay  Roller  . 

44 

.30 

56 

Reversible  and  Adjustable  Stay  Roller . 

l 

.30 

57 

Reversible  and  Adjustable  Stay  Roller . 

U4 

.30 

58 

Flexible  Stay  Roller  . 

44 

.30 

59 

Reversible,  Adjustable,  10"  wall  angle  Stay  Roller . 

. Each 

3 

.80 

363 

Pyramid  Stay  Roller,  Malleable,  9"  high . 

4  yA 

2.00 

365 

Pyramid  Stay  Roller,  Steel,  ly"  high  . 

3X/2 

1.25 

367 

Hooded  Stay  Roller,  Malleable,  3"  high  . 

314 

1.75 

368 

Hooded  Stay  Roller,  Steel,  2 Y\"  high  . 

2 y2 

.60 

Packed  as  follows: 

Nos.  53  and  54  ten  in  a  box. 

Nos.  55,  56,  57  and  58  ten  in  a  box  with  screws. 
Nos.  59  and  368  five  in  a  box  with  screws. 

Nos.  363  and  365  in  bulk  without  bolts  or  screws. 
No.  367  one  in  a  box  without  bolts  or  screws. 
Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


145 


No.  189  Adjustable 
Center  Guide 


DOOR  GUIDES 


No.  179  Adjustable 
Center  Guide 


No.  278*4  Adjustable 
Center  Guide 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Dbs. 

Price 

179 

Adjustable  Center  Guide — malleable,  one  in  carton  with  lag  screws 

and  expansion  shields  . Each 

2ki 

$1.50 

189 

Adjustable  Center  Guide — steel,  one  in  carton  with  lag  screws ....  Each 

i  y2 

.50 

Adjustable  Center  Guide — malleable,  one  in  carton  with  lag  screws 

278% 

and  expansion  shields  . Each 

4 

1.50 

Designed  especially  for  use  with  folding-sliding  doors  with  the  correct  curve  for  the  out¬ 
side  guide  and  angle  for  the  inside,  to  most  easily  receive  and  guide  the  edges  of  the  doors  as 
they  near  the  center  of  the  opening. 

Each  half  is  12"  long  and  2"  high;  large  enough  for  the  heaviest  door  and  rugged  enough 
for  the  roughest  usage. 

Each  part  is  plainly  marked  so  there  can  be  no  mistake  in  the  installation. 

While  it  was  designed  to  meet  the  particular  action  of  the  folding-sliding  door,  it  is  equally 
efficient  as  a  guide  for  the  straight-sliding  door. 

Made  of  certified  malleable  iron. 

Packed  with  six  y2"  x  2 y2"  lag-screws  and  expansion  shields. 


No. 


279 


Floor 


Guide 


DESCRIPTION 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Each 

10 

$3.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


146 


A  lti+V-  o  UL 


.  .1  jxajntv'Ix^x/eT,  illTinoii^,  xj.  itt  .A 

&J 


DOOR  STOPS  AND  GUIDES 


No.  148 
Door  Stop 


No.  183 
Door  Stop 


No.  180  Adjustable 
Center  Guide  and  Stop 


No.  181  Adjustable 
End  Guide  and  Stop 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

148 

Door  Stop — steel,  packed  in  bulk  . 

Each 

V* 

$0.20 

180 

Adjustable  Guide  and  Stop — Malleable,  one  in  carton  with  lag 

3 

screws  and  expansion  shields  . 

Each 

1.50 

181 

Adjustable  End  Guide  and  Stop — Malleable,  one  in  carton  with  lag 

3 

screws  and  expansion  shields  . 

Each 

1.50 

183 

Center  Door  Stop — Steel,  24  in  carton  without  screws . 

Each 

.20 

No.  182  Adjustable 
Double  Parallel  Guide 


No.  178  Adjustable 
Parallel  Center  Guide  and 
No.  313  Bumper  Shoes 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

I,bs. 

Price 

178 

Adjustable  Parallel  Center  Guide — Malleable,  one  in  carton  with 

lag  screws  and  expansion  shields  . Each 

7 

$3.00 

182 

Adjustable  Double  Parallel  Guide — Steel,  one  in  carton  with  lag 

screws  . Each 

5 

2.25 

313 

Bumper  Shoes  with  screws  . Pair 

.30 

No.  184  Adjustable 
Triple  Parallel  Guide 


No.  278  Adjustable 
Triple  Parallel  Guide 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

184 

Adjustable 

screws 

Triple  Parallel  Guide — Steel,  one  in  carton  with  lag 

8 

$3.00 

278 

Adjustable  Triple  Parallel  Guide — Malleable,  one  in  carton  with 

lag  screws  and  expansion  shields  . Each 

8 

3.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


147 


/( 1  \  x \x  -  o  u/ty'  rz  TTTL 

.  . 

3>ATSTV?I  XvTvlb',  I  I^X^ITsT  O  I  l/\  XJ.^T.J^  . 


HINGE  PINTLES 


No.  434 — Pintle 
for  flush  door 


No.  481— Pintle 
for  flush  door 
See  drawing  at  right 


No.  434-R2 — Pintle 
for  1^4"  lap  door 


No.  434-R3 — Pintle 
for  234"  laP  door 


No.  491-R 


Lre& 


Dimensions  “A” — For  No.  434  is  equal  to  the  thickness  of  hinge  straps. 

For  No.  434-R2  is  234”  for  2-ply  overlap  doors. 

For  No.  434-R3  is  334”  for  3-ply  overlap  doors. 

Nos.  434,  434-R2  and  434-R3  Pintles  have  certified  malleable  frames  2 J4"  wide  by  4}4"  high  with  holes  for 
34”  rivets  and  34”  bolts. 

No.  481  has  steel  frame  2"  wide  by  534"  long  with  holes  for  34”  rivets. 

All  Pins  are  34"  x  2 J4". 

The  No.  491-R  malleable  pintle  slips  over  the  head  of  bolt  and  may  be  tightened  against  the  wall  by  screw¬ 
ing  up  the  nut  on  the  opposite  side. 

A  =  2 34"  for  2-ply  overlap. 

A  —  3 34”  for  3-ply  overlap. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


434  Pintle  with  pin 

434-R2  Pintle  with  pin 

434-R3  Pintle  with  pin 

481  jPintle  with  pin 

491-R2  Pintle  with  pin 

491-R3_ Pintle  with  pin 


Weight 

Lbs. 


Price 


Pair 

6A 

$2.00 

Pair 

8'A 

2.00 

Pair 

9 

2.00 

Pair 

8 

2.00 

Pair 

2  A 

2.00 

Pair 

2H 

2.00 

No.  190  Pintle  for  Wood,  Brick  or  Concrete  Jambs 

The  many  advantages  of  this  certified  malleable 
pintle  are  shown  in  the  illustration  at  the  left.  In 
addition  to  its  use  in  hanging  doors,  it  serves  as  an 
extremely  effective  de¬ 
vice  for  hanging  large 
gates. 

This  pintle  is  bolted 
through  the  wall  with 
the  threads  of  the  bolt 
entering  directly  into 
the  pintle  which  is 
tapped  for  bolts, 

13  threads  to  the  inch. 

Packed  in  bulk. 

No.  190 — Pintle  with  pin,  wt.  2  lbs . Pair  $1.75 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Tapped 
13  Threads 
to  1”. 


«•  ■’for- 


* 


No.  190 


148 


HINGE  PINTLES 


No.  433 

No.  471  Similar 
Except  for  Size 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

433 

Pintle — Malleable  with 

Pin . .  . 

.  .  .  Pair 

6 

$2.00 

471 

Pintle— Malleable  with 

Pin.  .  . 

.  .  .  Pair 

2.00 

483 

Pintle — Malleable  with 

Pin.  .  . 

.  .  .  Pair 

9 

3.00 

H 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

432 

432-R2 

432-R3 

Pintle — Steel  with  Pin  . Pair 

Pintle — Steel  with  Pin  . Pair 

Pintle — Steel  with  Pin  . Pair 

4  Yt, 

4/2 

4  Va 

$  2.25 
2.75 
2.75 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


149 


HINGE  PINTLES 


No.  493 


Multiple  Pintles  Assembled  on  Wall  Plate 


i 


No.  492 


Pintles  used  in  making  the  assembly  are  Nos.  434,  434-R2  and  434-R3, 
depending  on  the  type  of  door  and  jamb  construction — i.  e.,  whether  flush, 
2  ply  or  3  ply  lap.  The  malleable  pintles  are  securely  riveted  to  bar  and  a 
thru  bolt  is  used  at  each  pintle  to  secure  the  pintle  and  wall  bar  as  a  solid 
unit  to  the  wall  itself. 

Lengths  of  wall  bars  and  spacing  of  pintles  may  be  specified  to  meet 
requirements.  When  ordered  of  different  length  or  spacing  from  standard 
a  slight  extra  charge  is  made.  The  standard  distance  between  pintles  as  regu¬ 
larly  made  is  with  spacing  as  follows : — - 

Doubles — 30",  36"  or  42"  centers. 

Triples— 24",  27",  30"  or  33"  centers. 

Quadruples — 24",  26",  28"  or  30"  centers. 

Wall  Bars  are  Y\'  x  2"  flat  steel. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

492 

Double  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins  . 

9 

$  4.00 

492-2  Ply 

Double  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins  . 

. Each 

10 

4.00 

492-3  Ply 

Double  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins  . 

11 

4.00 

493 

Triple  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins . 

15 

6.00 

493-2  Ply 

Triple  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins . 

16 

6.00 

493-3  Ply 

Triple  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins . 

18 

6.00 

494 

Quadruple  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins . 

20 

8.00 

494-2  Ply 

Quadruple  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins  . 

22 

8.00 

494-3  Ply 

Quadruple  Pintles  on  Bar,  with  Pins  . 

24 

8.00 

Wall  bolts  are  not  included  in  price. 


HINGE  STRAPS 


a 

Pins 


No.  419  Hinge  Straps  in  combination  with  any  of  the  hinge  pintles  shown  on  this  and  the 
two  preceding  pages  present  a  substantial  line  of  hinges  suitable  for  many  requirements. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

419—19" 

Hinge  Straps  . 

10 

$  2.50 

25" 

Hinge  Straps  . 

. Pair 

14 

3.00 

31" 

Hinge  Straps  . 

. Pair 

18 

3.50 

37" 

Hinge  Straps  . 

22 

4.00 

43" 

Hinge  Straps  . 

26 

4.50 

49" 

Hinge  Straps  . 

30 

5.00 

55" 

Hinge  Straps  . 

34 

5.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned.  Packed  in  bulk  without  bolts. 


150 


HINGES 


No.  618  Center  Hinge  No.  617  Top  or  Bottom  Hinge 

Reverse  Pin  for  Right  or  Left  Hand  Made  Rights  and  Lefts 


Nos.  617,  618  and  719  made  to  order.  Supplied  in  any  desired  lengths.  Bolt  holes  located  to  meet  require¬ 
ments. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

119 — Hinge 

18’ 

'x’/i"x  2*4" 

with 

% 

'  Pin. 

.  Pr. 

24' 

'x!4"x2}4" 

with 

Vf, 

'  Pin. 

.Pr. 

30' 

'xA"x2  z2" 

with 

V 

'  Pin. 

.Pr. 

36' 

'xtV"x2/2" 

with 

% 

'  Pin. 

.Pr. 

519 — Hinge 

30 

'x34"x2}4" 

with 

H 

'  Pin. 

.Pr. 

36' 

'xJ6"x2  V2" 

with 

Va 

'  Pin. 

.Pr. 

42' 

'xj*"x2  ’A" 

with 

H 

'  Pin. 

.Pr. 

48' 

■xys"x2  y2" 

with 

Va 

'  Pin. 

.Pr. 

617 — Hinge 

30' 

'x54"x2t4" 

with 

1" 

Pin.  . 

.Pr. 

36 

'xi4"x2  y2" 

with 

l" 

Pin.  . 

.  Pr. 

42' 

'x^"x2  54" 

with 

1" 

Pin.  . 

.  Pr. 

48' 

'xZ"x2  y3" 

with 

1" 

Tin.  . 

.Pr. 

54 

'xl4"x2J4" 

with 

1" 

Pin.  . 

.Pr. 

60 

'x'A"x2Z" 

with 

1" 

Pin.  . 

•  Pr. 

Lbs. 

10 

14 

18 

22 

26 

30 

34 

38 

26 

30 

34 

38 

42 

46 


it 

Price 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

$  5.00 

618 — Hinge 

30"xl4"x2"  with  1"  Pin . Pr. 

26 

16.00 

5.50 

36''x}4"x2"  with  1"  Pin . Pr. 

30 

16.50 

6.00 

42''xl4"x2"  with  1"  Pin . Pr. 

34 

17.00 

6.50 

48"xj4"x2"  with  1"  Pin . Pr. 

38 

17.50 

11.00 

54"x54"x2"  with  1"  Pin . Pr. 

42 

18.00 

11.50 

60"x!4"x2"  with  1"  Pin . Pr. 

46 

18.50 

12.00 

719 — Hinge 

30"xZ"x3"  with  Va"  Pin - Pr. 

30 

20.00 

12.50 

36"x54"x3"  with  Va"  Pin....Pr. 

35 

20.50 

23.50 

42"x^4"x3"  with  Va"  Pin....Pr. 

40 

21.00 

24.00 

48"x54"x3"  with  Yi"  Pin - Pr. 

45 

21.50 

24.50 

54"x}4"x3"  with  Va"  Pin....Pr, 

50 

22.00 

25.00 

60"x54"x3''  with  Va"  Pin - Pr. 

55 

22.50 

25.50 

26.00 

Furnished  with  standard  bolts  for  straps. 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

151 


HINGES 


No.  619-SH  Hinge 


The  No.  619  hinge  is  our  heavy  surface  hinge.  It  is  made  of  malleable 
iron  and  is  strongly  reinforced  with  heavy  ribs.  The  bosses  under  the  bolt 
heads  add  strength  to  the  points  of  most  strain. 

The  hinge  is  designed  to  carry  the  heaviest  doors  where  it  is  not  desir¬ 
able  to  use  a  long  strap.  Packed  in  pairs  with  ?4s"  bolts  for  attaching  (state 


thickness  of  doors  when  ordering). 

No.  619-SH — Malleable  Surface  Hinge,  weight  per  pair  12  lbs . $6.00 

No.  619-OSH — Malleable  Offset  Surface  Hinge,  weight  per  pair  14 

lbs.  Price  . 8.00 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

620 — Hinge 

24"  x  Y%"  x  2)4"  with  y"  Pin  and  Standard  Bolts . Pair 

30"  x  yy  x  2)4"  with  y"  Pin  and  Standard  Bolts . Pair 

36"  x  y,"  x  2)4"  with  y"  Pin  and  Standard  Bolts . Pair 

42"  x  yy  x  2)4"  with  yy  Pin  and  Standard  Bolts . Pair 

20 

28 

34 

40 

$10.00 

11.00 

12.00 

13.00 

Made  to  order.  Supplied  in  any  desired  length.  Bolt  holes  located  to  meet  requirements. 


I 


- * - 1 — - 

No.  219-SH  Hinge 


No.  219-OSH  Hinge 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

219-SH 

30,fxMnx2]/2,f  with  Y”  Pin. 

•  Pr. 

36 

$16.00 

219-OSH 

3 0"xY"x2’/i"  with  34"  Pin. 

•  Pr. 

37 

$18.00 

Surface 

36"x^"x2 'A"  with  34"  Pin. 

.  Pr. 

42 

17.00 

Offset 

36 "x34"x2;4"  with  34"  Pin. 

.Pr. 

43 

19.00 

Hinge 

42"x^"x2*/£"  with  Y”  Pin. 

.Pr. 

48 

18.00 

Hinge 

42"xYt"x2’A"  with  34"  Pin. 

.Pr. 

49 

20.00 

4S"x4i*"x2 Y”  with  Y”  Pin. 

.Pr. 

54 

19.00 

48"x34"x2>4"  with  34"  Pin. 

.Pr. 

55 

21.00 

54"xkj*"x2 'A”  with  34"  Pin. 

.Pr. 

60 

20.00 

;  54"x34"x2'4"  with  34"  Pm. 

.  Pr. 

61 

22.00 

60 ”xt4"x2!4"  with  34"  Pin. 

.Pr. 

66 

21.00 

60”x34"x2 'A"  with  34"  Pin. 

.Pr. 

67 

23.00 

Packed  with  standard  bolts.  Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


152 


HINGES 


No.  622-SH  and  No.  622-OSH  Center  Hinge 


« -  Lenqth - + - Lenqth  - * 


No.  623-SH  and  No.  623-OSH  Bottom  Hinge 
Made  in  Rights  and  Lefts 

Made  to  order.  Supplied  in  any  desired  lengths.  Bolt  holes  located  to  meet  requirements. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

621-SH 

30"xVs"x2'/2"  . 

Pair 

34 

$22.00 

621-OSH 

30"x3'Sj"x2  54"  . 

Pair 

35 

$24.00 

36"x3-!"x2;4"  . 

Pair 

42 

23.00 

36"x^,fx2l/2,f  . 

Pair 

43 

25.00 

42"x^"x2K"  . 

Pai  r 

50 

24.00 

42"xM"x2i4''  . 

Pair 

51 

26.00 

48"xM"x2 Vi"  . 

Pair 

58 

25.00 

48"x>Ss"x2;4"  . 

Pair 

59 

27.00 

54"x^"x2j^"  . 

Pair 

66 

26.00 

S4"xH"x2l/2"  . 

Pair 

67 

28.00 

60’'xH"x2j4"  . 

Pair 

74 

27.00 

60"xM"x2 y2"  . 

Pair 

75 

29.00 

622-SH 

30"x44s"x2"  . 

Pair 

28 

$22.00 

622-OSH 

30"x44s"x2"  . 

Pair 

29 

$24.00 

36"x44''x2"  . 

Pair 

34 

23.00 

36"x«"x2"  . 

Pair 

35 

25.00 

42"xK"x2"  . 

Pair 

40 

24.00 

42"xf!"x2"  . 

Pair 

41 

26.00 

48"xf6"x2"  . 

Pair 

48 

25.00 

48"xl4"x2"  . 

Pair 

49 

27.00 

54"xfi"x2"  . 

Pair 

56 

26.00 

54"x34j"x2"  . 

Pair 

57 

28.00 

60"xH"x2"  . 

Pair 

64 

27.00 

60"x3^"x2"  . 

Pair 

65 

29.00 

623-SH 

30"x^"x25 4"  . 

Pair 

35 

$22.00 

623-OSH 

30"x34"x2 V,”  . 

Pair 

36 

$24.00 

36"x^"x2 y2"  . 

Pair 

43 

23.00 

36''x34"x2J4"  . 

Pair 

44 

25.00 

42"xM"x2j4"  . 

Pair 

51 

24.00 

42"x^"x2^"  . 

Pair 

52 

26.00 

Pair 

59 

25.00 

48"x34"x2!4"  . 

I’air 

60 

27.00 

54"x-H"x2^"  . 

Pair 

67 

26.00 

54"x.^"x2/2"  . 

Pair 

68 

28.00 

60’'xV»”x2’A"  . 

Pair 

75 

27.00 

60"x.^"x2!4"  . 

Pair 

76 

29.00 

Packed  with  standard  bolts.  Standard  finish,  black  iapanned. 


153 


HINGES 


No.  1280-SH 
Flat  Surface  4"x4" 


•*14  FH  WOOD  SCREWS 


No.  1180-OSH 
Offset  Surface 


No.  1080-SH  No.  1080-OSH 

Flat  Surface  •  Offset  Surface 


No.  1081-SH 
Flat  Surface 


No.  1081-OSH 
Offset  Surface 


fOR  *f4  F H~ W  000^5  CRLW.S 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1080-SH 

Surface  Hinges — 4"x6"  open  . 

2 

$0.90 

1080-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinges — 4"x6"  open  . 

1.10 

1081-SH 

Surface  Hinges- — 4j/2/,x9"  open  . 

4 

1.80 

1081-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinges — 4/>"x9"  open  . 

5 

2.00 

1180-OSH 

Offset  Surface  Hinges — 4"x5"  open  . 

2 

.90 

1280-SH 

Surface  Hinges — 4"x4"  open  . 

134 

.50 

All  packed  with  screws. 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

154 


a  x  i  x  xx*  -  o  Cc>  mn. 

I^XvIv,  I  I^rT CTSC  O  I  l/1,  XJ  ^  JK. 


HINGES 


No.  2010  Hinge  No.  2020  Hinge 

Reversible  Pad  Tight  Pin 


No.  1080-BS  Hinge 
Tight  Pin.  Jamb  Angle  and  Backset 


No.  1089-RCS  Hinge 
Round-A-Corner  Surface 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1080-BS 

Hinge — Backset  . 

3 

$2.00 

1089-RCS 

Hinge — Offcenter  Surface  . 

2A 

2.00 

2010-  8" 

Hinge — Reversible  Pad  . 

. Pair 

4 

.85 

2010-10" 

Hinge — Reversible  Pad  . 

4^ 

1.10 

2010-12" 

Hinge — Reversible  Pad  . 

. Pair 

5 

1.50 

2010-18" 

Hinge — Reversible  Pad,  anti-friction  washers  . 

. Pair 

7/. 

2.50 

2010-24" 

Hinge — Reversible  Pad,  anti-friction  washers  . 

10 

3.50 

2020  8" 

Hinge — Tight  Pin  . 

4  A 

.85 

2020-10" 

Hinge — Tight  Pin  . . 

. Pair 

5 

1.10 

2020-12" 

Hinge — Tight .  Pin  . 

6 

1.50 

2020-18" 

Hinge — Tight  Pin — anti-friction  washers  . 

. Pair 

8A 

2.50 

2020-24" 

Hinge  Tight  Pin — anti-friction  washers  . 

. Pair 

11 

3.50 

Packed  with  screws. 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


155 


SPRING  HINGES 


Detachable  and 
Adjustable 

Detachable  Feature 

Doors  can  be  taken  down 
by  releasing  the  spring  and 
withdrawing  the  pin  without 
removing  any  screws. 

Adjustable  Feature- 

Tbe  spring  tension  is  easily 
and  quickly  adjusted  with  a 
common  wire  nail. 


234"x234"  Surface 
4"  over  Tips 


Simple — Strong — Durable — Attractive 
All-Steel  Construction 
Oil  Tempered  Springs 
Highly  Finished 


No.  2700 
Series 
Ball  Tip 
Full  Surface 


No.  3700 
Series 
Ball  Tip 
Half  Surface 


Mortise  for  Pad,  234"  x  1" 
4"  over  Tips 


Hinges  Are  Packed  One  Pair  in  Carton  with  Screws  to  Match 

Furnished  with  Reverse  Springs  to  hold  door  open  when  so  ordered. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


Price 


2701 

2703 

2705 

2707 

2708 

2711 

2712 
2726 
3701 
3703 
3705 
3707 
3/08 

3711 

3712 
3726 


Dead  Black  Japanned  Hinges  .  . . 
Bright  Bronze  Plated  Hinges  .  . . 

Dull  Brass  Plated  Hinges  . 

Antique  Copper  Plated  Hinges  .  . 
Bright  Nickel  Plated  Hinges  .... 

Dull  Nickel  Plated  Hinges  . 

Sanded  Dull  Black  Plated  Hinges 
Sanded  Old  Brass  Plated  Hinges 
Dead  Black  Japanned  Hinges  .  . . 
Bright  Bronze  Plated  Hinges  . . . 

Dull  Brass  Plated  Hinges  . 

Antique  Copper  Plated  Hinges  . . 
Bright  Nickel  Plated  Hinges  .... 

Dull  Nickel  Plated  Hinges  . 

Sanded  Dull  Black  Plated  Hinges 
Sanded  Old  Brass  Plated  Hinges 


(US  ID) 

Per 

Pair 

$0.80 

(US  9 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(U  S  4 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(US  8 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(U  S  14 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

(U  S  15 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

(U  S  19 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

(US  6 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

(US  ID) 

Per 

Pair 

.80 

(US  9 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(US  4 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(US  8 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(US  14 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

(US  15 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

(U  S  19 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

(US  6 

) 

Per 

Pair 

1.00 

Sets  Packed  One  to  a  Carton,  Including  One  Parr  Hinges  and  One  Pull  with  Screws,  and  One 

Hook  with  Eyes,  All  Parts  Finished  to  Match 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


Price 


02701  Dead  Black  Japanned  Set 

02705  i  Dull  Brass  Plated  Set  .... 

02707  Antique  Copper  Plated  Set 

02726  Sanded  Brass  Plated  Set  . 

03701  Dead  Black  Japanned  Set 

03705  Dull  Brass  Plated  Set  .... 

03707  Antique  Copper  Plated  Set 

03726_ Sanded  Brass  Plated  Set  . 


(U  S  1  D) 

Per  Set 

$0.90 

(US4 

) 

Per  Set 

1.00 

(US8 

) 

Per  Set 

1.00 

(U  S  6 

) 

Per  Set 

1.10 

(U  S  1  D) 

Per  Set 

.90 

(U  S  4 

) 

Per  Set 

1.00 

(U  S  8 

) 

Per  Set 

1.00 

(U  S  6 

) 

Per  Set 

1.10 

156 


SPRING  HINGES 


No.  2600  Series 


No.  3600  Series 


Packing  of  all  hinge  sets  includes  parts  as  above  illustrated — the  number  of  the  set  indicates  the  type  of 
Hinge  included. 


Detachable 

and 

Adjustable 


=4 


Hinges  Are  Packed  One  Pair  in  Carton  with  Screws  to  Match 

Furnished  with  Reverse  Springs  to  hold  door  open  when  so  ordered. 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


Price 


2601 

2605 

2607 

2608 
2626 
3601 
3605 

3607 

3608 
3626 


Dead  Black  Japanned  Hinges 
Dull  Brass  Plated  Hinges 
Antique  Copper  Plated  Hinges 

Nickel  Plated  Hinges  . 

Sanded  Brass  Plated  Hinges  . 
Dead  Black  Japanned  Hinges 
Dull  Brass  Plated  Hinges  .  . .  . 
Antique  Copper  Plated  Hinges 

Nickel  Plated  Hinges  . . 

Sanded  Brass  Plated  Hinges  . 


(U 

s 

1  D) 

Per 

Pair 

$0.70 

(U 

s 

4 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.80 

(U 

s 

8 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.80 

(U 

s 

14 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(U 

s 

6 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(U 

s 

1  Dl 

Per 

Pair 

.70 

(U 

s 

4 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.80 

(U 

s 

8 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.80 

(U 

s 

14 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

(U 

s 

6 

) 

Per 

Pair 

.90 

Sets  Packed  One  to  a  Carton,  Including  One  Pair  Hinges  and  One  Pull  with  Screws,  and  One 

Hook  with  Eyes,  All  Parts  Finished  to  Match 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


Price 


02601 

02505 

02607 

02626 

03601 

03605 

03607 

03626 


Dead  Black  Japanned  Set 
Dull  Brass  Plated  Set  .... 
Antique  Copper  Plated  Set 
Sanded  Brass  Plated  Set  . 
Dead  Black  Japanned  Set 
Dull  Brass  Plated  Set  .... 
Antique  Copper  Plated  Set 
Sanded  Brass  Plated  Set  • 


(U 

S 

1  D) 

Per 

Set 

.$0.80 

(U 

S 

4 

) 

Per 

Set 

.90 

(U 

S 

8 

) 

Per 

Set 

.90 

(U 

S 

6 

) 

Per 

Set 

.1.00 

(U 

s 

1  D) 

Per 

Set 

.80 

(U 

s 

4 

) 

Per 

Set 

.90 

(U 

s 

8 

) 

Per 

Set 

.90 

(U 

s 

6 

) 

Per 

Set 

1.00 

157 


o  m  t>  cvttv 

,  iL/xTiiseoii/1,  u .Lr'.A. 

THE  ALLITH  FLOOR  HINGE 

(Patents  Pending) 

For  Doors  1  Vs  to  2  Inches  Thick 

The  Allitli,  representing  the  latest  development  in  floor  hinges,  combines  every  necessary 
mechanical  feature  with  an  attractive  appearance.  It  is  a  superior  product  throughout,  worthy 
of  its  name,  and  should  not  be  classed  with  other  low-priced  hinges. 

The  Allith  is  unusually  strong  and  extremely  dur¬ 
able.  In  material,  workmanship  and  finish,  there  is 
no  better  hinge  made.  All  moving  parts  are  carefully 
machined  for  smooth,  easy  operation,  and  hardened 
for  durability.  All  fixed  parts  are  rigidly  connected. 
Furthermore,  both  the  hinge  proper  and  the  top  pivot 
are  designed  for  quick  application. 

The  ball  bearings,  which  both  support  the  door  and 
absorb  the  spring  thrust  operate  in  an  enclosed  steel 
ball  race  at  the  top  of  the  spring  pivot,  amply  protected 
from  dust  and  moisture.  The  ball  race,  also  serving 
as  a  bushing  or  bearing  for  the  frame  where  the  frame 
revolves  on  the  post,  prevents  wear  at  this  extremely  vital 
point. 

The  plunger,  operating  through  extra  long  guides 
similar  to  those  on  a  locomotive,  has  a  rolling,  sliding  action 
against  the  holdback  rollers.  There  are  no  cast  iron  parts 
to  break. 

The  compression  spring,  made  of  the  best  oil-tempered 
steel  wire,  is  of  large  diameter  and  exceptionally  smooth 
and  positive  in  action. 

The  holdback  feature  permits  the  door  to  stand  open  at 
an  angle  of  95  degrees. 

With  the  finishing  floor  plates,  as  well  as  the  side 
plates,  reversible — suitable  for  application  to  either  side 
of  the  door — the  question  of  right  and  left  hand  is  elimina 
beveled  edge,  measures  by  inches. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

U.  S 
Finish 

Shipping 

Weight 

Price 

3101 

Dull  Black  Japanned  Ilinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US1D 

$1.50 

3103 

Bright  Bronze  Plated  Hinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US9 

1.70 

3105 

null  Brass  Plated  Hinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US4 

1.70 

3107 

Antiuue  Copper  Plated  Hinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US8 

1.70 

3108 

Bright  Nickel  Plated  Hinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US14 

1.90 

3111 

Dull  Nickel  Plated  Hinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US  15 

1.90 

3112 

landed  Dull  Black  Plated  Hinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US  19 

1.90 

3126 

landed  <  >ld  Brass  Plated  Hinge,  with  steel  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US6 

3  'A  Lbs. 

1.90 

3103-B 

Bright  Bronze  Finish  Hinge,  with  brass  finishing  plates,  each  . 

TJS9 

3.30 

3105-B 

Dull  Brass  Finish  Hinge,  with  brass  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US4 

3.30 

3107-B 

Antique  Copper  Finish  Hinge,  with  brass  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US8 

3.30 

3108-B 

Bright  Nickel  Finish  Hinge,  with  brass  finishng  plates,  each . 

US14 

3.50 

3111-B 

Dull  Nickel  Finish  Hinge,  with  brass  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US15 

3.50 

3126-B 

Sanded  Old  Brass  Finish,  with  brass  finishing  plates,  each  . 

US6 

3.50 

158 


A tt x^Tn. -iDf  o ul rs 

JL 


ittl 


13 ATVV I  X^TvIv  ,  I  L/dTSE  O  I  t/\  U.  u^.  A 


N*4'  w 

Plan  of  Doors- Ttpe.  /N-  1. 

Plan  Type  No.  1  uses  a  half-door  at  one  side  of  the  opening  with  all  doors  fold¬ 
ing  and  sliding  to  one  jamb.  Recommended  practice  is  to  use  the  four  wheel  hangers 
(No.  69-2469  !-  117-2417  -4-  64-2464)  and  to  apply  them  to  alternate  doors.  When 
the  two  wheel  hangers  (No.  1069-2269  -4-1117-2217  -4-  1064-2264)  are  desired  they 
should  be  applied  to  each  full  door. 

A  passage  door — full  size,  may  be  hinged  to  the  opposite  jamb. 

Where  the  doors  in  the  opening  are  to  be  folded  each  way  from  the  center,  use 
half  doors  at  each  jamb  and  arrange  the  full  doors  in  the  same  manner  as  above 
detailed. 


ACCORDION  DOOR 
HARDWARE 


t  Of  DfiPBl 


Pl Art  Detail  at  S 

Width  of  half  door  must  be  one-half  the 
width  of  full  door  less  distance  from  center 
of  door  to  center  of  hinge  pin.  All  full- 
doors  must  be  same  width,  top  and  bottom, 
with  edges  parallel  and  all  butts  or  binges 
must  be  placed  so  the  pins  will  be  the 
same  distance  from  edge  of  door. 


Eulvation  of  Poops  Ttpe  Al°2 


Plan  or  Poops  -  Type  N*  2 


Plan  Type  No.  2  is  the  same  arrangement  as  Type  No.  1  except  for  the  appli¬ 
cation  of  the  hangers.  This  change  in  placing  the  hangers  allows  for  use  of  a 
passage  door — full  size — hinged  to  the  others.  In  this  plan  the  passage  door  will 
fold  and  slide  back  with  the  other  doors. 

Track  length  is  figured  as  width  of  opening  less  one  foot. 


Detail  E 

Solid  type  Brackets  as  CO  or  CQ 


The  split  type  of  bracket — see  detail  F 
— is  offered  where  conditions  prevent  the 
use  of  the  solid  type — detail  E — and  the 
table  at  bottom  of  page  gives  dimensions 
of  the  overhead  pocket. 

Hangers  on  pages  164  to  169. 

Brackets  on  pages  116  to  127. 


Width  of  half-door  must  he  one-half  the 
width  of  full  door  less  distance  from  center 
of  door  to  center  of  hinge  pin.  All  full- 
doors  must  he  same  width,  top  and  bottom, 
with  edges  parallel  and  all  butts  or  hinges 
must  he  placed  so  the  pins  will  be  the 
same  distance  frem  edge  of  door. 


Detail  F 

Split  type  Brackets  as  CQN 


Hangers 

Track 

Detail  E 
Dimensions 

J  K 

Detail  F 
Dimensions 

J  K 

2469-2269  \ 

2479-2279  / 

240-X 

S-)4" 

4  54" 

3  >4" 

5J4 

2417-2217  \ 

2427-2227  / 

270-X 

6  " 

654" 

5  54" 

654' 

2464-2264  \ 

2474-2274  / 

280-X 

7  " 

6!4" 

5!4" 

654' 

Hangers 

Track 

Detail  E 
Dimensions 

J  K 

Detail  F 
Dimensions 

J  K 

69-1069  1 

79-1079  / 

60-X 

5!4" 

454" 

354" 

5  ‘ 

117-1117  1 
127-1127  / 

71-X 

514" 

554" 

5  " 

S54‘ 

64-1064  \ 
74-1074  / 

67-X 

7  " 

654" 

5  54" 

6  54' 

159 


a  ixuu-xy  f  OU  a  m 

#  . . . . 

i  >.\  x\i  I.T.J';'.  i  Lijiisn  o  i  l/’,  u.  .y^-  A . 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Plan  of  Doors — Type  No.  3 


Plan  Type  No.  3  requires  full-doors  throughout  and  these  are  arranged  to  fold  and  slide  in  units  of  two 
doors.  Doors  nearest  jamb  is  hung  on  pivots  and  all  other  doors  have  the  hangers  applied  to  the  ends  of  doors 
and  not  in  the  middle.  With  this  plan  arrangement  the  two.  wheel  hangers  (No.  1079-2279  -4-  1127-2227  -4-  1074- 
2274)  are  the  only  ones  that  can  be  used.  When  a  passage  door  is  desired  it  should  be  hinged  or  pivoted  to  the 
opposite  jamb. 

Track  is  figured  as  width  of  opening  less  one  foot. 


Plan  of  Doors — Type  No.  4 

Plan  Type  No.  4  calls  for  full-doors  throughout,  with  the  end  door  pivoted  to  jamb.  Doors  are  all  hinged 
together.  This  arrangement  does  not  require  as  many  hangers  as  Type  No.  3  and  will  serve  splendidly  on 
average  sized  doors.  If  large  or  high  doors  are  desired,  use  Type  No.  3  as  the  two  door  unit  is  easier  to  operate. 

Use  the  same  details  for  head  jambs  as  shown  on  page  159. 

Plan  Type  No.  5  is  not  detailed  but  is  the'  same  as  Type  No.  3  except  Hinges  are  used  at  the  jamb  in¬ 
stead  of  Pivots. 

Plan  Type  No.  6  is  not  detailed  but  is  the  same  as  Type  No.  4  except  Hinges  are  used  at  the  jamb  in¬ 
stead  of  Pivots. 

Track  is  figured  as  width  of  opening  less  one  foot. 


160 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Plan  type  No.  10  uses  full  doors  throughout,  arranged  to  slide  and  fold  in  units  of  two  doors,  each  door 
having  one  two  wheel  hanger  (No.  1079-2279:  1127-2227:  1074-2274). 

Detail  shows  casing  stops  applied  on  both  sides  and  extending  across  the  opening  except  for  a  distance 
1  equal  to  the  width  of  two  doors  plus  the  combined  thickness  of  all  the  doors,  at  the  end  where  the  first  door 
j  is  pivoted  at  the  jamb.  This  space  without  the  stops  permits  only  two  doors  to  fold  and  the  operation  of  the 
doors  is  to  fold  the  two  doors  at  the  pivoted  end  first.  This  will  give  a  clear  space  into  which  the  next  unit  of 
two  doors  is  slid — still  not  folded, — when  this  unit  reaches  the  clear  space  these  doors  will  fold  flat  like  the 
first  pair.  Each  unit  thereafter  is  slid  along  until  the  clear  space  is  reached  and  the  folding  of  doors  repeated. 

This  set  is  the  smoothest  running  and  most  easily  operated  form  of  accordion  doors. 

Track  is  figured  as  full  width  of  opening. 

Detail  dimensions  for  headroom  are  identical  with  those  shown  on  page  159 — detail  E. 


\ 

->1 

\ 

'  / 

'  / 

/ 

MA/Y  (jE.fi!. 

L-MWr - 

- ^ 

w — 

r 

'—Hi - 

Wr^- 

Knoj3 

Lock  / 

I ot  for 

i  ilSHCO 

Flush 

By  All 

Bolt  5 

\ 

v  th -  P  \ 

Hot  F  t 

OTY. 

\ 

t  I3y  / 

1^* 

, LitH-r 

OUTY  „ 

Flush 

Bolts 

K/noq 

1 — 

-1 

1 

i 

' 

tLicvATioei  op  focpi/^q  Partition. 


The  Hanger  requirements  for  each  set  of  Partition  Doors  have  never  been  found  to  be  exactly  like  those 
of  any  other  installation  and  it  is  practically  out  of  the  question  to  establish  any  set  standard  upon  which  to 
figure  a  particular  job. 

The  assistance  of  our  Engineering  Department  is  gladly  extended  to  you  in  cases  of  this  nature  and  if  you 
I  will  give  us  the  following  data:  Thickness,  width,  height  and  number  of  doors  to  be  used,  we  can  make  up  a 
detailed  lay-out  to  fit  and  an  interesting  quotation  as  well. 

161 


A  1 1 1  Oti^V*  rs 


. . . ■ . .  s . . 

X  ^  xxArcvn^XsS?,  ili^inoil/1,  xj.  xS'.JL. 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HARDWARE 


Plan  Type  No.  7  takes  care  of  wide  openings  where  the  doors  are  to  be  arranged  to  slide  past  the  jambs  into 
a  recess  or  pocket.  Hangers  are  fitted  to  all  doors  and  a  passage  door  may  be  used  as  detailed.  Use  Hangers 
No.  1079-2279;  1127-2227:  1074-2274. 

Track  is  figured  as  width  of  opening  plus  depth  of  pocket  or  recess. 


No.  43  Angle  Floor  Guide 


No.  45  Channel  Floor  Guide 


The  following  table  gives  the  size  of  pocket  spaces  needed: 


HANGERS 

TRACK 

DIMENSION 

J 

K 

1079 

60-X 

5j4" 

4% 

1127 

71-X 

5H" 

sy4 

1074 

67-X 

7  " 

6  54 

2279 

240-X 

5H" 

4/4 

2227 

270-X 

6  " 

6;4 

2274 

280-X 

7  " 

6'A 

No.  44  Raised  Bevel 
Floor  Guide 


Guide  Rollers 
Nos.  149  or  249 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

43 

Floor  Guide,  Flush  Angle,  two  pieces  . 

54 

$0.35 

44 

Floor  Guide,  Raised  Bevel,  two  pieces  . 

m 

.75 

45 

Floor  Guide,  Flush  Channel,  one  piece  . 

y2 

.35 

149 

Guide  Roller  used  with  No.  60-X  Track  . 

i 

1.50 

159 

Guide  Roller  used  at  middle  position  on  doors  under  center 
hung  doors  . 

i 

1.50 

249 

Guide  Roller  used  with  Nos.  71-X  or  67-X  Tracks . 

i 

1.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


162 


A  1 1  X^Vl rs 


IXA.T'tV'I  T-vXvKT,  I  L^lTlN:  Oil/1,  U.  uT1.  A . 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HARDWARE 

Pivots 


;l  jr  f?  •--  f 


- YV— 


No.  50  Top  Pivot 


- - * — 

— * - 

« 

1  r  -S-'-Y  -A 

--4!„  ‘ 

\ A 

No.  50  Bottom  Pivot 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

50-1 

50-2 

Pivots,  Top  and  Bottom  for  use  with  No.  60-X  size  Track . per  set 

Pivots,  Top  and  Bottom  for  use  with  Nos.  71-X  or  67-X  Tracks. per  set 

2 

2 

$6.00 

6.00 

Full  Size  Vertical 
Cross  Sections 


No.240-X 
16  Gauge 


No.  270-X 
14  Gauge 


No.  280-X 
13  Gauge 


No.  67-X 


No. 


DESCRIPTION 


60-X 

71-X 

67-X 

240-X 

270-X 

280-X 


Trolley  Track — without  Brackets 
Trolley  Track — without  Brackets 
Trolley  Track — without  Brackets 
Trolley  Track — without  Brackets 
Trolley  Track — without  Brackets 
Trolley  Track — without  Brackets 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Foot 

i 

$0.32 

Foot 

2 

.55 

Foot 

3V2 

.85 

Foot 

m 

.32 

Foot 

2% 

.65 

Foot 

3'A 

.85 

163 


AUU-U-V  rou  iy*  tnrx 

- - - - - - - - — — 

I>AKVI  I^lLyXv ,  I  LI^INO  I  l/\  U .  uT1.  A 


V£*eeeez&0f*ss*0Z*feifWfs^  l 


No.  1069-M 
Malleable  Frame 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HANGERS 


No.  2269 
Malleable  Frame 


For  Doors  Not  Over  250  Pounds 


No.  1079-M 
Malleable  Frame 


No.  1079-S 
Steel  Frame 

For  Doors  Not  Over  250  Pounds 


2£79 


Malleable  Frame 


No.  4269 


For  Doors  Not  Over  250  Pounds 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight,  Lbs. 

- - 

Price 

1069-M 

Hanger — Malleable  frame — for  60-X  Track  . 

$2.75 

1069-S 

Hanger — Steel  frame — for  60-X  Track  . 

1 

2.00 

2269 

Hanger- — Malleable  frame — for  240-X  Track  . 

l'A 

2.75 

1079-M 

Hanger — Malleable  frame — for  60-X  Track  . 

m 

3.00 

1079-S 

Hanger — Steel  frame — for  60-X  Track . 

m 

2.25 

2279 

Hanger — Malleable  frame — for  240-X  Track  . 

m 

3.00 

4269 

Hanger — Malleable  frame — for  240-X  Track  . 

154 

3.25 

6269 

Hanger — Malleable  frame — for  60-X  Track  . 

m 

3.25 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


164 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HANGERS 


For  Doors  Not  Over  300  Pounds 


No.  2479 


For  Doors  Not  Over  300  Pounds 


No.  6469 


For  Doors  Not  Over  300  Pounds 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

69 

Hanger — for 

60-X 

Track . 

2J4 

$3.00 

79 

Hanger — for 

60- X 

Track . 

3/2 

3.25 

2469 

Hanger — for 

240-X 

Track . 

2/2 

3.00 

2479 

Hanger — for 

240-X 

Track . 

3/2 

3.25 

4469 

Hanger — for 

240-X 

Track . 

2/2 

3.50 

6469 

Hanger — for 

60-X 

Track . 

2K- 

3.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


165 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HANGERS 


No.  1117 


For  Doors  Not  Over  450  Pounds 


No.  1127 


For  Doors  Not  Over  450  Pounds 


For  Doors  Not  Over  450  Pounds 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1117 

Hanger — for 

71-X 

Track  . 

3 

$4.00 

1127 

Hanger — for 

71-X 

Track  . 

3/2 

4.50 

2217 

Hanger — for 

270-X 

Track  . 

3 

4.00 

2227 

Hanger — for 

270-X 

Track  . 

3H 

4.50 

4217 

Hanger — for 

270-X 

Track  . 

3/2 

5.00 

6217 

Hanger — for 

71-X 

Track  . 

_ 

5.00 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


166 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HANGERS 


li 


mm 


No.  127 


For  Doors  Not  Over  500  Pounds 


<C>  <6> 


No.  6417 


No. 


117 

127 

2417 

2427 

4417 

6417 


DESCRIPTION 


Hanger — for  71-X  Track 
Hanger — for  71-X  Track 
Hanger — for  270-X  Track 
Hanger — for  270-X  Track 
Hanger — for  270-X  Track 
Hanger — for  71-X  Track 


.  Each 
.  Each 
.  Each 
.  Each 
.  Each 
.  Each 


Weight 

Lbs. 


4A 

5 

4lA 

5 

5 

5 


Price 


$4.50 

5.00 

4.50 
5.00 

5.50 
5.50 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


167 


1 X  x  X*\x TTTL 

- - 

I  ^  v'  I3^VT^Vl  I^TvE-',  I  LI^II^OIl/1,  TJ-l/^A. 


ACCORDION  DOOR  HANGERS 


*. 


No.  1064  No.  2264 

For  Doors  Not  Over  700  Pounds 


No.  1074 


For  Doors  Not  Over  700  Pounds 


No.  2274 


No.  6264 


For  Doors  Not  Over  700  Pounds 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

1064 

Hanger — for 

67-X 

Track  . 

4 

$5.25 

1074 

1  langer — for 

67-X 

Track  . 

5 

5.00 

2264 

Hanger — for 

280-X 

T rack  . 

4 

5.25 

2274 

Hanger — for 

280-X 

Track  . 

5 

6.00 

4264 

Hanger — for 

280-X 

Track  . 

5 

6.75 

6264 

Hanger — for 

67-X 

Track  . 

5 

6.75 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


168 


/utuu.-p 


rou 


X  V _ >/  XXA.TSTVT X^I^kT,  I  LLTlNOl!/1,  U-t^.A. 

ACCORDION  DOOR  HANGERS 


Door  Platc. 

1^x8 


For  Doors  Not  Over  750  Pounds 


No.  64 


For  Doors  Not  Over  750  Pounds 


No.  74 


No.  4464 


For  Doors  Not  Over  750  Pounds 


tv 

;•<$> 

0 

tN 

No.  6464 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

64 

Hanger — for 

67-X 

Track  . 

6J4 

$  6.00 

74 

Hanger — for 

67-X 

Track  . 

7H 

6.75 

2464 

Hanger — for 

280-X 

Track  . 

6V2 

6.00 

2474 

Hanger — for 

280-X 

Track  . 

7'A 

6.75 

4464 

Hanger — for 

280-X 

Track  . 

7y2 

7.50 

6464 

Hanger — for 

67-X 

Track  . 

7  Vi 

7.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


169 


PROUTY  NO.  5  HOUSE  DOOR  HANGER 

With 

No.  5  Cushion  Track 


Proutv  No.  5  Protected  Axle  French  Doors 

The  No.  5  Hanger  is  designed  to  carry  a  door  noiselessly,  and  no  other  outfit  combines  the  desirable  feat¬ 
ures  embodied  in  it.  The  construction  throughout  prevents  the  loud  rattling  and  rumbling  characteristic  of 
other  styles,  and  guarantees  durability  and  efficiency. 

Hanger  Wheels  are  fitted  with  special  noiseless  bearings  and  tread  is  turned  true  to  fit  the  track.  The  axle 
is  hardened,  and  sound  deadening  felt  compression  washers,  carefully  protected  by  steel  stationary  washers, 
prevent  the  wheel  from  side  play  or  rattle. 

Adjustment— The  special  locking  adjustment  on  the  hanger  for  raising  or  lowering  the  door  is  positive,  for 
it  is  designed  with  horizontal  adjusting  screw,  which  does  not  carry  the  weight  of  the  door,  but  is  used  for 
adjustment  only.  It  prevents  the  door  from  sagging,  and  keeps  it  always  in  place. 

Cushion  Track — The  track  is  especially  constructed  for  our  No.  5  only.  The  hard  maple  rail  is  thoroughly 
kiln  dried  and  mounted  in  a  felt  cushion,  supported  by  a  metal  casing,  which  is  made  in  one-foot  sections,  so 
that  any  vibrations  which  might  penetrate  the  felt  are  confined  to  one  piece  of  steel  and  are  not  distributed  along 
the  entire  track. 

This  also  makes  it  easy  for  the  carpenter  to  adjust  the  length  to  suit  the  openings  with  an  ordinary  saw. 
Sound  vibrations  are  entirely  checked,  and  the  action  of  the  hanger  is  absolutely  noiseless,  which  is  not  the  case 
when  a  wooden  rail  is  used  without  the  felt  cushion  and  steel  sections. 

Extra  track  is  furnished  in  7,  8,  10  and  12  foot  lengths. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Shipping  Wt. 
Lbs.  Ozs. 

Price 

5-S 

Half  set  No.  5  Hangers,  with  8  feet  No.  5  Track,  complete  for  single 

door  . 

.1  13 

$  5.75 

5-D 

Full  set  No.  5  Hangers,  with  14  feet  No.  5  track,  complete  for  double 

door  . 

.  25 

11.00 

5 

Track,  House  Door,  per  foot . 

.1  H 

.25 

48 

Center  Stop  for  No.  S  Hangers,  each  . 

2 

.15 

49 

Roller  Floor  Door  Guide,  each  . 

It  sets  are  wanted  without  track,  deduct  25c  per  foot  for  track. 

lA 

.20 

170 


NO.  42  HOUSE  DOOR  HANGER 


With  No.  60-H  Trolley  Track 


(Right  or  Left  Hand) 

DESIGNED  for  use  where  an  enclosed  adjustable 
track  is  desired. 

The  Track  is  made  from  heavy  gauge  high  carbon  steel,  with 
round  troughs  in  the  bottom  to  accommodate  the  tread  of  the  fibre 
wheels — which  prevents  side  motion  of  the  hanger  in  the  track — so 
the  wheels  and  pendent  cannot  rub  against  the  sides  when  in  opera¬ 
tion.  Shipped  complete  with  wood  header. 

The  construction  and  adjustment  of  the  track  are  so  arranged  that  it  may  be  easily 
removed  from  the  pocket  in  order  to  make  rear  adjustments,  if  such  is  necessary  on  ac¬ 
count  of  the  settling  of  the  building. 

THE  HANGER  is  of  strong  steel  construction,  with  bronze  bearings  and  four  best 
quality  fibre  wheels.  The  Prouty  positive  locking  adjustment  used  in  this  hanger.  Sets 
are  packed  with  floor  guide  and  center  stop. 


MINIMUM 
DISTANCE 
BETWEEN 
STUDDING  2" 


HALF  SETS  FOR  SINGLE  DOORS 
(Including  Hangers  and  Track) 


No. 

Opening 

Price 

Set 

42-S-25 

2)4  feet  wide  . 

$  5.50 

42-S-30 

3  feet  wide  . 

6.00 

42-S-35 

3)4  feet  wide  . 

6.50 

42-S-40 

4  feet  wide  . 

7.00 

42-S-45 

4)4  feet  wide  . 

7.50 

42-S-50 

5  feet  wide  . 

8.00 

42-S-55 

5)4  feet  wide . 

8.50 

42-S-60 

6  feet  wide . 

9.00 

42-S-65 

6)4  feet  wide  . 

9.50 

42-S-70 

7  feet  wide  . 

10.00 

42-S-75 

7)4  feet  wide . 

10.50 

42-S-80 

8  feet  wide  . 

11.00 

42-S-85 

8)4  feet  wide  . 

11.50 

FULL  SETS  FOR  DOUBLE  DOORS 
(Including  Hangers  and  Track) 


No. 

Opening 

Price 

42-D-40 

4  feet  wide  . 

$10.00 

42-D-45 

4)4  feet  wide  . 

10.50 

42-D-50 

5  feet  wide  . 

11.00 

42-D-55 

5)4  feet  wide  . 

11.50 

42-D-60 

6  feet  wide  . 

12.00 

42-D-65 

6)4  feet  wide  . 

12.50 

42-D-70 

7  feet  wide  . . 

13.00 

42-D-75 

7)4  feet  wide  . 

13.50 

42-D-80 

8  feet  wide  . 

14.00 

42-D-85 

8)4  feet  wide  . 

14.50 

42-D-90 

9  feet  wide  . 

15.00 

42-D-95 

9)4  feet  wide . 

15.50 

42-D-10 

10  feet  wide  . 

16.00 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Shipping  Wt. 
Lbs.  Ozs. 

Price 

42-S 

Half  Set  House  Door  Hangers,  less  track,  per  set . 

m 

$  3.00 

42-D 

Full  Set  House  Door  Hangers,  less  track,  per  set . 

3)4 

6.00 

60-H 

House  Door  Track,  with  header,  per  foot  . 

2 

.50 

48 

Center  Stop,  each  . 

2 

.15 

49 

Roller  Floor  Door  Guide,  each  . 

Vt. 

.20 

171 


AAli±k-_f>  t»ou 

DAKVI  TWLTE<\  I  I^X^ITsC  OIi/1,  U.  i/T  .A  . 


TELEPHONE  BOOTH  HARDWARE 

Type  No.  1 


Installation  Type  No.  1 


Details  at  “C” 

Type  No.  1  utilizes  the  folding-sliding  arrangement 
of  two  doors  whereby  quick  movement,  noiseless  oper¬ 
ation  and  easy  handling  are  pronounced  characteristics. 

With  the  doors  folded  open  the  whole  front  is  prac¬ 
tically  clear  as  the  doors  fold  flat.  (See  detail  at  lower 
left.) 

Where  used  on  a  series  of  booths  there  is  no  over¬ 
lapping  of  the  doors  to  cause  interference  with  the  ad¬ 
joining  booth. 

Type  No.  1  is  by  far  the  easiest  installation  to  make 
and  the  most  economical. 


Hanger — our  specially  designed  accordion  door  hanger  truck  with  a 
short  door  plate  or  apron  that  may  be  readily  applied  to  the  narrow 
top  rail  of  the  usual  glass  set  door. 

Track — either  the  rounded  trough  or  the  square  trough  types  of 
Trolley  Tracks  may  be  used  and  the  brackets  offered  will  match  up  with 
the  head  jamb  space  available. 

Round  Trough  Track  Equipment 


No.  1060  Hanger — for  .No.  60-X  Track  . Each  $3.50 

No.  60-X  Trolley  Track  . Foot  .32 

No.  60-E  Bracket — side  wall  . Each  .25 

No.  60-EK  Bracket — side  ear  . Each  .30 

Square  Trough  Track  Equipment 

No.  2460  Hanger — for  No.  240-X  Track  . Each  $3.50 

No.  240-X  Trolley  Track  . Foot  .32 

No.  240-E  Bracket — side  wall  . Each  .25 

No.  240-EK  Bracket — side  ear  . Each  .30 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


172 


T-J.  vS'. 


TELEPHONE  BOOTH 
HARDWARE 

Type  No.  2 

Type  No.  2  might  also  be  called  the  standard 
method  of  equipping  booth  doors.  It  provides 
an  easily  operated  door — requires  a  minimum  of 
space — has  nothing  about  it  to  get  out  of  order. 

While  not  quite  as  easily  installed  as  Type 
No.  1  the  use  of  a  full  sized  door  makes  it  an  at¬ 
tractive  arrangement. 


MAX-6J(" 

MIN-*V 


Hanger  —  Our  specially  de¬ 


signed  accordion  door  hanger 


truck  with  a  short  door  plate 
or  apron  that  may  be  readily 
applied  to  the  narrow  top  rail 
of  the  usual  glass  set  door. 


Track — Either  the  rounded 
trough  or  square  trough  types 
of  Trolley  Tracks  may  be  used. 


Brackets — Overhead  type  for 
attaching  to  ceiling  of  booth. 


Detail  at 


Guides — May  be  had  in  steel 
or  brass. 


DOOR  PARTLY  OPEN 


TRACK  OVERHEAD 

v  »  \  \  / 

\\  \>C 

\  V  '  \  ~ 


Overhead  Plan 


No.  2460-PB  Square  Trough  Track  Equipment  Set 
Consists  of : 


1  only  2460  Hanger  2  only  Lower  Channel  (Guides 

1  piece  240-X  Trolley  Track  2  only  Screw  Type  Guide  Pins 

2  only  240-EO  Brackets  1  only  Plate  Type  Guide  Pins 

1  only  Upper  Channel  Guide  1  only  Pull 


No.  2460-PB — Set  price 


.$10.50 


If  furnished  with  Brass  Guide  Channels,  add  to  set  price.  .  5.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


Installation  Type  No.  2 


r 

I  DOOR  OPEN 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

J 

FLOOR  GUIDE 

\xDOOR  CLOSED* 

1 

_ L 

Floor  Plan 

No.  1060-PB  Round  Trough  Track  Equipment  Set 
Consists  of: 

1  only  1060  Hanger  2  only  Lower  Channel  Guides 

1  piece  60-X  Trolley  Track  2  only  Screw  Type  Guide  Pins 

2  only  60- EO  Brackets  1  only  Plate  Type  Guide  Pins 

1  only  Upper  Channel  Guide  1  only  Puli 

No.  .1060-PB — Set  price  . $10.50 

If  furnished  with  Brass  Guide  Channels,  add  to  set  price.  .  5.50 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


173 


CLOAK  ROOM  DOOR  HARDWARE 


No.  47-BP  Bottom  Plate 
No.  47-FG  Floor  Guide 


No. 


69 

1069-M 

60-X 

60-CK 

60-EK 

44 

46 

47-FG 

47-BP 

47-CB 


DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

Hanger  . 

2  A 

$3.00 

Hanger  . 

1A 

2.75 

Trolley  Track,  without  Brackets  . 

l  V* 

.32 

Bracket — center  side  ear  . 

1 

.30 

Bracket — end  side  ear  . 

1 

.30 

Floor  Guide — bevel — two  pieces  . 

i'A 

.75 

Bottom  Door  Plate — assembled  . 

2 

1.00 

Floor  Guide — bar  . 

1 

.50 

Bottom  Door  Plate — assembled  . 

3 

1.25 

Top  Door  Connecting  Bar  . 

1 

.50 

174 


t*ou 


iv*  rS 


33ATSTVI  I  LI^IN  OIl/1,  U  .  l/'1. 


CLOAK  ROOM  DOOR  HARDWARE 


With  modern  schools  arranged  for  quick  exit  of  the  pupils  it  has  become  necessary  to  ar¬ 
range  the  cloakrooms  with  doors  that  will  also  operate  on  a  moment’s  notice. 


In  addition  to  quick  action  of  the  doors  the  conservation  of  space  is  very  important  and  a 
fine  method  of  accomplishing  this  double  purpose  is  to  have  blackboards  built  into  the  panels  of 
the  cloakroom  doors. 

The  approved  arrangement  is  that  illustrated  above.  The  movable  doors  are  hung  on 
hangers  so  as  to  slide  back  of  the  stationary  panels.  All  these  movable  doors  are  linked  together 
in  a  unit  with  connecting  bar  at  the  top  so  that  pushing  on  any  one  will  roll  the  whole  series. 

Hangers — the  standard  No.  1069  with  roller-bearing  wheels  and  vertical  guide  rollers.  To 
be  applied  at  the  top  center  of  each  movable  door. 

Track — the  standard  size  No.  60-X  Trolley  Track.  Detailed  sketch  features  the  application 
of  track  with  the  side  ear  type  of  bracket  but  if  space  will  permit,  the  use  of  the  regular  side  wall 
bracket  may  be  considered. 

Floor  Guides— offered  in  two  types.  The  No.  44  bevel  guide  is  recommended  as  it  offers  less 
chance  for  tripping.  Specify  lengths  to  equal  width  of  doors  for  outside  guide  and  inside  length 
equal  to  combined  widths  of  doors  and  stationary  panels. 

Door  Plates  or  Strips — For  bottom  of  doors  the  plates  or  strips  should  be  specified  in  lengths 
to  equal  the  width  of  each  movable  door.  Both  types  are  rivet  assembled  and  applied  with  screws. 

Top  Door  Connecting  Bar — of  a  length  to  connect  all  movable  doors  in  one  unit  when  doors 
are  positioned  as  shown  in  the  lower  floor  plan. 


175 


OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 


Illustrations,  here  shown,  of  our  “Reliable”  Overhead  Carrying  Equipment  merely  serve 
to  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  we  are  prepared  to  furnish  systems  that  meet  practically  all 
problems  that  arise  in  connection  with  the  economical  and  efficient  movement  of  material — be 
it  a  manufacturing  plant,  warehouse,  garage  or  machine  shop.  Although  the  equipment  shown 
is  that  generally  used,  we  furnish  medications  of  it  to  suit  conditions,  and  shall  be  glad  to  quote 
on  whatever  equipment  may  be  required. 

Tell  us  what  you  wish  to  accomplish.  Send  plans  or  a  sketch  showing  the  various  points 
the  system  should  reach,  with  measurements  of  your  proposed  track  layout,  also  state  weight 
and  size  of  load  you  wish  to  move.  Mention  what  overhead  conditions  must  be  met  for  at¬ 
taching. 

Our  engineering  department  will  then  submit  a  blue  print  of  the  system  for  your  approval. 

This  Service  Is  Yours  for  the  Asking. 

176 


A  It - l3t» o v'- ^ rz  m. 

r>ANVl  X^XXEv,  I  LvI^ITsl  o  I  l/\  U^.A. 


OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 


No.  161  for  60-X  Track 
No.  1241  for  240-X  Track 


No.  160  for  60-X  Track 
No.  1240  for  240-X  Track 


No.  150  for  60-X  Track 
No.  1250  for  240-X  Track 


Swivel  Carriers  Nos.  150  and  1250  have  roller  bearing  wheels  and  ball  bearing  swivels.  Ideal 
equipment  for  use  with  light  loads  (100  pounds  or  less)  used  extensively  in  cold  storage  plants. 

Swivel  Carriers  Nos.  160  and  1240  will  handle  loads  of  about  100  pounds  with  a  minimum  of 
effort  due  to  the  4  wheel  construction.  Roller  bearing  wheels  and  ball  bearing  swivel. 

Rigid  Carriers  Nos.  161  and  1241  have  one-piece  malleable  iron  frames — with  bumpers  to 
prevent  jambing  of  wheels  when  pushing  other  carriers  in  the  same  track.  Roller  bearing  wheels. 


No.  240-X  Track 
with 

No.  240-CQ  Bracket 


No.  60-X  and  240-X  Tracks 

These  tracks  can  be  used  with  any  type  of 
brackets  listed  in  this  catalog  under  their  respec¬ 
tive  numbers.  Brackets  should  be  spaced  not  over 
30  inches  apart. 


60-X. 

No.  60-X  Track 
with 

No.  60-CQ  Bracket 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

150 

Swivel  Carrier — two  wheel  for  60-X  Track . 

ix 

$2.75 

160 

Swivel  Carrier — four  wheel  for  60-X  Track . 

2X 

3.00 

161 

Rigid  Carrier- — four  wheel  for  60-X  Track . 

2 

2.00 

1240 

Swivel  Carrier — four  wheel  for  240-X  Track . 

3.00 

1241 

Rigid  Carrier — four  wheel  for  240-X  Track  . . 

2 

2.00 

1250 

Swivel  Carrier — two  wheel  for  240-X  Track  . 

V6 

2.75 

60-X 

Trolley  Track — 46  gauge  . 

IX 

.32 

62-X 

Trolley  Track — 14  gauge  . 

2 

.44 

60-CO 

Bracket — center,  overhead,  cross  ear . 

1 

.30 

60-CQ 

Bracket — center,  overhead,  parallel  ear . 

1 

.30 

240-X 

Trolley  Track — 16  gauge  . . . 

1 34 

.32 

242-X 

Trolley  Track — 14  gauge  . 

214 

.44 

240-CO 

Bracket — center,  overhead,  cross  ear . 

1 

.30 

240-CQ 

Bracket — center,  overhead,  parallel  ear . 

1 

.30 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


177 


OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 


No.  167  Single  Carrier 
Capacity  600  Pounds 
Length  over  all,  9^  inches 


Trolley  Track 


No.  177  Double  Carrier 
Capacity  1200  Pounds 
Length  over  all,  20J4  inches 


No.  187  Quadruple  Carrier 
Capacity  2000  Pounds 
Length  over  all,  39  inches 


Swivel  Pedestal  Carrier  Construction 

The  trough  design  of  our  Trolley  Track  causes  the  Hanger  Wheels  to  be  self-guiding  and  there  is  no  side 
twisting,  friction  or  cutting  action  possible.  The  Hanger  Wheels  together  with  axles,  bearings  and  truck  block 
are  a  unit  in  themselves  designed  to  swivel  in  the  carrier  frame.  This  enables  our  carriers  to  roll  easily  around 
curves  in  the  track. 


178 


Anu\r.v 


OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 

Trolley  Track 


8S'0"  No.  67X  Track 

@  85c  =  $74.80 

Brackets  spaced  every  2'0" 

Equals  88'0"-=-2'0"=44  No.  67 
C.O.  Brackets.  Plus  3  for 
5'0"  R.  Curve  and  2  for 
3'6"  R.  Curve  equals  49  No. 

67  C.O.  Brackets  plus  3  No. 

67  E.O.  Brackets  equals  52 
Total  Brackets  @  1.10  =  $57.20 

1-No.  67XU-3  Curve  = 

1— No.  67XU-2  Curve  - 
1-No.  142  2-Way  Switch; 

3— No.  177  Carriers 
@  $25.00 


TvP/C/9/L  7eO/Ll£:y  7&4C/C  C4 &/?/£&  5yST£AV 

c/ry  /goo 


$25.00 
$18.00 
$35.00 

=  $75.00 


TOTAL  COST 


$285.00 


r 

si 


No.  142  Swinging  Two-Way  Switch 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


SWINGING  TWO  AND  THREE-WAY  SWITCHES 

Simple  and  efficient.  No  concealed  parts  or  mechanism  to  get  out  of  order.  Positive 
locking  attachment.  Track  is  shifted  to  desired  position  by  pulling  handles  suspended  from 
switch  by  a  chain.  Easily  operated  with  one  hand. 


Worm’s 

Eye 

View 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

142 

143 

Swinging  Two-Way  Switch 

89 

150 

$35.00 

50.00 

No. 


DESCRIPTION 


167 

177 

187 


Single  Carrier — capacity  600  pounds  . . . . 
Double  Carrier — capacity  1200  pounds  .. 
Quadruple  Carrier — capacity  2000  pounds 


67-X 

67-XU-l 

67-XU-2 

67-XU-3 

67-XU-4 

67-XU-5 


Heavy  Trolley  Track,  13  gauge  . . 

Curve — 2'  to  3'  radius,  90  degrees,  without  brackets  . . . 
Curve — 3'  to  4'-6"  radius,  90  degrees,  without  brackets 
Curve — 4'-6"  to  6'  radius,  90  degrees,  without  brackets 
Curve— 6'  to  7'  radius,  90  degrees,  without  brackets  . . 
Curve — 7'  to  8'  radius,  90  degrees,  without  brackets  ... 


67-CO 

67-EO 

67-CQ 

67-EO 

67-COD 

67-EOD 


Center  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . 

End,  Overhead,  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . 

Center,  Overhead.  Parallel  Ear  Bracket  . 

End,  Overhead,  Parallel  Ear  Bracket  . 

Center,  Overhead,  Double,  Cross  Ear  Bracket 
End,  Overhead,  Double,  Cross  Ear  Bracket  . . 


Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 

Bracket  illustrations  on  Pages  126  and  127. 


Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

7  A 

$10.00 

22  A 

25.00 

49 

50.00 

3  V2 

.85 

18 

12.00 

25 

18.00 

34 

25.00 

40 

31.00 

44 

36.00 

4  A 

1.10 

5 

1.10 

4  A 

1.10 

5 

1.10 

9 

2.50 

10 

2.50 

179 


A  UUk-9  -t*  otfiy"  in 


OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 


Round  Track 


No. 

110 

Carrier . 

. 534" 

wide, 

1634" 

long, 

14  " 

high 

No. 

120 

Carrier . 

. 634" 

wide, 

1934" 

long, 

1634" 

high 

No. 

130 

Carrier . 

. 734" 

wide, 

2134" 

long, 

1934" 

high 

No. 

210 

Carrier . 

. 534" 

wide, 

24  " 

long, 

1534" 

high 

No. 

220 

Carrier . 

. 634" 

wide, 

2734" 

long, 

1834" 

high 

No. 

230 

Carrier . 

. 734" 

wide, 

29  " 

long, 

2134" 

high 

Nos.  110  and  210  Carrier  Wheels . 2  "  diameter 

Nos.  120  and  220  Carrier  Wheels . 234"  diameter 

Nos.  130  and  230  Carrier  Wheels . 434”  diameter 


No.  112-S  Two-Way  Switch 
No.  113-S  Three-Way  Switch 
No.  222-S  Two-Way  Switch 
No.  223-S  Three-Way  Switch 
No.  322-S  Two-Way  Switch 
No.  333-S  Three-Way  Switch 


.  .31" 

wide, 

27" 

long, 

6" 

high 

.  .  56" 

wide, 

27" 

long, 

6" 

high 

.  .31" 

wide, 

27" 

long, 

9" 

high 

.  .56" 

wide, 

27" 

long, 

9" 

high 

.  .31" 

wide, 

27" 

long, 

9" 

high 

.  .  56" 

wide, 

27" 

long, 

9" 

high 

With  Nos.  110  or  210  carriers,  track  may  be  placed  within  534"  of  ceiling. 
With  Nos.  120  or  220  carriers,  track  may  be  placed  within  6"  of  ceiling. 


With  Nos.  130  or  230  carriers,  track  may  be  placed  within  7\\"  of  ceiling. 


With  No.  11-Z  track  use  two  34"  lag  screws  or  bolts  for  each  ceiling  plate. 

With  No.  22-Z  track  use  two  JA"  lag  screws  or  bolts  for  each  ceiling  plate. 

With  No.  33-Z  track  use  two  -54"  lag  screws  or  bolts  for  each  ceiling  plate. 

Prices  do  not  include  bolts  for  attaching  brackets  or  switches  to  superstructure  and  do  not 
cover  the  longer  bracket  bolts  and  parting  tubes  required  when  the  brackets  are  furnished  for 
greater  headroom  than  the  regular  measurements  above  given. 


Carriers  do  not  operate  satisfactorily  on  curves  of  shorter  radius  than  three  feet. 


Number  of  Feet  of  Track  in  90  Degree  Curves 


Radius 

Feet 

3'-0" 

4.71 

3 '-6" 

5.50 

4'-0" 

6.28 

4 '-6" 

7.07 

5 '  -0" 

7.85 

Radius 

Feet 

5 '-6" 

8.64 

6'-0" 

9.42 

6' -6" 

10.21 

7 '-0' 

11.00 

7 '-6" 

11.78 

Radius 

Feet 

8'-0" 

12.57 

8 '-6" 

13.35 

9'-0" 

14.14 

9' -6" 

14.92 

lO'-O" 

15.71 

180 


/UtUtv.'P 


OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 


Round  Track 

We  manufacture  two  and  three-way 
switches,  and  in  fact,  all  necessary  fixtures  for 
the  complete  installation  of  such  equipment. 

This  work  is  handled  by  experienced  engi¬ 
neers  whose  services  are  devoted  to  designing 
and  planning  overhead  carrying  systems. 

Although  the  equipment  described  is  that 
generally  used,  we  furnish  modifications  of  it 
to  suit  conditions,  and  shall  be  glad  to  quote 
on  whatever  equipment  may  be  required.  Tell 
us  what  you  wish  to  do,  giving  us  information 
as  to  sizes  and  weights  of  loads,  and  if  possible 
send  plans  of  building  to  assist  us  in  laying 
out  a  proper  carrying  track  system. 


TvPlCPL  Poo'MP  7PPCP  C4JP /?■/£/?  5V5T£M’ 

Cppp c/ty  /P‘00  /  P>3 


P  fQt/PlS  40Y)  Mwi/3  C5:o?4:0)0P  3/:0" 
fQYJL  jj  /3-o'  Ptoo  S:o  op  Po-o 
'C  fat/Ms  &-6  MPus(s:a'^6)ae  p/-o~ 
'P'foiM-S  /?■'«■  M/r/t/S  3  6  Op  /6P>' 
YffT  Tfwc*  88  -0 

88'0"  No.  22Z  Track 

@  $1.00  =  $88.00 

1-No.  22ZU-3  Curve  r=  $16.50 

1-No.  22ZU-2  Curve  =  $12.00 

1— No.  222  Two  Way  Tongue 

Switch  . =  $40.00 

3. No.  120  Carriers  -1- 

@  $20.00  =  $60.00 


PP-6  ' 

ifPtf7P  7foic/f/p 
P/wee/vr  f!wva 
Coerrs 


TOTAL  COST 


$216.50 


Stub  Switches 


Tongue  Switches 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

112-Stub 

Two-Way  Switch  for  No.  11-Z  Track . 

120 

$37.50 

113-Stub 

Three-Way  Switch  for  No.  11-Z  Track . 

180 

55.00 

222-Stub 

Two-Way  Switch  for  No.  22-Z  Track . 

125 

40.00 

223-Stub 

Three-Way  Switch  for  No.  22-Z  Track . 

185 

57.50 

332-Stub 

Two-Way  Switch  for  No.  33- Z  Track . 

130 

45.00 

333-Stub 

Three-Way  Switch  for  No.  33-Z  Track . 

190 

62.50 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

W  eight 

Lbs. 

Price 

112-Tongue 

Two-Way  Switch  for  No.  11-Z  Track . 

120 

$37.50 

113-Tongue 

Three-Way  Switch  for  No.  11-Z  Track . 

180 

55.00 

222-Tongue 

Two-Way  Switch  for  No.  22-Z  Track . 

125 

40.00 

223-Tongue 

Three-Way  Switch  for  No.  22-Z  Track . 

185 

57.50 

332-Tongue 

Two-Way  Switch  for  No.  33-Z  Track . 

130 

45.00 

333-Tongue 

Three-Way  Switch  for  No.  33-Z  Track . 

190 

62.50 

Track  on  Page  182;  Carriers  on  Page  183. 

181 


A  t  t  CZ 


mm  . _  _ _ _ 

iW&h  -L  ^  iOAT'tV’II^Er',  I  LvL^INO  I  uT,  U  .uT.  J±. 

OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 


Special  Plan 
Type  A 


Special  Plan 
Type  C 


Special  brackets  furnished  to  suit  conditions.  Available  for  each  of  the  three  sizes  of  track. 
Send  sketch  showing  obstructions  that  have  to  be  cleared  and  we  will  make  up  detailed  list  to  fit. 

182 


OVERHEAD  CARRIER  EQUIPMENT 

Round  Track 


Reliable  Overhead  Equipment  is  built  to  meet  the  test  of 
rigid  service.  Its  varied  adaptability  is  permitted  by  a  range  of 
track  and  carrier  sizes. 

The  Carriers  are  the  simplest,  strongest  and  easiest  running 
carriers  made.  Built  of  certified  malleable  iron. 

The  wheels  of  all  carriers  have  hardened  steel  axles,  washers 
and  roller  bearings.  All  connecting  bars  are  fitted  with  double 
swivels,  allowing  the  carriers  to  run  freely  around  curves  and  also 
permitting  the  loads  to  be  turned  in  any  direction. 

The  track  is  made  from  the  Reliable  tubular  steel  track  as¬ 
sembled  on  double  brackets.  Construction  of  these  brackets  when 
assembled  make  a  very  strong,  rigid  and  durable  tread  track. 
Track  may  be  curved  to  any  radius  not  less  than  three  feet. 


Types  Nos.  110-120  or  130 
Dimensions  listed  on  Page  180 


Types  Nos.  210-220  or  230 
Dimensions  listed  on  Page  180 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

110 

Overhead  Carrier,  capacity  with  No.  11-Z  Track,  500  lbs . Each 

21 

$15.00 

120 

Overhead  Carrier,  capacity  with  No.  22-Z  Track,  1,200  lbs . Each 

31 

20.00 

130 

Overhead  Carrier,  capacity  with  No.  33-Z  Track,  2,500  lbs . Each 

46 

25.00 

210 

Overhead  Carrier,  capacity  with  No.  11-Z  Track,  750  lbs . Each 

37 

30.00 

220 

Overhead  Carrier,  capacity  with  No.  22-Z  Track,  2,000  lbs . Each 

61 

40.00 

230 

Overhead  Carrier,  capacity  with  No.  33-Z  Track,  4,000  lbs . Each 

87 

50.00 

11-Z 

Overhead  Carrier  Track,  with  Brackets  every  18  inches . Foot 

2 

.75 

22-Z 

Overhead  Carrier  Track,  with  Brackets  every  18  inches . Foot 

414 

1.00 

33-Z 

Overhead  Carrier  Track,  with  Brackets  every  18  inches . Foot 

6 

1.50 

11-ZU2 

Curve,  3'  to  4'-6"  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18".... Each 

14 

9.00 

11-ZU3 

Curve,  4'-6"  to  6'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

19 

12.50 

11-ZU4 

Curve,  6'  to  7'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

22 

15.50 

11-ZU5 

Curve,  7'  to  8'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

Compound  Curves  take  Double  Price. 

30 

18.00 

22-ZU2 

Curve,  3'  to  4'-6"  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18".... Each 

31 

12.00 

22-ZU3 

Curve,  4 '-6"  to  6'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

43 

16.50 

22-ZU4 

Curve,  6'  to  T  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

50 

20.50 

22-ZU5 

Curve,  7'  to  8'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

Compound  Curves  take  Double  Price. 

56 

24.00 

33-ZU2 

Curve,  3'  to  4'-6"  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18" - Each 

Curve,  4'-6"  to  6'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

42 

18.00 

33-ZU3 

57 

25.00 

33-ZU4 

Curve,  6'  to  7'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

66 

31.00 

33-ZU5 

Curve,  7'-  to  8'  radius,  90  degrees,  with  Brackets  every  18"....  Each 

Compound  Curves  take  Double  Price. 

78 

36.00 

Switches  on  Page  181.  Brackets  on  Pages  129. 
Special  Brackets  or  Extensions  on  Page  182. 


183 


ALLITH  I-BEAM  TROLLEY  CARRIERS 


Equipped  with  Timken  Roller  Bearings 


ITie  load  is  carried  by  this  trolley  on  certified  malleable  yokes  which  are  pivoted  together  so 
that  all  wheels  carry  equal  loads  at  all  times.  This,  together  with  the  short  wheel  base,  makes 
it  an  easy  carrier  to  operate  on  curves.  The  line  of  support  passes  from  the  point  of  the  load 
through  the  small  contact  on  the  crown  of  wheel  and  through  the  center  of  the  wheel  bearing, 
thus  preventing  any  tendency  toward  side  thrust.  The  genuine  Timken  bearings  are  lubricated 
with  pressure  grease  gun.  This  type  of  bearing  is  accepted  as  the  most  efficient  made.  Axles 
are  supported  on  both  ends  and  are  adjustable  to  take  up  possible  wear  in  the  bearings.  The 
frame  embodies  bumpers  to  protect  the  wheels  and  is  adjustable  for  different  size  I  beams. 


No. 

Capacity  in 
Tons 

DESCRIPTION 

Standard  Sire 
“I”  Beam.  Inches 

Price 

Each 

250-14 

lA 

“I”  Beam  Carrier  . 

5,  6,  7 

$  45.00 

250-1 

1 

“I”  Beam  Carrier  . 

6,  7,  8 

55.00 

250-1-14 

1 14 

“I”  Beam  Carrier  . 

7,  8,  9 

65.00 

250-2 

2 

“I”  Beam  Carrier  . 

8,  9,10 

80.00 

250-3 

3 

“I”  Beam  Carrier  . 

9,  10,  12 

100.00 

250-4 

4 

“I”  Beam  Carrier  . 

10,  12.  15 

130.00 

184 


A  1  l  l  ^ItL  -  O  CZ 


om 

I3^VTSrVI l^XvlT,  I  LcXvI NOIi/1,  U.  ^T.  _A  . 


ALLITH  MALLEABE  WASHERS 


Standard  Malleable  Iron  Spool  Washers 


Size  of  Bolt,  Inches  . . . 

Length,  Inches  . 

Face,  Inches  . 

Wt.  per  100  Washers,  lbs, 


Ya  H  Ya  Ya 
\y2  2  3  4 k 

3  3  3  3^ 

88  100  150  225 


Price 

Quoted  on 
Application 


Nail  Slot  Type 


Plain  Type 


Allith  malleable  washers  are  of  the  same  diameters  as  cast  grey  iron  washers,  but  only  about 
one-half  as  thick  and  one-third  as  heavy.  Bolts  Yz"  to  1"  shorter  are  used.  Saving  in  transpor¬ 
tation  expense  is  effected.  Breakage  is  eliminated.  Everything  considered,  they  cost  less  than 
grey  iron  washers. 

The  nail  slot  type  may  be  used  as  a  plain  washer,  but  the  slot  permits  driving  a  nail  in  to 
lock  both  the  nut  and  the  washer. 

Holes  are  clean  and  surfaces  smooth. 


Nail 

Plain 

Diameter 

J  )iameter 

Thickness 

Weight 

Slot 

Bolt 

Washer 

Washer 

100  Washers 

No. 

No. 

Inches 

Inches 

Inches 

Pounds 

H-WN 

H-WP 

2/2 

Va 

15 

'l 

5/6-WN 

5^-WP 

Y& 

2VA 

A 

22 

M-WN 

%-WN 

1-WN 

M-wp 

%-WP 

1-WP 

Ya 

?4 

l 

3 

4 

A 

h 

j/2 

33 

50 

68 

Quoted 
-  on 
Appli¬ 
cation 

l/s-WN 

1^-WN 

1J4-WP 

ij4-wp 

v/a 

4A 

5 

V2 

H 

87 

150 

1J4-WN 

1J4-WP 

154 

6 

Ya 

190 

134-WN 

iK-wp 

m 

6 

Ya 

206 

2-WN 

2-WP 

2 

1A 

Ya 

420 

The  Washer  measurements  and  weights  above  given  are  approximate  only  and  must  not  be  regarded  as 
exact. 

Flat  Washers  packed  in  kegs  of  200  pounds  each. 

Spool  washers  packed  as  ordered. 


185 


ALLITH  STADIUM  SEAT  BRACKETS 


Type  A 


Allith  Seat  Brackets  are  built  for  permanency  and  will  stand  the  ravages  of  the  elements. 


186 


A 1 1  x  4*  \x  ^ 

JL  T^XvK^',  IlyLTlNOl!/1,  U.  1>^.  A. 


M) 

ALLITH  STADIUM  SEAT  BRACKETS 


n  ©  m 


Type  A 

Bracket  is  recommended  for  use 
with  single  board  seat.  The  strength 
of  this  bracket  is  ample  for  the 
work  and  the  weight  is  kept  at  a 
minimum  which  means  a  low  cost 
bracket. 


Type  B 

Bracket  is  used  with  a  three  board 
seat  and  is  light  in  weight.  The 
amount  of  overhang  and  the  height 
above  the  riser  can  be  changed  to 
suit  the  individual  conditions. 


Type  C 

Bracket  is  a  heavier  construction 
than  the  “B”  Bracket  and  used  on 
the  three  board  construction. 


Type  D 

Bracket  is  used  on  either  one,  two 
or  three  board  seat  construction. 

The  design  of  this  bracket  and  its 
low  cost  makes  it  impractical  to 
consider  the  ordinary  wood  block. 

AUith  Stadium  Seat  Brackets 

— are  built  for  permanency  and  will  stand  the  ravages  of  the  elements. 

PRICES  QUOTED  ON  APPLICATION 

187 


Type  E 

Bracket  is  similar  to  Type  D  and 
is  recommended  for  use  where  the 
seat  overhangs  the  riser. 


A\\’xi\i-'pv  ouiy 


CERTIFIED  MALLEABLE  IRON  TANK  LUGS 


Side  Pull  Type  for  Round  Rods 


Allitli  tank  or  band  lugs  are  made  of  certified  malleable  iron,  light  in  weight,  carefully  designed  assuring 
strength  in  excess  of  capacity  of  the  rods  with  which  they  are  used. 

Allith  tank  lugs  have  many  uses  for  constructions  similar  to  tanks,  vats  and  silos. 


Size  of  Rod 
in  Inches 

Approx.  Wt. 
Each  Lbs. 

Length 

Inches 

Height 

Inches 

Width 

Inches 

Price 

Each 

Packed  in 

Bags 

•54 

.7 

334 

154 

2 

2 

200  pcs. 

1.05 

3  7/8 

154 

2  Vi 

100  pcs. 

*34 

1.30 

454 

2 

234 

ft)  n 

100  pcs. 

Vi 

2.30 

4-34 

254 

3 

■o 

50  pcs. 

i 

2.80 

534 

254 

3  V 

o  ° 

50  pcs. 

i  'A 

3.30 

654 

27/4 

3  Vi 

s  § 

50  pcs. 

15 4 

4.50 

634 

3 

454 

25  pcs. 

1 54 

6.00 

754 

354 

434 

3  CL 

25  pcs. 

*  These  sizes  carried  in  stock,  others  made  up  as  ordered. 


HAND  RAIL  BRACKET 


This  bracket  is  made  of  the  best  grade  of  certified  malleable  iron.  This  gives  assurance  that  it  has  suf¬ 
ficient  strength  to  utilize  the  full  advantage  of  the  Vi"  x  4"  expansion  bolts.  The  base  is  3"  in  diameter  which 
means  that  there  is  practically  7  square  inches  of  bearing  surface  on  the  wall. 

The  extension  from  the  wall  to  the  center  of  the  hand  rail  is  3  inches. 

The  head  of  the  expansion  bolt  is  finished  to  conform  with  the  finish  of  the  bracket. 

Packed  10  in  box  with  lag  screws  and  expansion  shields. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

2201 

Dead  Black  Japanned  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

$0.70 

2203 

Bright  Bronze  Plated  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

.SO 

2205 

Dull  Brass  Plated  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

.90 

2207 

Antique  Copper  Plated  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

.90 

2208 

Bright  Nickel  Plated  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

1.10 

2211 

Dull  Nickel  Plated  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

1.10 

2212 

Sanded  1  Hill  Black  Plated  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

1.10 

2226 

Sanded  Old  Brass  Plated  Hand  Rail  Bracket  . 

154 

1.10 

188 


/(  1 1  X  4*  Vt  -  O  rS  xnrt 

1  V  y  X>^TSrVIX^XvE^,  ILL^NOIi/1,  U.  l/T  A . 


PITCHING  SHOES  AND  STAKES 


Correctly  Designed 
Guaranteed  Not  to  Break 

Allitli  certified  malleable  shoes  are  much  better  than  steel 
shoes,  not  so  smooth  as  to  slip  in  the  hand,  and  not  so  lively 
on  the  bounce. 

This  is  an  especially  desirable  feature  as  these  shoes  do 
not  bound  or  fly  all  over  the  place  when  they  strike  the  stake 
or  another  shoe. 


Allitli  shoes  are  used  by  many  professional  pitchers  because  their  game  is  improved  by  the 
perfect  balance  and  comfortable  grip  on  the  smooth  surface. 


Athletic  associations  of  large  corporations,  Y.  M.  C.  A.’s, 
country  clubs  and  playground  and  park  officials  now  accept 
this  as  one  of  the  leading  sports  for  both  indoor  and  outdoor 
play. 

Made  in  one  size  only  to  conform  with  the  official  pitch¬ 
ing  shoe  regulations. 

To  distinguish  the  shoes  in  playing,  the  numbers  1  and 
2  are  cast  in  them,  and  the  number  1  shoes  are  finished  in 
black,  and  the  number  2  in  red. 

The  stakes  are  finished  in  black. 

Packed  one  pair  in  carton  with  official  horseshoe  pitching 
rules  included. 

Being  made  of  certified  malleable,  we  guaranteed  them 
against  breakage ;  any  shoe  which  should  break  in  playing 
will  be  replaced  by  a  new  one. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

6301 

Pitching  Shoes,  black,  No.  1  . 

Sr/2 

$1.25 

6302 

Pitching  Shoes,  red,  No.  2  . 

1.25 

6200-2 

Pitching  Stakes  . 

8 

1.75 

189 


HAY  BED,  GRAIN  BED  AND  STOCK  RACK 

HARDWARE 


No.  207 — “Universal” 
Certified  Malleable 
Bolster  Iron 


The  use  of  the  “Universal”  bolster  irons  prevents  wear  on  the  sills  of  the  wagon  bed  and  in 
this  way  strengthens  them  and  keeps  them  in  alignment.  Made  of  certified  malleable  iron  and 
are  guaranteed  against  breakage. 

No.  207 — Universal  Bolster  Iron — each,  shipping  wt.  Ip2  lbs . Price  $0.50 


No.  218  Stake  Pocket  is  made 
of  heavy  gauge  steel  and  is  very 
well  suited  for  light  work.  It  is 
to  be  attached  to  the  cross  sills 
with  3  carriage  bolts. 

No.  218 — -Stake  Pocket — 
each — wt.  1  lb . Price  $0.25 


No.  218 


No.  208 


No.  208  Rub  Irons  are  bolted  to  the  sills  of  the 
rack  or  may  be  used  on  the  regular  wagon  box. 
They  protect  the  wood  from  excessive  wear  in  turn¬ 
ing  and  by  reducing  friction  prevent  the  wheel  from 
becoming  cramped.  They  are  made  of  certified  mal¬ 
leable  iron  and  will  stand  the  most  severe  shock. 

No.  208 — Everwear  Rub  Iron — each — 

shipping  wt.  1 lbs . Price  $0.45 


The  hardware  listed  on  this  page  and  the  next  are  used  in  building  a  combination  hay  rack, 
grain  bed  and  stock  rack. 

We  gladly  furnish  complete  listing  of  the  lumber  and  hardware  required  and  simple  direc¬ 
tions  for  building  this  combination  type  of  wagon  bed. 


190 


HAY  BED,  GRAIN  BED  AND  STOCK  RACK  HARDWARE 


No.  201  Allith  “Fit-Al” 


Combination 
Wagon  Bed  Clamp 


Wherever  this  clamp  has 
been  shown  it  has  been 
adopted.  Farmers  give  it 
preference  because  it  is 
practical  and  withstands  the 
most  severe  service.  Made 
of  the  highest  grade  mal¬ 
leable  iron  and  combines  all 
the  features  essential  to 
.make  a  hay  rack  or  a  wagon 
bed  frame  strong,  rigid  and 
durable.  It  is  impossible 
for  any  play,  up  or  down,  or 
sideways,  because  it  clamps 
the  timbers  firmly  on  all 

_  _  .  .  .  sides — and 

One  Clamp  Fits  All  Conditions.  Regardless  of  thickness  or  width  of  timbers,  only  one  size  clamp  is 
required.  Adjustment  is  made  with  standard  bolt — hence  “FIT-AL,”  which  is  a  vast  improvement  over 
ordinary  clamps.  We  have  yet  to  hear  of  the  farmer  who  did  not  readily  recognize  the  superiority  of 
the  “Allith  "Fit-Al”  Combination  Wagon  Bed  Clamp  No.  201. 

Never  fails  to  give  satisfaction,  and  the  price  is  so  reasonable  there  is  no  excuse  for  attempting 
to  procure  something  “just  as  good”. 


“Unique”  Side-Board  Bracket  No.  202 

These  Brackets  Conform  With  Advice  of  United  States  Government  to  Farmers  to 
Make  Wagon  Beds  Grain  Tight 
MALLEABLE  IRON 

For  building  grain  beds  these  brackets  will  be  found  the  most  complete  and 
satisfactory  equipment  possible  to  procure. 

They  give  a  permanency  to  side-boards  not  obtainable  with  the  old  style 
method  of  using  standards  and  stake  irons. 

Please  Observe  These  Unusually  Practical  Points 

Side-boards  cannot  give  in  or  out,  because  the  bolt  is  cast  solid  in  center  of 
bracket  foot,  and  base  has  a  3 54 -inch  bearing  on  side  rail. 

No  hole  bored  through  cross-piece  to  weaken  it.  No  cutting  hole  in  floor, 
because  a  V2  inch  hole  bored  through  side  rail  or  floor  at  cross-piece  supports  the 
foot  of  the  bracket. 

No  box  bed  on  inside  to  obstruct  shoveling,  because  the  brackets  bolt  to  side¬ 
boards. 

These  brackets  allow  the  use  of  side-boards  without  end  gates  in  position  when 
so  desired,  and  are  tested  to  carry  14-inch  side-boards.  No  canvas  necessary  to 
keep  grain  from  leaking,  as  these  brackets  make  a  bed  perfectly  tight. 

Make  a  convenient  side-board  for  any  flat  top  bed  or  hay  rack ;  that  does  away 
with  the  burden  of  changing  heavy  wagon  beds. 

They  are  meeting  with  ready  recognition  everywhere.  These  brackets  fulfill 
every  requirement  in  a  practical  and.  substantial  manner.  They  are  just  what  the 
farmer  or  any  builder  of  wagon  grain  beds  has  been  looking  for  to  improve  the 
construction  and  save  labor  and  expense. 


Allith  “Standard”  End  Gate 
Fastener  Set,  No.  203 

Hook  and  Adjustment  Handle  Are  Malleable  Iron 

Made  for  service  from  highest  grade  materials  and  suitable  for 
all  standard  sizes  of  wagon  beds,  consisting  of  the  parts  shown  at  left. 

A  simple,  ever  ready  end  gate  fastener  that  is  such  an  improvement 
over  the  ordinary  long  end  rod  as  to  eliminate  that  article  with  all  its 
inconvenience  and  troubles. 

Fastening  at  each  end  or  side  of  end  gate  makes  the  side-boards 
and  gate  support  each  other. 

A  few  turns  and  hooks  are  open,  leaving  no  loose  or  stray  parts 
to  become  lost  or  bent  as  generally  happens  with  the  long  rod. 

Adaptable  for  trucks,  wagon  boxes,  hay  racks,  gravel  beds,  also 
for  attaching  and  holding  in  place  cattle  racks  that  are  erected  on  trucks 
and  flat  wagon  beds. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

201 

“Fit-Al”  Combination  Hay  Rack  and  Wagon 

Bed  Clamp  without  bolts  . .Pair 

“Unique”  Side-Board  Bracket,  packed  with 
all  necessary  bolts,  nuts  and  washers.  .  Each 

2 

$0.70 

202 

1  Vi 

.50 

203 

“Standard”  End  Gate  Fastener  Set . Each 

14 

.35 

Standard  finish,  black  japanned. 


191 


A  11  x\r\x.  -t^roix^V*  ^ 


IXATSTV/I  I  LI^I  NOIl/1,  XJ.  l/"’.  _A  . 


ROLLSTON  CLOTHES  LINE  PULLEYS 


Adustable  Guards — This  patented  feature  makes  it  by  far 
the  most  desirable  pulley  on  the  market.  Prevents  clothes  being- 
drawn  into  contact  with  pulleys;  adjusts  itself  to  any  angle  as 
the  line  sags  under  heavy  load  and  holds  the  line  firmly  in  cen¬ 
ter  of  wheel. 

Suspending  Link — Made  of  heavy  steel  wire,  and  cannot 
pull  out.  Always  pulls  in  straight  line,  taking  strain  from  the 
axle. 

Steel  Yoke — Formed  to  give  the  greatest  possible  strength 
and  works  so  closely  that  the  smallest  line  cannot  leave  the 
wheel.  Wire,  rope  or  cord  line  can  be  used. 

Wheel  Is  Five  Inches  in  Diameter — Flas  greater  drawing 
power  and  runs  much  easier  than  small  pulleys,  keeps  the  lines 
apart  and  prevents  tangling  between  the  pulleys. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Price 

Lbs. 

6500 

Pulley,  japanned  . 

1 

$0.75 

6500-G 

Pulley,  electro  galvanized  . 

1 

.90 

Packed  two  in  a  carton. 


ZIP-JACK 


This  Is 
ZIP-JACK 

That  Saves  Milady’s  Gloves 

Zip-Jack  is  grandfather’s  boot-jack  redesigned  to  fit  dainty  galoshes  and  finished  to  beautify 
the  most  select  home.  It  will  gladly  take  its  place  as  a  door  holder  or  as  a  unique  ornament  for 
the  fireside,  but  its  real  purpose  is  to  eliminate  the  irksome  task  of  removing  galoshes,  boots  or 
over-shoes. 

Galoshes  have  always  been  associated  with  snow  and  slush  and  mud-stained  fingers.  The 
rubber  manufacturers  are  making  galoshes  almost  automatic  for  fastening  and  unfastening.  Zip- 
Jack  now  makes  it  possible  to  remove  them  quickly  and  easily  without  stooping  or  soiling  the 
hands. 

The  crude  old  time  book-jack,  made  of  wood  or  brittle  cast  iron,  served  its  purpose  fairly 
well,  but  Zip-Jack  is  the  refined  descendant  of  that  worthy  ancester.  It  is  properly  designed  to 
fit  any  size  heel,  elegantly  finished  and  comes  packed  in  an  attractive  box.  Zip-Jack  is  further¬ 
more  unbreakable  for  it’s  made  of  Danville  Certified  Malleable  and  will  last  forever. 

No.  1050  Zip  Jack  — Shipping  weight  3  lbs 


192 


Each  $1.25 


/i ou-^v^  rs 


„  X  _ _ /  iD-A.T'XV'I X^X^Tv ,  ILLTiNOIl/1,  XJ.  i^.  .A . 


ROLLING  LADDERS 

Time  and  Labor  Savers 


Allith  Rolling  Ladders,  made  of  carefully  selected  kiln-dried  oak,  handsomely  finished  and 
equipped  with  perfectly  constructed  fixtures,  fulfill  every  requirement. 

I  Allith  ladders  roll  easily,  cannot  jump  the  track,  do  not  bind  and  are  practically  noiseless. 

They  are  built  to  wear  and  will  last  a  lifetime. 

[Each  ladder  step  is  grooved  into  the  stiles  and  fastened  with  four  blued  steel  screws,  and  at 
every  fourth  step  a  stay-rod  is  bolted  through  both  stiles  for  additional  strength. 

In  finishing  the  ladders  they  are  first  rubbed  smooth,  then  filled,  rubbed  down,  and  then  lac¬ 
quered  with  a  clear  lacquer  that  is  the  same  as  used  for  high  grade  automobiles.  This  finish 
is  practically  scratch  proof. 

The  fixtures  are  made  of  non-breakable  certified  malleable  and  steel,  durably  finished  in 
black  enamel.  The  steel-cased  hard  fibre  track  wheels,  with  perfectly  grooved  tread,  runs 
smoothly  and  easily  with  no  side-friction. 

Our  ladders  run  on  enameled  round  steel  track,  which  is  stififer  and  more  durable  than  any 
other  kinds  or  styles  and  will  not  warp,  twist,  or  sag.  The  steel  is  extra  strong,  high  carbon, 
round  or  tubular  in  shape,  with  a  slot  in  the  rear  allowing  the  insertion  of  the  certified  malleable 
track  brackets,  which  may  be  spaced  to  suit  any  requirements.  Track  and  brackets,  like  the  lad¬ 
der  fixtures,  are  finished  attractively  in  rich  black  enamel. 

Equipped  with  the  latest  tools  and  machinery,  and  employing  only  skilled  workmen,  we  are 
able  to  manufacture  perfect  ladders,  and  we  guarantee  the  best  materials  and  workmanship 
throughout.  Our  line,  the  most  complete  on  the  market,  consists  of  four  regular  styles,  but  we 
are  prepared  to  furnish  this  equipment  to  meet  any  special  requirements  in  style  or  finish.  Es¬ 
timates  on  special  work  gladly  furnished  on  request. 

Unless  otherwise  specified,  we  furnish  our  ladders  in  a  medium  golden  oak  finish. 

See  page  194  for  instructions  in  ordering. 


193 


A\VA\i-X>  x*  o  (7>  tn 

_ _ — - - - 


ROLLING  LADDERS 

Measurements 


Measurements 

for 

No.  80  Ladder 


for  for 

No.  85  Ladder  No.  90  Ladder 


Nos.  95  or  100 
Ladder 


No.  80  Ladder — Distance  “A”  indicates  height  from  floor  to  center  of  track,  “B”  indicates  height  from  center 
of  track  to  ceiling. 

No.  85  Ladder — Distance  “C”  indicates  height  from  top  of  base  shelf  to  center  of  track,  “D”  indicates  height 
from  floor  to  top  of  base  shelf,  “E”  indicates  height  front  center  of  track  to  ceiling,  “F”  indicates  projection 
of  base  shelf  or  distance  from  the  front  edge  of  base  shelf  to  the  front  of  the  shelving  proper. 

No.  90  Ladder — Distance  “G”  indicates  height  from  the  top  of  base  shelf  to  center  of  track,  “H”  indicates 
height  from  floor  to  top  of  base  shelf,  “I”  indicates  height  from  center  of  track  to  ceiling,  “J”  indicates  projec¬ 
tion  of  base  shelf  or  distance  from  front  edge  of  base  shelf  to  the  front  edge  of  shelving  proper. 

No.  95  or  100  Ladder — Distance  “K”  indicates  height  from  floor  to  ceiling. 


In  ordering  straight  or  bent  side  ladders,  mention  the  number  of  uprights  dividing  the  shelving  into  com¬ 
partments.  Refer  to  page  197  and  tell  us  the  type  of  brackets  desired.  We  furnish  wooden  dowels  to  make 
perfect  joints  between  lengths  of  track.  If  there  is  any  variation,  give  measurements  at  both  ends  and  center 
of  shelving. 


In  ordering  base  shelf  ladders,  follow  the  same  suggestions  in  regard  to  location  of  track,  but  arrange  to 
space  the  track  brackets  not  farther  than  three  feet  apart.  With  this  track  the  brackets  are  regularly  furnished 
for  two-foot  spacing.  This  track,  like  the  side  ladder  track,  can  be  furnished  in  any  lengths  up  to  ten  feet. 


To  avoid  delays  in  filling  orders  be  careful  to  follow  instructions  and  give  all  necessary  measurements. 

194 


ROLLING  LADDERS 

Nos.  80  and  85 


No.  80  Ladder 


No.  80  Straight  Ladder 

This  is  our  most  popular  style — one  that  we  recommend 
particularly  wherever  shelving  will  permit.  It  occupies  less 
floor  space  than  any  other,  and,  furthermore,  throws  practically 
all  the  weight  on  the  floor  instead  of  on  the  shelving  or  ceiling. 
It  operates  without  track  on  the  floor. 

If  desired,  this  ladder  can  be  equipped  with  special  upper 
fixtures  suitable  for  turning  corners  on  curved  track,  but  we 
recommend  for  the  most  satisfactory  service  that  ladders  oper¬ 
ate  on  straight  runs. 

The  top  fixture  is  self-adjusting,  with  a  perfect  bearing  on 
the  track,  allowing  the  ladder  to  roll  easily  whether  perpen¬ 
dicular  or  at  an  angle,  to  pass  over  uneven  places  in  the  floor, 
and  to  be  placed  close  to  the  shelving  when  not  in  use,  taking 
up  practically  no  floor  space.  The  two  large  floor  wheels  are 
rubber  tired,  making  the  ladder  perfectly  noiseless  and  easy 
running. 

See  page  194  for  instructions  in  ordering. 


No.  85  Bent  Ladder 

This  bent  side  ladder  is  intended  for  use  where  projection 
of  the  base  shelf  is  too  great  to  take  our  straight  side  ladder 
No.  80  satisfactorily;  but  wherever  height  from  base  shelf  or 
counter  ledge  to  track  is  six  feet  or  more,  and  projection  of  base 
shelf  is  not  over  sixteen  inches,  the  straight  side  ladder  is*  gen¬ 
erally  preferable,  tor  it  is  easier  to  ascend  and  descend,  and 
occupies  very  little  more  floor  space. 

We  suggest  that  the  track  be  attached  to  the  shelving 
about  three  feet  below  the  highest  point  at  which  goods  are 
stored,  that  the  track  be  run  level  with  one  line  of  shelves, 
and  that  track  brackets  be  spaced  not  more  than  three  feet  apart. 

There  should  be  about  twelve  inches  of  clear  space  above 
the  track,  which  headroom,  however,  may  be  reduced,  if  neces¬ 
sary,  to  about  seven  inches.  If  headroom  is  less  than  twelve 
inches,  mention  same. 

Track  for  either  No.  80  or  85  Ladders  is  regularly  fur¬ 
nished  in  four,  six,  eight  and  ten-foot  lengths-  We  can  furnish 
in  any  lengths  up  to  ten  feet  to  insure  having  the  joints  at  con¬ 
venient  places  for  attaching  the  track  brackets. 

See  Dage  194  for  instructions  in  ordering. 


No.  85  Ladder 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

80 

Oak  Straight  Side  Ladder,  complete  with  fix- 
tures,  each  . 

4J4  lbs.  ft. 

$50.00 

85 

Oak  Bent  Side  Ladder,  complete  with  fixtures, 
each  . 

4}4  lbs.  ft. 

55.00 

86 

Oak  Straight  Side  Ladder,  complete  with  upper 
fixtures  for  operation  on  curved  track,  each 

5  hi  lbs.  ft. 

60.00 

1-L 

If  distance  from  floor  to  center  of  track  ex¬ 
ceeds  10  feet,  add  $3.00  to  list  price  per  foot 
to  the  price  of  the  ladder  for  each  additional 
foot  or  fractional  part. 

Round  Steel  Track  for  straight  or  bent  side 
ladders,  complete  with  brackets,  per  foot.  . 

a 

.30 

82 

If  curved  track  is  desired,  allowing  the  lad¬ 
der  to  run  along  two  sections  of  shelving  at 
right  angles  to  each  other,  add  to  the  price 
of  the  track  an  extra  charge  of  $4.00  for  such 
curving. 

Upper  Fixtures  for  straight  or  bent  side  lad- 
ders,  per  set  . 

6 

12.50 

87 

Upper  Fixtures  for  straight  side  ladder  for 
operation  on  curved  track,  per  set  . 

15 

22.50 

83 

Lower  Fixtures  for  straight  or  bent  side  lad 
ders.  per  set  . 

7 

7.50 

84 

Rubber  Tires  for  floor  wheels,  per  pair  . 

14 

1.50 

In  ordering  tires,  mention  easting  number  of  wheels. 

Ladder  Track  Brackets  are  shown  on  page  197. 


No.  89 

Transferable  Self-Adjusting  Hook  Upper 
Ladder  Fixture 

Used  with  either  the  No.  80  or  No.  85 
Ladder. 

Per  Set — $10.00 


195 


A  \  1 ■*-  -  1^-t*  ou-^v^  rs 


IXA.T'CVI  l^LvE-\  I  LvlTlTM  O I  l/"1,  XJ.  lX\  XV . 

i V0fi&i&??000!0000Zi00SZZ&%2Zi^ZZZZZzZ2ZZ^^ 


No.  90  Ladder 


ROLLING  LADDERS 

Nos.  90,  95  and  100 
No.  90  Shelf  Ladder 

This  style,  intended  particularly  for  special 
conditions  which  require  that  the  ladder  operate 
independently  of  both  floor  and  ceiling,  is  made 
with  extra  strong  fixtures,  and  since  all  the 
weight  is  carried  by  the  track,  we  supply  a 
larger  track  with  heavier  brackets  than  that 
used  with  our  other  ladders. 

Wheels  on  both  upper  and  lower  fixtures  are 
steel  cased  with  hard  fibre  tread,  noiseless  in 
operation,  and  so  applied  as  to  run  freely  with 
the  minimum  of  friction.  The  lower  wheels  of 
the  upper  fixtures  prevent  derailing  or  binding. 

See  page  194  for  instructions  in  ordering. 

No.  95  Ceiling  Ladder 

For  use  with  unusually  high  shelving  where 
side  ladders  will  not  meet  the  requirements. 

The  self-adjusting  upper  fixtures  are  made 
carefully  of  malleable  iron  and  provided  with 
four  steel-cased  wheels  with  hard  fibre  tread,  an 
equipment  which  operates  easily,  noiselessly, 
and  cannot  jump  the  track.  The  floor  wheels 
also  have  a  durable  fibre  tread. 

The  double  track  is  applied  with  ceiling 
brackets  which,  like  those  with  our  other  tracks, 
may  be  spaced  as  desired.  The  brackets  are 
regularly  furnished  for  two-foot  spacing. 

See  page  194  for  instructions  in  ordering. 


No.  95  Ladder 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

Price 

90 

Oak  Base  Shelf  Ladder,  complete 

95 

Oak  Overhead  Ladder,  complete 

4 

$50.00 

$50.00 

If  distance  from  floor  to  center 

per  ft. 

If  distance  from  floor  to  ceiling 

per  ft. 

of  track  exceeds  10  feet,  add 

exceeds  12  feet,  add  $3.00  to  list 

$3.00  to  list  price  per  foot  to  the 

price  per  foot  to  the  price  of  the 

price  of  the  ladder  for  each  ad- 

ladder  for  each  additional  foot  or 

ditional  foot  or  fractional  part. 

fractional  part. 

2-L 

Round  Steel  Track,  for  base  shelf 

1 1-L 

Round  Steel  Track  for  overhead 

ladder,  complete  with  Brackets, 

ladder,  complete  with  brackets. 

m 

.40 

m 

.60 

92 

Upper  Fixtures  for  base  shelf  lad- 

97 

Upper  Fixtures  for  overhead  Lad- 

554 

10.00 

6Vi 

10.00 

93 

Lower  Fixtures  for  base  shelf  lad- 

98 

Lower  Fixtures  for  overhead  Lad- 

der.  per  set  . 

3 

5.00 

der,  per  set  . 

3  54 

5.00 

Round  Track  Brackets  illustrated  on  page  197 


No.  100  Ladder  is  the  same  style  as  No.  95  but  designed  for  use  with  Trolley  Track. 


No.  100  Ceiling  Ladder 


Built  to  operate  the  same  as  our  No.  95  Ceiling  Ladder,  but  uses  the  standard  size  Trolley  Track  No.  60-X  and  regular  type 
ceiling  brackets  shown  on  page  118. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight  Price 

Lbs. 

No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Weight 

Lbs. 

60-CQ 

Center  Overhead  Cross  Ear 

100 

Oak  Overhead  Ladder,  complete 

4 

Brackets,  each  . 

\y2 . 

with  Trolley  Track  fixtures,  each 

per  ft.  $50.00 

60-EO 

End  Overhead  Cross  Ear  Brackets 

i  IT  •  '  ||  1  H' 

each  . 

l  Vi 

If  distance  from  floor  to  ceiling 

60-CQ 

Center  Overhead  Parallel  Ear 

exceeds  12  feet,  add  $3  00  per 

Brackets,  each  . 

'  V 

foot  to  the  price  of  the  ladder 

60-EQ 

End  Overhead  Parallel  Ear 

for  each  additional  foot  or  frac- 

Brackets,  each  . 

1  Vi 

tional  part. 

99 

Upper  Trolley  Track  Fixtures  for 

overhead  ladder,  per  set  . 

'54 

60-X 

Trolley  Track  for  overhead  ladder. 

98 

Cower  Trolley  Track  Fixtures  for 

without  brackets,  per  foot  . 

1 54  .32 

overhead  ladder,  per  set  . 

Trolley  Track  Brackets  illustrated  on  page  118 


Price 

$  .30 

.30 
.30 
.30 
10  00 
S.00 


196 


1-LCF 

I- LEF 
J-LCFH 

1-LEFH 

l-LCH 

1-LEH 

1-LCT 

1- LET 

2- LC 
2-LE 

2-LCF 
2-LEF 
2-LCF  H 

2-LEF  H 

2-LCH 

2-LEH 

2-LCO 

2-LEO 

2-LCT 

2-LET 

II- LC 
1I-LE 


Center  Upright  Bracket  for  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track  . - . Each 

End  Upright  Bracket  for  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Center  Shelf  Front  Bracket  for  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

End  Shelf  Front  Bracket  for  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Center  Shelf  Front  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  89  Ladder  Fixture  and  to  be  used  with  No.  1-L  Ladder 

Track  . . . Each 

End  Shelf  Front  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  89  Ladder  Fixture  and  to  be  used  with  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track. .  Each 
Center  Shelf  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  89  Ladder  Fixture  and  to  be  used  with  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track..  Each 

End  Shelf  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  89  Ladder  Fixture  and  to  be  used  with  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track . Each 

Center  Shelf  Top  Bracket  for  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

End  Shelf  Top  Bracket  for  No.  1-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Center  Upright  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

End  Upright  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Center  Shelf  Front  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each  ' 

End  Shelf  Front  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Center  Shelf  Front  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  89  Ladder  Fixture  and  to  be  used  with  No.  2-L  Ladder 

Track  . . . . Each 

End  Shelf  Front  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  89  Ladder  Fixture  and  to  be  used  with  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track. .  Each 

Center  Shelf  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

End  Shelf  Hook  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . . Each 

Long  Center  Shelf  Top  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Long  End  Shelf  Top  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . . Each 

Short  Center  Shelf  Top  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Short  End  Shelf  Top  Bracket  for  No.  2-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

Center  Overhead  Bracket  for  No.  11-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 

End  Overhead  Bracket  for  No.  11-L  Ladder  Track  . Each 


.35 


.30 

.30 


.40 


.60 

1.20 


Standard  finish,  black  iapanned.  .  . .  .  —  ...  .  ,  ,  .  ,  .  „  . 

NOTE _ Price  of  11-LE  includes  the  11-LC  and  11-LE  illustrated  combined  into  one  fitting  or  bracket. 

197 


FIRE  DOOR  AND  SHUTTER  HARDWARE 


Allith  Sliding  and  Swinging  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  regularly  inspected  and  labeled  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  Inc.,  under  the  direction  of  the  National  Board 
of  Fire  Underwriters. 

Our  fire  door  and  shutter  equipment  throughout  is  simple  of  construction,  easy  and  econom¬ 
ical  to  apply,  showing  the  highest  degree  of  efficiency,  strength  and  durability,  and  is  altogether 
the  most  satisfactory  hardware  made. 

With  a  knowledge  of  your  requirements  we  shall  be  glad  to  make  recommendations  and  will 
guarantee  the  acceptance  of  our  hardware  by  any  inspection  authorities. 

Horizontally  sliding  fire  doors,  inclined  track  rather  than  level  track,  are  preferable  to  either 
vertical  or  swinging  fire  doors,  for  they  occupy  practically  no  room,  and  the  openings  for  their 
successful  operation  are  easily  kept  clear  and  free  from  obstruction. 


This  tin  clad  fire  door,  hung  with  Allith  Round  Track  Fire  Door  Hangers,  was  subjected 
to  2,000  degrees  of  heat  for  two  hours  and  fifteen  minutes.  At  the  end  of  this  time  a  stream  of 
water  under  fire  pressure  was  turned  on  the  door.  Note  the  perfect  condition  of  the  hangers  and 
track  even  after  this  severe  test.  Conclusive  evidence  that  Allith  Round  Track  Hangers,  as 
trade-marked,  are  “Always  on  the  Track.” 

Be  sure  to  get  our  Complete  Fire  Door  Hardware  Catalog. 


198 


/(Ufl'li-'lDf  ouiy"  ('o 


DANV1L-L.E,  ILCINOIi/’,  U.  tJ\  A. . 


LENGTHS  AND  QUANTITY  OF  WALL  BOLTS  RE¬ 
QUIRED  FOR  HORIZONTALLY  SLIDING  AND 
VERTICAL  FIRE  DOOR  HARDWARE 


All  Bolts  Are  3/4-Inch  Diameter  Machine  Bolts 

Allith  “Labeled”  Sliding-  and  Swinging  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  regularly  inspected  and  labeled 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Underwriters’  Laboratories,  Inc.,  under  direction  of  the  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

Note:  Unless  otherwise  specified,  Hangers,  track  brackets  and  fixtures  will  be  furnished  for  3-Ply  (2%") 
door. 


Quantity  of  Center  Brackets  Required  For 


SINGLE  DOORS 


Openings  . 3'9"  and  under  3 

Openings  . . 3 '9"  to  4'0"  4 

Openings  . 4'0"  to  6'0"  5 

Openings  . 6'0"  to  6 '3"  7 

Openings  . 6 '3"  to  8'0"  8 

Openings  . 8'0"  to  lO'O"  10 


STYLE  NO.  1700 


Openings  . 

. .  3 ' 9" 

an 

1  under 

4 

Openings  .  . . 

.  .3 '9'' 

to 

4'0" 

4 

Openings  . 

. 4'0" 

to 

6'0" 

6 

Openings  . 

. 6'0" 

to 

6 '3" 

6 

Openings  . 

. 6'3" 

to 

8'0" 

8 

Openings  . 

. 8'0" 

to 

lO'O" 

10 

Quantity  of  Wall  Bolts  Required  For 


?  Number  of  3C  and  9 C  Brackets  vary  with  different  width  openings.  See  table  above. 


NO.  500 

NO.  700 

NO.  600 

NO.  800 

NO.  900 

NO.  1700 

?  No.  3C 

?  No.  3C 

?  No  3C 

?  No.  3C 

?  No.  3C 

?  No.  3C 

(See  Above) 

(See  Above) 

(See  Above) 

(See  Above) 

(See  Above) 

(See  Above) 

1  No  340 

1  No.  340 

1  No.  340 

1  No.  348 

2  No.  349* 

1  No.  331 

2  No.  307* 

2  No.  307* 

2  No.  307* 

2  Nc.  307* 

2  No.  307* 

2  No.  364 

1  No.  364 

1  No  364 

1  No.  364 

1  No.  364 

1  No.  364 

2  No.  347 

1  No.  345 

1  No.  347 

1  No.  347 

1  No.  364 

1  No.  326 

*It  is  necessary 

to  fasten  Binder  No.  307  and  Fixture  No.  349  with 

two  bolts,  length  of  second  one  is: 

W  plus  2%",  i.  e.,  3" 

for  doors  one  si 

ide  of  wall. 

W  plus  2"  for  doors  both  sides  of 

:  wall. 

Lengths  of  Wall  Bolts  Required  According  to  Thickness  of  Wall 

(“W” 

is  equal  to  the  thickness  of  wall  in  inches) 

Doors  One  Side  of  Wall 

Doors  Both  Sides  of  Wall 

W 

plus 

1M" 

i. 

e. 

2" 

Nos.  3  C 

or  3C2  Center  brackets 

W 

plus 

1)4" 

i. 

e. 

2 

W 

plus 

3%" 

i. 

e. 

4" 

No.  340 

Combined  front  bumper 

W 

plus 

5)4" 

i. 

e. 

6 

W 

plus 

mH 

i. 

e. 

4" 

No.  307 

Front  Binder* 

W 

plus 

5)4" 

i. 

e. 

6 

W 

plus 

1" 

No.  364 

Stay  roller 

W 

minus  1' 

W 

plus 

2)4" 

i. 

e. 

3" 

No.  345 

Combined  rear  bumper 

W 

plus 

2)4" 

i. 

e. 

3 

W 

plus 

2H" 

i. 

e. 

3" 

No.  347 

Combined  rear  bumper 

W 

plus 

2)4" 

i. 

e. 

3 

W 

plus 

3%" 

i. 

e. 

4" 

No.  348 

Combined  front  bumper 

W 

plus 

5)4" 

i. 

e. 

6 

W 

plus 

3%" 

i. 

e. 

4" 

No.  349 

Combined  end  track  fixture 

W 

plus 

5/2" 

i. 

e. 

6 

W 

plus 

73/T 

i. 

e. 

8" 

No.  326 

Cord  pulley 

W 

plus 

123/8" 

i. 

e. 

13 

W 

plus 

2" 

No.  9C 

Center  bracket 

W 

plus 

154" 

i. 

e. 

2 

W 

plus 

m” 

i. 

e. 

5" 

No.  3E 

End  bracket  for  2)4"  door 

W 

plus 

6%" 

i. 

e. 

7 

W 

plus 

43/T 

i. 

e. 

5" 

No.  3E2 

End  bracket  for  2"  door 

W 

plus 

6" 

W 

plus 

6)4" 

i. 

e. 

7" 

No.  2VC 

Center  bracket 

W 

plus 

974" 

i. 

e. 

10 

W 

plus 

6)4" 

i. 

e. 

7" 

No.  2VE 

End  bracket 

w 

plus 

10" 

W 

plus 

6)4" 

i. 

e. 

7" 

No.  357 

Wire  rope  pulley 

W 

plus 

105/s" 

i. 

e. 

11 

W 

plus 

174" 

i. 

e. 

2" 

No.  329 

Rear  bumper 

w 

plus 

1)4" 

i. 

e. 

2 

W 

plus 

5)4" 

i. 

e. 

6" 

No.  331 

Combined  center  binder  • 

w 

plus 

8" 

199 


u  .^r.A. 


SINGLE  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

Made  for  TWO  Thicknesses  of  Doors 
Three  Ply  (2s/8")  or  Two  Ply  ( 1% ") 


No.  500  Hardware  for  Inclined  Track  Automatic  Closing  Device 
INSPECTED  AND  LABELED  BY  UNDERWRITERS  LABORATORIES 
Unless  Otherwise  Specified,  Hangers,  Track  Brackets  and  Fixtures  Will  Be  Sent  for  Three  Ply  (254")  Doors 

No.  500  style  Hardware,  illustrated  above,  incorporates  a  method  of  using  two  fuse  links.  One  fuse  link 
is  placed  along  the  wall  near  the  ceiling  while  the  other  one  projects  into  the  opening.  The  melting  of  either 
fuse  link  completely  releases  the  door  and  causes  it  to  slide  shut. 

Prices  given  in  the  following  listing  includes  all  Hardware,  Hangers,  Track,  Weights,  etc.,  and  the  Bolts 

and  Screws  needed  for  attaching  the  parts  to  the  Doors.  Wall  Bolts  are  not  included  but  will  be  furnished,  at 

an  extra  charge  based  upon  the  prevailing  market  price,  when  specified. 

We  do  not  manufacture  the  Doors  but  will  be  glad  to  obtain  quotations  on  them  for  you  when  desired. 

Sliding  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  according  to  the  width  of  the  opening,  not  the  width  of  the  Door. 

When  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  wanted  for  Metal  Doors — indicate  this  by  using  the  letter  M  after  the  number 
and  mention  whose  make  of  door  is  to  be  used  so  we  may  furnish  the  proper  fixtures. 

Price  of  Hardware  is  the  same  for  either  the  Tin  Clad  Door  or  the  Metal  Door.  But  be  sure  to  specify 

which  kind  is  wanted. 


Width  of 
Opening: 

No.  500  FOR  TIN  CLAD 
No.  500-M  FOR  METAL 

DOORS 

DOORS 

Width  of 
Opening 

No.  500  FOR  TIN  CLAD 
No.  500-M  FOR  METAL 

DOORS 

DOORS 

2lA  feet 

525 

or  525-M  . 

. $35.85 

6lA  feet 

565 

or  565-M  . 

. $44.65 

3  feet 

530 

or  530-M  . 

.  36.45 

7  feet 

570 

or  570-M  . 

.  45.25 

3:A  feet 

535 

or  535-M  . 

.  37.05 

7  Vz  feet 

575 

or  575-M  . 

.  45.85 

4  feet 

540 

or  540-M  . 

.  37.65 

8  feet 

580 

or  580-M  . 

. 46.45 

4! /*  feet 

545 

or  545-M  . 

.  38.25 

S'A  feet 

585 

or  585-M  . 

.  47.05 

5  feet 

550 

or  5S0-M  . 

.  38.85 

9  feet 

590 

or  590-M  . 

.  47.65 

S’A  feet 

555 

or  55S-M  . 

.  39.45 

9'A  feet 

595 

or  595-M  . 

.  48.25 

6  feet 

560 

or  560-M  . 

.  40.05 

10  feet 

510 

or  510-M  . 

.  48.85 

200 


SINGLE  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

Made  for  TWO  Thicknesses  of  Doors 
Three  Ply  (2 */8")  or  Two  Ply  (134") 


No.  700  Hardware  for  Inclined  Track  Automatic  Closing  Device 
INSPECTED  AND  LABELED  BY  UNDERWRITERS  LABORATORIES 

Unless  Otherwise  Specified,  Hangers,  Track  Brackets  and  Fixtures  Will  Be  Sent  for  Three  Ply  (2§4”)  Doors 

No.  700  style  Hardware,  illustrated  above,  is  the  single  fuse  link  type  that  has  the  greatest  demand  owing 
to  its  simplicity  and  easy  application. 

Prices  given  in  the  following  listing  includes  all  Hardware,  Hangers,  Track,  Weights,  etc.,  and  the  Bolts 
and  Screws  needed  for  attaching  the  parts  to  the  Doors.  Wall  Bolts  are  not  included  but  will  be  furnished,  at 
an  extra  charge  based  upon  the  prevailing  market  price,  when  specified. 

We  do  not  manufacture  the  Doors  but  will  be  glad  to  obtain  quotations  on  them  for  you  when  desired. 
Sliding  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  according  to  the  width  of  the  opening,  not  the  width  of  the  Door. 
When  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  wanted  for  Metal  Doors — indicate  this  by  using  the  letter  M  after  the  number 
and  mention  whose  make  of  door  is  to  be  used  so  we  may  furnish  the  proper  fixtures. 

Price  of  Hardware  is  the  same  for  either  the  Tin  Clad  Door  or  the  Metal  Door.  But  be  sure  to  specify 
which  kind  is  wanted. 


Width  of 
Opening 

2  A  feet 

3  feet 
3 A  feet 

4  feet 
4JA  feet 

5  feet 
5&  feet 

6  feet 


NO.  700  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS  I1  Width  of 
NO.  700M  FOR  METAL  DOORS  Opening 


725  or  725M  . $33.60  ;  feet 

730  or  730M  .  34.20  |  7  feet 

735  or  735M  .  34.80  ]  7 A  feet 

740  or  740M  .  35.40  8  feet 

745  or  745M  .  36.00  8 A  feet 

750  or  750M  .  36.60  9  feet 

755  or  755M  .  37.20  9!4  feet 

760  or  760M  .  37.80 _ 1 0  feet 


NO.  700  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS' 
NO.  700M  FOR  METAL  DOORS 


765  or  765M 
770  or  770M 
775  or  77SM 
780  or  780M 
785  or  785M 
790  or  790M 
795  or  795M 
710  or  710M 


42.40 
43.00 

43.60 
44.20 
44.80 

45.40 
46.00 

46.60 


201 


AtUiU-tX-  only*  /om 

. "" 

DAKVI  X^XvE^,  I  I^L^ITM  O  I  l/\  XJ.iS'.JS. 


SINGLE  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

Made  for  TWO  Thicknesses  of  Doors 
Three  Ply  (254")  or  Two  Ply  (154") 


/Mo  405  Pulley. 


/Mo  645  Rear  E/yd 
Tsack  Fixture 


/No. 341  Wire  Pore 


/Mo.  304  Fuse  Link. 

03— 


/No.  640  F  Ront 
E/yd  Fixture. 


/No.374 Weight  Rod 
/Mo  3  84  Weight. 


304  Fuse 

/Mo.303  Li/M K 
Bracket. 

/Mo. 305  a/yo306 
Pulls. 


Alo  307  Binder. 

/ 


Stay  Roller 

/Mo  603  Ha/ygeR.  ^  r.  r- 

—  Single  Sliding  Elevation. 

Type  Alo.  F-5QO. 

No.  500-F  Flat  Track  Hardware 
Inclined  Track  Automatic  Closing  Device 

INSPECTED  AND  LABELED  BY  UNDERWRITERS  LABORATORIES 


Unless  Otherwise  Specified,  Hangers,  Track  Brackets  and  Fixtures  Will  Be  Sent  for  Three  Ply  (2f4")  Doors 

No.  500-F  style  Hardware,  illustrated  above,  incorporates  a  method  of  using  two  fuse  links.  One  fuse  link  is 
placed  along  the  wall  near  the  ceiling  while  the  other  one  projects  into  the  opening.  The  melting  of  either  fuse 
link  completely  releases  the  door  and  causes  it  to  slide  shut. 

Prices  given  in  the  following  listing  includes  all  Hardware,  Hangers,  Track,  Weights,  etc.,  and  the  Bolts  and 
Screws  needed  for  attaching  the  parts  to  the  Doors.  Wall  Bolts  are  not  included  but  will  be  furnished,  at  an 
extra  charge  based  upon  the  prevailing  market  price,  when  specified. 

We  do  not  manufacture  the  Doors  but  will  be  glad  to  obtain  quotations  on  them  for  you  when  desired. 

Sliding  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  according  to  the  width  of  the  opening,  not  the  width  of  the  Door. 

When  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  wanted  for  Metal  Doors — indicate  this  by  using  the  letter  M  after  the  number 
and  mention  whose  make  of  door  is  to  be  used  so  we  may  furnish  the  proper  fixtures. 

Price  of  Hardware  is  the  same  for  either  the  Tin  Clad  Door  or  the  Metal  Door.  But  be  sure  to-  spcify 
which  kind  is  wanted. 


Width  of  NO.  500-F  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS  Width  of  NO.  500-F  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS 

Opening  No.  500-FM  FOR  METAL  DOORS  Opening  No.  500-FM  FOR  METAL  DOORS 


254  feet  52S-F  or  525-FM  $35.10 

3  feet  530-F  or  530-FM  35.80 

354  feet  535-F  or  535-FM  36.50 

4  feet  540-F  or  540-FM  37.20 

454  feet  545-F  or  545-FM  37.90 

5  feet  5S0-F  or  550-FM  38.60 

554  feet  555-F  or  555-FM  39.30 

6  feet  560-F  or  560-FM  40.00 


654  feet  565-F  or  565-FM  $44.55 

7  feet  570-F  or  570-FM  45.25 

754  feet  575-F  or  575-FM  45.95 

8  feet  580-F  or  580-FM  46.65 

854  feet  S85-F  or  S85-FM  47.35 

9  feet  ]  590-F  or  590-FM  .  48.05 

954  feet  595-F  or  595-FM  48.75 

10  feet  510-F  or  510-FM  49.45 


202 


Ao  647f?tAR  £/mo 
Track  Fixture.- 


/Mo374Weiqht  Roo- 
/No3  84  Weight.- 


SINGLE  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

Made  for  TWO  Thicknesses  of  Doors 
Three  Ply  (25/6")  or  Two  Ply  (!%") 


Bolts 


/Vofe-  Pilch  of  frach  J/q  to  /-o". 


/No.  640Fro/nt 
£/md  Fixture. 


Alo  603  Hamper. 


«304  Fuse 
to 303  Li/nk 
Bracket. 


/No305a/'*d306 
Polls. 


Alo.307  Binder. 


Si/nree  Seio>/sg  Elevation. 
Type  AJq.  F-7Q0. 


No.  700-F  Flat  Track  Hardware 
Inclined  Track  Automatic  Closing  Device 

INSPECTED  AND  LABELED  BY  UNDERWRITERS  LABORATORIES 
Unless  Otherwise  Specified,  Hangers,  Track  Brackets  and  Fixtures  Will  Be  Sent  for  Three  Ply  (254")  Doors 

No.  700-F  style  Hardware,  illustrated  above,  is  the  single  fuse  link  type  that  has  the  greatest  demand  owing 
to  its  simplicity  and  easy  application. 

Prices  given  in  the  following  listing  includes  all  Hardware,  Hangers,  Track,  Weights,  etc.,  and  the  Bolts 
and  Screws  needed  for  attaching  the  parts  to  the  Doors.  Wall  Bolts  are  not  included  but  will  be  furnished,  at 
an  extra  charge  based  upon  the  prevailing  market  price,  when  specified. 

We  do  not  manufacture  the  Doors  but  will  be  glad  to  obtain  quotations  on  them  for  you  when  desired. 

Sliding  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  according  to  the  width  of  the  opening,  not  the  width  of  the  Door. 

When  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  wanted  for  Metal  Doors — indicate  this  by  using  the  letter  M  after  the  num¬ 
ber  and  mention  whose  make  of  door  is  to  be  used  so  we  may  furnish  tne  proper  fixtures. 

Price  of  Hardware  is  the  same  for  either  the  Tin  Clad  Door  or  the  Metal  Door.  But  be  sure  to  specify 
which  kind  is  wanted. 


Width  of  NO.  700-F  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS 


Opening 

NO.  700-FM  FOR 

METAL  DOORS 

2/3 

feet 

725-F 

or 

725-FM  ... 

. $32.85 

3 

feet 

730-F 

or 

730-FM  . . . 

.  33.55 

3/ 

feet 

735-F 

or 

735-FM  ... 

.  34.25 

4 

feet 

740-F 

or 

740-FM  .  . . 

.  34.95 

4/ 

feet 

745-F 

or 

745-FM  .  .  . 

.  35.65 

5 

feet 

750-F 

or 

750-FM  ... 

.  36.35 

5  54 

feet 

755-F 

or 

755-FM  .  .  . 

.  37.05 

6 

feet 

760-F 

or 

760-FM  . . . 

.  37.75 

Width  of  NO.  700-F  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS 

Opening  NO.  700-FM  FOR  METAL  DOORS 


6/  feet  765-F  or  765-FM  $42.30 

7  feet  770-F  or  770-FM  43.00 

7/  feet  775-F  or  775-FM  43.70 

8  feet  780-F  or  780-FM  44.40 

8/  feet  7SS-F  or  7S5-FM  45.10 

9  feet  790-F  or  790-FM  45.80 

9/  feet  795-F  or  795-FM  46.50 

10  feet  i  710-F  or  710-FM  .  47.20 


203 


DOUBLE  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 


Made  for  TWO  Thicknesses  of  Doors 
Three  Ply  ( 2ya ")  or  Two  Ply  (134") 


No.  1700  Hardware  for  Inclined  Track  Automatic  Closing  Device 
Unless  Otherwise  Specified,  Hangers,  Track  Brackets  and  Fixtures  Will  Be  Sent  for  Three  Ply  (2f^")  Doors 

For  doors  in  pairs  where  conditions  do  not  permit  using  a  large  single  sliding  door. 

No.  1700  style  Hardware,  illustrated  above,  is  the  same  in  design  and  use  as  our  No.  700  type  shown  on  page  199  but  arranged 
for  a  double  door  opening. 

No.  1500  style  Hardware,  not  illustrated,  compares  to  the  single  door  type  No.  500,  but  arranged  for  a  double  door  opening. 

Prices  given  in  the  following  listing  includes  all  Hardware,  Hangers,  Track,  Weights,  etc.,  and  the  Bolts  and  Screws  needed  for 
attaching  the  parts  to  the  Doors.  Wall  Bolts  are  not  included  but  will  be  furnished,  at  an  extra  charge  based  upon  the  prevailing 
market  price,  when  specified. 

We  do  not  manufacture  the  Doors  but  will  be  glad  to  obtain  quotations  on  them  for  you  when  desired. 

Sliding  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  according  to  the  Width  of  the  Opening,  not  the  width  of  the  Door. 

When  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  wanted  for  Metal  Doors — indicate  this  by  using  the  letter  M  after  the  number  and  mention  whose 
make  of  door  is  to  be  used  so  we  may  furnish  the  proper  Fixtures. 

Prices  of  Hardware  is  the  same  for  either  the  Tin  Clad  Door  or  the  Metal  Door,  but  be  sure  to  specify  which  kind  is  wanted. 


Width  of 

NO.  1500  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS 

NO.  1700  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS 

Opening 

NO.  1500M  FOR  METAL  DOORS 

NO.  1700M  FOR  METAL  DOORS 

5  feet 

1550 

or 

1550M  . 

$76.70 

1750 

or 

1750M  . 

$72.20 

S'A  feet 

1555 

or 

1555M  . 

76.70 

1755 

or 

1755M  . 

72.20 

6  feet 

1560 

or 

1560M  . 

77.90 

1760 

or 

1760M  . 

73.40 

6'A  feet 

1565 

or 

1565M  . 

77.90 

1765 

or 

1765M  . 

73.40 

7  feet 

1570 

or 

1570M  . 

79.10 

1770 

or 

1770M  . 

74.60 

7  A  feet 

1575 

or 

1575M  . 

79.10 

•  1775 

or 

1775M  . 

74.60 

8  feet 

1580 

or 

15S0M  . 

80.30 

1780 

or 

1 780  M  . 

75.80 

8TA  feet 

1585 

or 

1585M  . 

80.30 

1785 

or 

1785M  . . 

75.80 

9  feet 

1590 

or 

1590M  . 

81.50 

1790 

or 

1790M  . 

77.00 

9’A  feet 

1595 

or 

1595M  . 

81.50 

1795 

or 

1795M  . 

77.00 

10  feet 

1510 

or 

1510M  . 

82.70 

1710 

or 

1710M  . 

78.20 

204 


DOUBLE  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 


Made  for  TWO  Thicknesses  of  Doors 
Three  Ply  (2$4")  or  Two  Ply  (13/4") 


No.  1700-F  Hardware  for  Inlined  Track  Automatic  Closing  Device 
Unless  Otherwise  Specified,  Hangers,  Track  Brackets  and  Fixtures  Will  Be  Sent  for  Three  Ply  (2^s")  Doors 

For  doors  in  pairs  where  conditions  do  not  permit  using  a  large  single  sliding  door. 

No.  1700-F  style  Hardware,  illustrated  above,  is  the  same  in  design  and  use  as  our  No.  700-F  type  but  is 
arranged  for  a  double  door  opening. 

No.  1500-F  style  Hardware,  not  illustrated,  compares  to  the  single  door  type  No.  500-F  but  arranged  for  a 
double  door  opening. 

Prices  given  in  the  following  listing  include  all  Hardware,  Hangers,  Track,  Weights,  etc.,  and  the  Bolts  and 
Screws  needed  for  attaching  the  parts  to  the  Doors.  Wall  Bolts  are  not  included  but  will  be  furnished,  at  an 
extra  charge  based  upon  the  prevailing  market  price,  when  specified. 

We  do  not  manufacture  the  Doors  but  will  be  glad  to  obtain  quotations  on  them  for  you  when  desired. 

Sliding  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  according  to  the  width  of  the  opening,  not  the  width  of  the  Door. 

When  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  wanted  for  Metal  Doors — indicate  this  by  using  the  letter  M  after  the  number 
and  mention  whose  make  of  door  is  to  be  used  so  we  may  furnish  the  proper  Fixtures. 

Prices  of  Hardware  is  the  same  for  either  the  Tin  Clad  Door  or  the  Metal  Door,  but  be  sure  to  specify 
which  kind  is  wanted. 


Width  of 
Opening 


5  feet 
5j4  feet 

6  feet 
654  feet 

7  feet 

7  !4  feet 

8  feet 

8  54  feet 

9  feet 
9  !4  feet 

10  feet 


NO.  1500  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS  I  No.  1700  FOR  TIN  CLAD  DOORS 

NO.  1500M  FOR  METAL  DOORS  |  NO.  1700M  FOR  METAL  DOORS 


1550-F  or  1550-FM  . $73.80 

1555-F  or  1555-FM  .  75.20 

1560-F  or  1560-FM  .  75.20 

1565-F  or  1565-FM  .  76.60 

1570-F  or  1570-FM  .  76.60 

1575-F  or  1575-FM  .  78.00 

1580-F  or  1580-FM  .  78.00 

1585-F  or  1585-FM  .  79.40 

1590-F  or  1595-FM  .  79.40 

1595-F  or  1595-FM  .  80.80 

1510-F  or  1510-FM  .  80.80 


1750-F  or  1750-FM  . $69.30 

1755-F  or  1755-FM  .  70.70 

1760-F  or  1760-FM  .  70.70 

1765-F  or  1765-FM  .  72.10 

177'0-F  or  1770-FM  .  72.10 

1775-F  or  1775-FM  .  73.50 

1780-F  or  1780-FM  .  73.50 

1785-F  or  1785-FM  .  74.90 

1790-F  or  1790-FM  .  74.90 

1795-F  or  1795-FM  .  76.30 

1710-F  or  1710-FM  .  76.30 


205 


SINGLE  SWINING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

Overlap  Three  Ply  (254") 

Overlap  Two  Ply  (154”) 

Flush  Doors 


INSPECTED  AND  LABELED  BY  UNDERWRITERS  LABORATORIES 

The  automatic  closing  device  is  located  on  the  wall  above  the  opening  with  one  of  the  two  fuse  links  extend¬ 
ing  to  the  ceiling.  When  used  with  doors  on  both  sides  of  wall  the  fuse  chain  is  extended  through  the  wall  so 
that  the  melting  of  any  link  closes  both  doors. 

Swing  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  on  the  WIDTH  and  HEIGHT  of  the  Door  and  not  the  opening. 

All  Hardware  for  a  Swinging  Fire  Door  installation  except  wall  bolts  is  included  in  the  price  of  the  set. 

Although  the  following  list  is  incomplete,  for  the  number  of  latch  bars  and  binges  varies  with  the  door  sizes, 
it  nevertheless  covers  the  three  sets  generally  used: 

DOOR  SIZE 


Width 

Height 

Set  Number 

Set  Number 

Price 

Under 

Under 

Flush  Doors 

Overlap  Doors 

Per  Set 

3'11" 

6'  .1" 

472 

472-R 

$32.00 

4' 11" 

8'  3" 

473 

473-R 

41.00 

6'  0" 

10'  3" 

474 

474-R 

50.00 

206 


DOUBLE  SWINGING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

Overlap  Three  Ply  (2$4") 

Overlap  Two  Ply  (1%") 

Flush  Doors 


INSPECTED  AND  LABELED  BY  UNDERWRITERS  LABORATORIES 


Double  Swinging  Fire  Door  Hardware  properly  equips  an  opening  fitted  with  two  doors  on  the  same  side  of 
the  wall,  and  the  action  is  the  same  as  for  a  Single  Door. 

The  automatic  device  that  causes  the  door  without  the  latch  to  close  first  so  that  the  keepers  will  be  in  posi¬ 
tion  at  the  time  the  latch  snaps  against  them.  The  melting  of  any  fuse  link  causes  both  doors  to  close  im¬ 
mediately. 

Double  Swing  Fire  Door  Hardware  is  figured  on  the  WIDTH  AND  HEIGHT  OF  EACH  DOOR  and  not 
according  to  the  size  of  the  opening. 

All  Hardware  for  a  Double  Swinging  Fire  Door  installation  except  wall  bolts  is  included  in  the  price  of  the 
set. 

The  following  list,  while  incomplete,  for  the  number  of  latch  bars  and  hinges  varies  with  the  door  sizes, 
nevertheless  covers  the  three  sets  generally  used. 


Sin  the  following  table  are  for  each  door  of  the  pair: 


DOOR  SIZE 
Width  Height 

Under  Under 


3 ' 1 1 "  6'  3" 

4'11"  8'  3" 

C  0"  10'  3'' 


Set  Number 
Flush  Doors 

477 

478 

479 


Set  Number  Price 

Overlap  Doors  Per  Set 

477- R  $61.00 

478- R  73.00 

479- R  87.00 


207 


VERTICAL  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 

HARDWARE 


AJo.326  CoRD  PULLE.T3. 


Vertical  I  -le_vatioa. 

USl/VC|  5lMCL6  Cou«TER«6KiHT5. 


m 

n 

j 

////A 

Yy%\ 

E  l  &v/vt  i  oai  of  Heavx  I7oor?s. 

VoORS)  CO/VTAI/NIAtq  MORE:  THAW  AOsq.  FT.— 

Jplx,  or?  55  39.ft.-2  plt,  require. 

POU3LE  C  o  UAT  E.R  W  E.  iq  HT5. 


Plaai  op  Overlap  Type. 
rmsn  Type:  Puraijhep  Also. 


No  Ac  —  Poller*  be  ar/n<js  o op 
used  at  all  important  points  to 
insure  ease  of  operation  and 
certainty  of  cfuict-i  action. 


l?OLLtr?  0E:Ar?IAq 
Wif?&  Rope  Pulley 
No-377. 


AIo  326  Cor?  v  Pulley. 
Grass  Bushiaqs 


Roller  BEARiwq  Vertical. 

Quipe  Alo  360.  aap 

No  2VC  Bracket, 


Typical  Installation  Details 
Furnished  in  both  Round  and  Flat  Track  Types 

208 


VERTICAL  SLIDING  FIRE  DOOR 
HARDWARE 

Round  Track  Fixtures  Use  No.  380 
Flat  Track  Fixtures  Use  No.  380-F 


In  the  following  table  will  be  found  a  list  of  parts  used  to  equip  an  opening  4'x7'.  This  is 
offered  as  an  example  to  be  followed,  with  the  proper  variations,  for  other  sized  openings. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Price 

30  feet 

2-V 

Track  2/10'  and  2/4'-4"  lengths  . 

(Track  is  figured  as  4  times  opening  height  plus  8  inches) 

$0.60 

$18.00 

4  only 

360 

Guides  . 

1.50 

6.00 

1  only 

362 

Wire  Rope  Attachment  . . 

1.50 

1.50 

15  feet 

381 

Wire  Rope  . . . 

(Wire  Rope  required  is  opening  height  plus  half  opening 
width  plus  6  feet) 

.30 

4.50 

4  only 

382 

Wire  Rope  Clamps  . 

.40 

1.60 

2  only 

377 

Wire  Rope  Pulleys  . . . 

8.00 

16.00 

2  only 

326 

Cord  Pulleys  . 

2.00 

4.00 

1  only 

361 

Link  Brackets  . 

.50 

.50 

2  only 

304 

Fuse  Link  with  “S”  Hooks  . 

.50 

1.00 

22  feet 

323 

Cord  . 

(Amount  required  is  twice  opening  height  plus  half  open¬ 
ing  width  plus  6  feet) 

.05 

1.10 

22  only 

383 

Wall  Bolt  Washers  . 

20 

4.40 

1  only 

305 

Raised  Pull  . 

.30 

.30 

1  only 

306 

Flush  Pull  . 

.50 

.50 

1  only 

374 

Weight  Holder  (for  4"  weights)  . 

.30 

.30 

1  only 

356 

Weight  Holder  (f°r  6"  weights)  . 

2.00 

2.00 

2  only 

375 

Half  Oval  Strips  . 

.75 

1.50 

2  only 

376 

Re-inforcing  Strips  . 

.75 

1.50 

28  Lbs. 

384 

Weights  (4"  Dia.)  %  the  weight  of  door  . 

.10 

2.80 

196  Lbs. 

386 

Weights  (6"  Dia.)  26  the  weight  of  door . 

.10 

19.60 

Estimated  weight  of  door  at  8  lbs.  per  square  foot.  Shipping  weight  435  pounds.  Total  $87.10 


HEAVY  DOORS 


Where  weight  of  doors  run  over  300  lbs.  the  double  counterbalance  type  should  be  figured. 
This  requires  parts  as  follows  for  a  door  measuring  6'x7'.  Other  sizes  to  be  figured,  with  proper 
variations,  to  conform. 


No. 

DESCRIPTION 

Price 

30  feet 

2-V 

Track  2/10'  and  2/4 '-4"  lengths  . . 

Track  is  figured  as  4  times  opening  height  plus  8  inches) 

$0.60 

$18.00 

4  only 

360 

Guides  . 

1.50 

6.00 

2  only 

362 

Wire  Rope  Attachment  . 

1.50 

3.00 

30  feet 

381 

Wire  Rope  . . 

(Each  wire  rope  required  is  figured  as  opening  height  plus 
one-quarter  opening  width  plus  6  feet) 

.30 

9.00 

8  only 

382 

Wire  Rope  Clamps  . 

.40 

3.20 

4  only 

377 

Wire  Rope  Pulleys  . . . 

8.00 

32.00 

2  only 

326 

Cord  Pulleys  . 

2.00 

4.00 

1  only 

361 

Link  Brackets  . 

-50 

.50 

2  only 

304 

Fuse  Link  with  “S”  Hooks  . 

.50 

1.00 

29  feet 

323 

Cord  . . . . . 

(Amount  required  is  twice  opening  height  plus  one-half 
opening  width  plus  12  feet) 

.05 

1.45 

28  only 

383 

Wall  Bolt  Washers  . 

.20 

5.60 

1  only 

305 

Raised  Pull  . 

.30 

.30 

1  only 

306 

Flush  Pull  . 

.50 

.50 

1  only 

374 

Weight  Holder  (for  4"  weights)  . 

.30 

.30 

2  only 

356 

Weight  Holder  (for  6"  weights)  . . 

2.00 

4.00 

2  only 

375 

Half  Oval  Strips  . 

.75 

1.50 

2  only 

376 

Re-inforcing  Strips  . 

.75 

1.50 

42  Lbs. 

384 

Weights  (4"  Dia.)  the  weight  of  door . 

.10 

4.20 

294  Lbs. 

386 

Weights  (6"  Dia.)  26  the  weight  of  door . 

.10 

29.40 

Estimated  weight  of  door  at  8  lbs.  per  square  foot.  Shipping  weight  600  pounds.  Total  $125.45 


209 


NUMERICAL  INDEX 


No. 

Page 

1 

Hanger  . 

. 79 

1 

Track  . 

.79-131 

1-L 

Track  . 

.  .. .195 

1-X 

Track  . 

. 79 

1 

Track  Brkts.. 

128-197 

2 

Hanger  . 

. 79 

2 

Track  . 

.79-131 

2-L 

Track  . 

. ...  196 

2-V 

Track  . 

.84-209 

2-X 

Track  . 

. 79 

2 

Track  Brkts.. 

128-197 

3 

Hanger  . 

. 80 

3 

Track  . 

. 80 

3-X 

Track  . 

. 80 

3 

Details  . 

. 82 

3 

Track  Brkts.. 

129-130 

4 

Hanger  . 

. 80 

4 

Details  . 

. 82 

5 

Hanger  . 

. . . .170 

5-D 

Set  . 

... .170 

5-S 

Set  . 

... .170 

6 

Hanger  . 

.. .9-80 

6 

Details  . 

7 

Track  . 

.80-131 

7-X 

Track  . 

. 80 

9 

Hanger  . 

. 85 

9 

T  rack  . 

. 85 

9-X 

T  rack  . 

. 85 

9-C 

Bracket  . 

. . .  .130 

9-E 

Bracket  . 

. ...  130 

1 1-L 

Track  . 

. ...  196 

11-LC 

Bracket  . 

....197 

11-LE 

Bracket  . 

....197 

11-Z 

Track  . 

. . . .183 

11-Z 

Special  . 

. . . .182 

11  zc 

Bracket  . 

....129 

11-ZE 

Bracket  . 

....129 

11-ZU 

Curves . 

. . . .183 

14 

Hanger  . 

. 78 

17 

Hanger  . 

..  .9-81 

17 

Details  . 

. 83 

18 

Hanger  . 

. 96 

22-P 

Track  . 

. . . .  109 

22-PC 

Bracket  . 

....129 

22-Z 

Track  . 

. . . .183 

22-Z 

Special  . 

. .. .182 

22-ZC 

Bracket  . 

. .. .129 

22-ZE 

Bracket . 

. . . .129 

22-ZU 

Curves  . 

. . . .183 

25 

Bolt  . 

. . . .139 

26 

Bolt  . 

. . . .139 

27 

Hanger  . 

. .  .9-81 

27 

Details  . 

. 83 

28-P 

Track  . 

. . . .107 

28-PX 

Track  . 

. ...  107 

28  PC 

Bracket  . 

. . . .130 

PE 

Bracket . 

....130 

30 

Latch  . 

. . . .136 

32 

Latch  . 

. . . .136 

33-P 

Track . 

. . . .109 

33-PC 

Bracket  . 

. . . .129 

33  PQ 

Bracket  . 

. . . .129 

33-Z 

Track  . 

.  ..  .183 

33-Z 

Special  . 

. . . .182 

33-ZC 

Bracket  . 

....129 

33-ZE 

Bracket  . 

. . . .129 

33-ZCO 

Bracket  . 

.. . . 130 

33-ZEQ 

Bracket  . 

33-ZU 

Curves . 

.  ...  183 

35-1 

Latch  . 

. . . .135 

2 

Latch  . 

.  . . .135 

36-P 

Track  . 

. ...  109 

37 

Latch  . 

. . . .136 

38 

Padlock  Eyes 

. . .135 

39 

Latch  . 

. . . .136 

39-X 

Latch  . 

. . . .136 

42-D 

Hanger  . 

.  .. .171 

42-S 

Hanger  . 

.  ...  171 

42 

Sets  . 

. ...  171 

43 

Guide . 

.. . .162 

44 

Guide . 

. . . .162 

45 

Guide . 

.. . .162 

46 

Door  Plate  . . 

. ...  174 

47 

Floor  Bar  .  . . 

. . . .174 

48 

Center  Ston  . 

. ...  170 

49 

Roller  Guide 

. .. .170 

50-1 

Pivot  . 

....163 

2 

Pivot  . 

. .. .163 

No.  Page 

53  Stay  Roller  . 145 

54  Stay  Roller  . 145 

55  Stay  Roller  . 145 

56  Stay  Roller  . 145 

57  Stay  Roller  .....145 

58  Stay  Roller  . 145 

59  Stay  Roller  . 145 

60  Hanger  . 89 

60  Truck  . 95 

60-H  Track  . 171 

60-X  Track  _ 65-133-163 

60  Series  Brackets  ....118-119 

060  Weatherstrip  ....111 

60-XU  Curves . 65 

61  Hanger  . 87 

63  Hanger  . 67 

64  Hanger  . 168 

65  Hanger  . 87 

66  Hanger  . 89 

66  Track  . 95 

67  Hanger  . 93 

67-X  Track  _ 65-133-163 

67-XU  Curves  . 65-179 

67  Series  Brackets  ....126-127 

S-67-C  Bracket  . 126 

E  Bracket  . 126 

067  Weatherstrip  ....113 

68  Hanger  . .9-93 

68  Track  . 95 

69  Hanger  . 165 

71  Hanger  . 91 

71-X  Track  _ 65-133-163 

71-XU  Curves . 65 

71  Series  Brackets  ....122-123 

071  Weatherstrip  ....111 

72  Hanger  . 91 

72  Truck  . 95 

73-P  Track  . 109 

74  Hanger  . 8-65-169 

75  Bolt  . 138 

76-P  Track  . 109 

77  Hanger  . 103 

79  Hanger  . 65-165 

80  Ladder  . 195 

82  Fixture  . 195 

83  Fixture  . 195 

84  Tires  . . 195 

85  Ladder  . 195 

86  Ladder  . 195 

87  Fixture  . 195 

89  Fixture  . 195 

90  Ladder  . 196 

92  Fixture  . 196 

93  Fixture  . 196 

95  Ladder  . 196 

96  Bolt  . 138 

97  Fixture  . 196 

98  Fixture  . 196 

99  Fixture  . 196 

100  Ladder  . 196 

110  Carrier  . 183 

112  Switch  . 181 

113  Switch  . 181 

117  Hanger  . 167 

118  Hanger  . 96 

119  Hinge  . 151 

120  Carrier  . 183 

127  Hanger  . 65-167 

129  Crem.  Bolts  . 141 

130  Carrier  . 183 

139  Latch  . 136 

140  Holder  . 143 

142  Switch  . 179 

143  Switch  . 179 

148  Stop  . 147 

149  Roller  . 162 

150  Carrier  . 177 

152  Track  . 101-131 

159  Roller  . 162 

160  Carrier  . 177 

161  Carrier  . 177 

162  Pull  . 142 

163  Pull  . 142 

166  Hanger  . 89 

167  Carrier  . 179 

170  Binder  . 142 

173  Binder  . 142 

175  Bar  Staple  . 135 


No. 

Page 

177 

Carrier  . 

.  . . .179 

178 

Guide . 

. . . .147 

179 

Guide  . 

. . . .146 

180 

Guide  . 

. . . .147 

181 

Guide  . 

182 

Guide  . 

....147 

183 

Stop  . 

. ...  147 

184 

Guide  . 

. . . .147 

185 

Bar  Staple  .  . 

.. ..135 

187 

Carrier  . 

....179 

189 

Guide  . 

190 

Pintle  . 

....148 

195 

Guard  . 

. ...  142 

201 

Clamp  . 

. .. .191 

202 

Bracket . 

. .. .191 

203 

Fastener  .... 

....191 

207 

Bolster  Iron 

....190 

208 

Rub  Iron  .  . . 

. . . .190 

210 

Carrier  . 

. . . .183 

218 

Stake  Pocket 

...  190 

219-SH 

Hinge  . 

. ...  152 

219-OSH 

Hinge  . 

....152 

220 

Carrier  . 

222 

Switch . 

. . . .181 

223 

Switch . 

. . . .181 

226 

Bolt  . 

. . .  .139 

229 

Crem.  Bolts 

. .. .141 

230 

Carrier  . 

. . . .183 

239 

Latch  . 

. ...  136 

240 

Hanger  . 

. 88 

240 

T  ruck  . 

. 94 

240-X 

Track  ....  64- 

133-163 

240-XU 

Curves  . 

. 64 

240  Series  Brackets  ....116-117 


241 

Hanger 

. 86 

243 

Hanger 

. 86 

246 

Hanger 

. 88 

246 

Truck  . 

. 94 

249 

Roller  . 

. 162 

250 

Carriers 

. 184 

267 

Hanger 

. 92 

268 

Hanger  . 

. 92 

268 

Truck  . 

. 94 

270-X 

Track  . 

. .  .64-133-163 

270-XU 

Curves 

. 64 

270  Series 

Brackets 

_ 120-121 

271 

Hanger 

. 90 

272 

FI  anger 

. 90 

272 

Truck  . 

. 94 

273 

Hanger 

. 103 

278 

Guide 

. 147 

279 

Guide  . 

. 146 

280-X 

Track  .  . 

.  .64-133-163 

280-XU- 

Curves  . 

. 64 

280-Series 

Brackets 

_ 124-125 

281 

Hanger 

. 104 

283 

Hanger 

. 104 

291 

Hanger 

. 104 

293 

Hanger 

. 104 

295 

Hasp  .  . 

. 134 

296 

Latch 

. 137 

297 

Latch  . 

. 137 

298 

Latch 

. 137 

299 

Latch 

. 137 

305 

Pull  .  .  . 

. 142 

306 

Pull  .  .  . 

. 142 

309 

Bumper 

. 135 

313 

Shoes 

. 147 

316 

Hanger 

. 103 

326 

Pulley 

. 209 

332 

Switch 

. 181 

333 

Switch 

. 181 

356 

Holder 

. 209 

357 

Pulley  . 

. 209 

358 

Pulley  . 

. 209 

359 

Pulley  . 

. 209 

360 

1  Unger 

. 84-209 

361 

Bracket 

. 209 

362 

Plate  .  . 

. 209 

363 

Roller  . 

. 145 

365 

Roller  . 

. 145 

367 

Roller  . 

. 145 

368 

Roller  . 

. 145 

374 

Holder 

. 209 

377 

Pulley  . 

. 84-209 

380 

Vert.  F. 

D.  Set.. 209 

381 

Rope  .  . 

. 84-209 

382 

Clamp  . 

. 84-209 

No.  Page 

383  Washer  . 209 

384  Weight  . 209 

386  Weight  . 84-209 

390  Bolt  . 139 

391  Guide  . 144 

391-DP  Guide  . 144 

391-FG  Guide  . 144 

392  Plate  . 144 

394-1  Ball  . 139 

2  Ball  . 139 

3  Ball  . 139 

4  Ball  . 139 

5  Ball  . 139 

396  Drawtite  . 134 

396-G  Drawtite  . 134 

401  Pintle  . 150 

401-R2  Pintle  . 150 

401- R3  Pintle  . 150 

402  Pintle  . 150 

402- R2  Pintle  . 150 

402-R3  Pintle  . 150 

407  Pintle  . 150 

411  Hinge  Strap  ....151 

411-R  Hinge  Strap  ....151 

415  Latch  . 137 

416  Latch  . 137 

419  Hinge  Strap  ....150 

424  Pintle  . 150 

424-R2  Pintle  . ISO 

424-R3  Pintle  . 150 

432  Pintle  . 149 

432-R2  Pintle  . 149 

432-R3  Pintle  . 149 

433  Pintle  . 149 

434- R  Pintle  . 148 

435- R  Pintle  . 148 

470  Pintle  . 148 

471  Pintle  . 149 


472  Swing  F.  D.  Set  .  .206 

473  Swing  F.  D.  Set  .  .206 

474  Swing  F.  D.  Set  ..206 

477  Swing  F.  D.  Set  .  .207 

478  Swing  F.  D.  Set  .  .207 

479  Swing  F.  D.  Set  .  .207 


481  Pintle  . 148 

483  Pintle  . 149 

491-R2  Pintle  . 148 

491- R3  Pintle  . 148 

492  Dbl.  Pintle  . 150 

492- 2  Dbl.  Pintle  . 150 

492- 3  Dbl.  Pintle  . 150 

493  Triple  Pintle  ....150 

493- 2  Triple  Pintle  ....150 

493- 3  Triple  Pintle  ....150 

494  Quad.  Pintle  ....150 

494- 2  Quad.  Pintle  _ 150 

494-3  Quad.  Pintle  ....150 

500  Series  F.  D.  Sets  . 200 

500-F  Ser.  F.  D.  Sets . 202 

513  Hanger  . ..102 

514  Hanger  . 61 

05 14-3  D  Set  . 61 

515  Hanger  . 100 

515  Track  . 100-132 

515-J  Joint  . 100 

515-P  Track  . 100-132 

515-PC  Bracket  . 100 

515-PCO  Bracket  . 100 

515-PO  Track  . 100-132 

515-PS  Track  . 100-132 

516  Track  . 100 

517  Hanger  . 101 

517  Track  . 61-75-101 

517-J  Joint  . 101 

517-P  Track  . 101 

517-U  Curve  . 75 

518  Hanger  . 75 

0518-3D  Set  . 75 

519  Hinge  . 151 

603-2  Hanger  . 105 

603-3  Hanger  . 105 

603  Track  . 105-131 

603-C  Bracket  . 105-131 

603-X  Track  . 105-131 

617  Hinge  . 151 

618  Hinge  . 151 

619-SH  Hinge  . 152 


210 


O 


XXAJCVT: XvXvE^,  I  IvI^I NOIiT,  U.  I S'.  A.. 


No. 

Page 

619-OSH 

Hinge  . 

....152 

620 

Hinge  . 

....  152 

621-SH 

Hinge  . 

.  ..  .153 

621-OSH 

Hinge  . 

....153 

622-SH 

Hinge  . 

. .. .153 

622-OSH 

Hinge  . 

....  153 

623-SH 

Hinge  . 

. .. .153 

623-OSH 

Hinge  . 

....153 

700  Series 

F.  D.  Hdwr. 

... .201 

700-F  Ser. 

F.  D.  Hdwr. 

. .. .203 

719 

Hinge  . 

... .151 

1005 

Hanger  . 

. 99 

1012 

Hanger  . 

. 99 

1010 

Track  . 

.  .99-132 

1010-J 

Joint  . 

. 99 

1012 

Hanger  . 

1012-P 

Track  . 

.  .99-132 

1012-PO 

Track  . 

.  .99-132 

1012-PS 

Track  . 

.  .99-132 

1012-PC 

Bracket  .  .  .  . 

. 99 

1012-PCO 

Bracket  .  . .  . 

. 99 

1014 

Hanger  . 

. 96 

1020 

Electromatic 

.  .  .48-49 

1022 

Electromatic 

.  .  .48-49 

1030 

Electromatic 

.  .  .48-49 

1060 

Hanger  . 

... .172 

1064 

Hanger  . 

....  1 68 

1069-M 

Hanger  .... 

.164-174 

1069-S 

Hanger  .... 

.164-174 

1070 

Track  . 

.  .97-132 

1070-J 

Joint  . 

. 97 

1071 

Hanger  . 

. 97 

1074 

Hanger  .... 

.  .63-168 

1079-M 

Hanger  .... 

.  .65-174 

1079-S 

Hanger  .... 

.  .65-174 

1080 

Hanger  .... 

. .  .11-69 

1080 

Brackets  .  . . 

.  .11-115 

1080-BS 

Hinge  . 

...  .155 

SH 

Hinge  . 

.  .  .  .154 

OSH 

Hinge  . 

...  .154 

01080 

Set  . 

. 11 

01 080-2  D 

Set  . 

. 12 

3D 

Set  . 

. 13 

3D1 

Set  . 

. 13 

4D 

Set  . 

. 15 

4D1 

Set  . 

. 15 

5D 

Set  . 

6D 

Set  . 

. 17 

01080 

Details  . 

. 19 

1081 

Hanger  .... 

. . .23-69 

1081 

Brackets  .  .  . 

.  .23-115 

1081-Q 

Brackets  .  .  . 

.  .23-115 

1081-SH 

Hinge  . 

... .154 

1081-OSH 

Hinge  . 

....  154 

01081 

Set  . 

. 23 

01081-3D 

Set  . 

. 25 

No.  Page 

3D1  Set  . 25 

4D  Set  . 27 

4D1  Set  . 27 

5D  Set  . 29 

6D  Set  . 29 

01081  Details  . 30-31 

1082  Hanger . 8-33 

1082  Typical  . 44 

1082  Brackets  . 33-115 

01082  Set  . 33 

01082-3D  Set  . ' . 35 

3D  1  Set  . 35 

4D  Set  . 37 

4D1  Set  . 37 

5D  Set  . 39 

6D  Set  . 39 

01082  Details  . 40-41 

1089-RCS  Hinge  . 155 

1090  Hanger  . 21 

1091  Hanger  . 21 

1092  Hanger  . 21 

1095  Hanger  . 46 

1117  Hanger  . 166 

1127  Hanger  . 65-166 

1180  Hanger  . 56 

01 180-3D  Set  . 57 

3D1  Set  . 57 

4D  Set  . 58 

4D1  Set  . 58 

5D  Set  . 59 

6D  Set . 59 

1180-OSH  Hinge  . 154 

1189  Hanger  . 71 

1189-H  Hasp  . 134 

01189-3D  Set  . 71 

1240  Carrier  . 177 

1241  Carrier  . 177 

1250  Carrier  . 177 

1280  Hanger  . 60 

01280-3D  Set  . 60 

1280-SH  Hinge  . 154 

1389  Hanger  . 73 

01389-3D  Set  . . 73 

1500  SeriesF.  D.  Sets . 204 

1500-F  Ser.F.  D.  Sets  . 205 

1700  SeriesF.  D.  Sets  . 204 

1700-F  Ser.F.  D.  Sets  . 205 

02008  Swing  Set  . 77 

2010-8"  Hinge  . 155 

10"  Hinge  .  . . 155 

12"  Hinge  . 155 

18"  Hinge  . 155 

24"  Hinge  . 155 

02010  Swing  Set  . 77 

02015  Swing  Set  . 77 

2020-8"  Hinge  . 155 


No.  Page 

10"  Hinge  . 155 

12"  Hinge  . 155 

18"  Hinge  . 155 

24"  Hinge  . 155 

02020  Swing  Set  . 26 

02025  Swing  Set  . 26 

2080  Hanger  . 51 

2080-C  Bracket . 51 

02080  Set  . 51 

02080-3  D  Set  . 51-53 

4  D  Set  . 53 

5D  Set  . 55 

6D  Set  . 55 

2200  Series H.  R.  Brackets.  .  188 

2217  Hanger  . 166 

2227  Hanger  . 64-166 

2229  Crem.  Bolts  . 140 

2264  Hanger  . 168 

2269  Hanger  . 164 

2274  Hanger  . 64-168 

2279  Hanger  . 64-164 

2417  Hanger  . 167 

2427  Hanger  . 64-167 

2460  Hanger  . 172 

2464  Hanger  .........  169 

•  2466  Hanger  . 88 

2469  Hanger  . 165 

2474  Hanger  . 64-169 

2479  Hanger  . 64-165 

2480  Hanger  . 10-69 

2480  Brackets  . 10-114 

02480  Set  . 10 

02480-2D  Set  . 12 

3D  Set  .  14 

3D1  Set  . 14 

4D  Set  . 16 

4D1  Set  . 16 

5D  Set  . 18 

6D  Set  . 18 

02480  Details  . 19 

2481  Hanger  . 22-69 

2481  Brackets  . 22-114 

02481  Set  . 22 

02481-2D  Set  . 26 

3D  Set  . 24 

3D1  Set  . 24 

4D  Set  . 26 

4D1  Set  . 26 

5D  Set  . 28 

6D  Set  . 28 

02481  Details  . 30-31 

2482  Hanger  . 32-69 

2482  Brackets  . 32-114 

02482  Set  . 32 

02482-2D  Set  . 36 

3D  Set  . 34 


No.  Page 

3D1  Set  . 34 

4D  Set  . 36 

4D1  Set  . 36 

5D  Set  . 38 

6D  Set  . 38 

02482  Details  . 40-41 

2490  Hanger  . 21 

2491  Hanger  . 21 

2492  Hanger  . 21 

2495  Hanger  . 46 

2580  Hanger  . 50 

2580-C  Bracket  . 50 

02580  Set  . 50 

02580-3D  Set  . 50-52 

4D  Set  . 52 

5D  Set  . 54 

6D  Set  . 54 

2600  Ser.  Hinges  . 157 

02600  Ser.  Sets  . 157 

2700  Ser.  Hinges  . 156 

02700  Ser.  Sets  . 156 

2811  Track  . 104-131 

2911  Track  . 104-131 

3100  Ser.  Hinges  . 158 

3103  Ser.  Hinges  . 158 

3600  Ser.  Hinges  . .  . 157 

03600  Ser.  Sets  . 157 

3700  Ser.  Hinges  . 156 

03700  Ser.  Sets  . 156 

4217  Hanger  . 67-166 

4264  Hanger  . 67-168 

4269  Hanger  . 67-164 

4417  Hanger  . 67-167 

4464  Hanger  . 67-169 

4469  Hanger  . 67-165 

6200-2  Stakes  . 189 

6217  Hanger  . 67-166 

6264  Hanger  . 67-168 

6269  Hanger  . 67-164 

6301  Shoes  .  . .  .* . 189 

6302  Shoes  . 189 

6417  Hanger  ......  .67-167 

6464  Hanger  . 67-169 

6469  Hanger  . 67-165 

6500  Pulleys  . . 192 

6500-G  Pulleys  . 192 

7050  Rollers  . 6-7 

7055  Rollers  . 6-7 

7060  Rollers  . 5 

7065  Rollers  . 5 

7070  Rollers  . 5* 

7075  Rollers  . 5 

7080  Rollers  . 5 

7085  Rollers  . 5 

08000  Set  . 145 


211 


Pages 

Accordion  Door  Hardware . 

. 159 

to 

169 

Airport  Hardware  . 

4  to  9 

Brackets  . 

. 114 

to 

130 

Cloak  Room  Hardware  . 

. 174- 

175 

Electric  Door  Operators  . 

.48 

-49 

Fire  Department  Hardware  . 

. 46  to 

49 

Fire  Door  Hardware  . 

. 198 

to 

209 

Gable  Door  Fixtures  . 

.78 

Garage  Door  Hardware . 

. 10 

to 

113 

Folding-Sliding  . 

. 10  to 

61 

Parallel  Sliding  . 

. 106 

to 

113 

Right  Angle  . 

.62 

-63 

Round-A-Corner  . 

75 

Straight-Sliding  . 

. 78 

to 

105 

Pages 

Swing  Door  Sets  . 76-77 

House  Door  Hangers  . 159  to  171 

Accordion  Door  Hardware . 159  to  169 

Disappearing  Door  Hardware . 170-171 

Hinges  and  Pintles  . 148  to  155 

Ladders- — Rolling  . 193  to  197 

Latches  . 134  to  141 

Miscellaneous  Hardware  . 185  to  192 

Overhead  Carrier  Systems  . 176  to  184 

Round  House  Door  Hardware  . 44-45 

Spring  Hinges  . 156  to  158 

Telephone  Booth  Hardware . 172-173 

Tracks  . ' . 131  to  133 

Warehouse  Door  Hangers  ....84-85-90-91-92-93-105 


ALPHABETICAL  INDEX 


Pages 

Accordion  Door  Hardware  . 159  to  169 

Adjustable  Track  Brackets  . ' . 114-115 

Adjustable  Hangers  for  Watershed  Track  . 98 

Adjustable  Hinges  . 153 

Adjustable  Hanger  for  Round  Track . 80 

Adjustable  Hanger  for  Trolley  Track  . 85  to  93 

Airport  Door  Bottom  Rollers  . 5-7 

Airport  Door  Top  Guide  Rollers  . 5-7 

Airport  Door  Hangers  . 8-9 

Allith  Round  Track  Hangers . 78-79 

Alligator  Latches  . 135 

Anti-Friction  Hinge  . 153 

Approved  Fire  Door  Pintles  . 150 

Automatic  Door  Operator  . 48 

Backset  Hinges  . 155 

Bar,  Pintle  . 150 

Bar  Staples  . 135 

Barn  Door  Hangers  . 78-79-100-101-103 

Binders,  Door  . 142 

Bolt,  Bottom  . 138 

Bolt,  Cane . . . 138 

Bolt,  Chain  . 138 

Bolt,  Cremone  . 140-141 

Bolt,  Drawtite  . 134 

Bolt,  Foot  . 138 

Bolt,  Parallel  Door . 139 

Bolt,  Spring  . 138 

Bolt,  Top  . 138 

Booth  Hardware,  Telephone  . . . 172-173 

Bottom  Bolts  . 138 

Bottom  Roller,  Airport  Door  . 5-7 

Brackets,  Flat  Track  . 105-130 

Brackets,  Folding-Sliding  Doors  . 114-115 

Brackets,  Hand  Rail  . 197 

Brackets,  Ladder  Track  . 182 

Brackets,  Overhead  Carrier . 129-130 

Brackets,  Parallel  Round  Track  . 128-129-130 

Brackets,  Parallel  Trolley  Track  . 

. 117-119-121-123-125-127 

Brackets,  Stadium  Seat  . 186-187 

Brackets,  Straight  Sliding  Round  Track . 128-130 

Brackets,  Straight  Sliding  Trolley  Track  . 


116-118-120-122-124-126 


Pages 

Brass  Track,  for  Show  Cases  . 104-131 

Bumper  and  Hasp  . 135 

Cane  Bolts  . 139 

Carrier,  Overhead  “I”  Beam . 184 

Carriers,  Overhead  Round  Track  . 183 

Carriers,  Overhead  Trolley  Track . 177-178 

Case  Door  Hangers  . 104 

Case  Door  Track  . 131 

Chain  Bolts . 139 

Cloak  Room  Door  Hardware  . 174 

Clothes  Line  Pulley . 192 

Combination  Bumper  and  Hasp  . 135 

Combination  Swing  and  Slide  Latch  . 136 

Cone  Brackets  for  Flat  Track . 105-130 

Covered  Track . 97-101 

Counterbalance  Weights  . 84 

Cremone  Bolts  . 140-141 

Curve,  Round  Track  . 71 

Curve,  Trolley  Track  . 64-65 

Curve,  Watershed  Track  . 75 

Details,  Application  of  Hardware  . .  . .  19-30-31-40-41 

Details,  Parallel  Track  Arrangements  . 106-107 

Details,  Round-A-Corner  Doors  . 66-68-70-74 

Details,  Round  Track  Hangers  . 82-83 

Details,  Right  Angle  Doors  . 62 

Details,  Watershed  Track  . 98 

Disappearing  Door  Hangers  . 170-171 

Door  Hardware  for  Airports  . 5-7 

Door  Bolts  . See  “Bolts” 

Door  Binders  . 142 

Door  Guide  . 144-146-147 

Door  Guards  . 142 

Door  Guide  Rollers  for  Airports  . 5-7 

Door  Guide  Plate . . . 144 

Door  Holder  . 143 

Door  Pivots  . 163 

Door  Pulls  . 142 

Door  Rollers  for  Airport  Doors  . 5-7 

Door  Stop  . 147 

Drawtite  Bolts . 134 


212 


UUk-'p  f  Oli 


-nrL 


PATSLVI Ivlylv,  I  IvL^INlOl^,  XJ.  l/T.  a. 


Pages 

Electric  Door  Operator . 48-49 

End  Gate  Fastener . 191 

Eyes,  Padlock  . 135 

Fire  Station  Door  Hardware . 47-48-49 

Fire  Door  Hangers  . 80-105-199  to  206 

Fixtures,  Ladder  . 195-196 

Flat  Track . 103-105-131 

Flat  Track  Hangers . 60-72-103-105 

Floor  Guide  . 144-146-147-162-174 

Floor  Hinges  . 158 

Flush  Bottom  Roller,  Airport  . 5-7 

Flush  Door  Round-A-Corner  Hardware  . 71-68 

Flush  Door  Bolts  . 139 

Flush  Door  Pulls  . 142 

Folding-Sliding  Hangers  . 

. 10-11-20-21-22-23-50-51-56-60-61 

Folding-Sliding  Hardware  for  Wide  Openings  ...  .46 

Folding-Sliding  Installations  . 43  to  45 

Folding-Sliding  Hangers  . 10  to  61 

Folding-Sliding  Track  Brackets  . 114—115 

Foot  Bolt  . 138-139 

Gable  Door  Hardware . 78 

Garage  Door  Hangers  . 10  to  103 

Garage  Door  Hardware  . 10  to  113 

Garage  Hinges  . 76-77 

Guard,  Door  . 142 

Guide,  Door  . 144-146-147 

Guide,  Door  Plate  . ..144 

Guide  Roller,  Airport  Doors . 5-7 

Guide  Roller,  Bottom  Accordion  Door  . . 162 

Guide  Roller,  Bottom,  Disappearing  Door  . 170 

Guide  Roller,  Top,  Airport  . 5-7 

Handles,  Door  . 142 

Hand  Latches  . 136-137 

Hand  Rail  Brackets  . 188 

Hangers,  Accordion  Door  . 164-169 

Hangers,  Airport  Doors  . 8-9 

Hangers,  Barn  Door  . 78-79-86-87 

Hangers,  Case  Doors  . 104 

Hangers,  Cloak  Room  Door . 174 

Hangers,  Disappearing  Door  . 170-171 

Hangers,  Fire  Station  Doors  . 46-47 

Hangers,  Fire  Door . ...80-105-199  to  206 

Hangers,  Flat  Track  . 60-103 

Hangers,  Folding-Sliding  Door  . 10  to  61 

Hangers,  Gable  Door  . 78 

Hangers,  Garage  Door  . . 10  to  103 

Hangers,  House  Door . 170-171 

Hangers,  Round-A-Corner  Doors  . 63  to  75 

Hangers,  Round  Track  . 56-71-78  to  85 

Hangers,  Right  Angle  Doors  . 63  to  65 

Hangers,  Straight  Sliding  . 78  to  103 

Hangers,  Swivel  ..10,  21,  22,  23,  32,  33,  46,  50  to  75 

Hangers,  Telephone  Booth  Doors . 172 

Hangers,  Trolley  Track  8,  9,  10,  21,  32  33,  86  to  93 

Hangers,  Vertical  Doors  . 84 

Hangers,  Watershed  Track  . 61,  75,  97  to  102 

Hangers,  Warehouse  Door.. 80-81,  84,  85,  90-93,  105 

Hasps  . 134-135 

Hay  Rack  Clamps . 190-191 

Heavy  Door  Hinges  . 152-153 

Heavy  Hangers,  Round  Track . 81 

Hinges  . 152  to  153 

Hinges,  Adjustable . 153 

Hinges,  Floor  . 158 

Hinges,  Strap  . 152-1 52A 


Pages 

Hinges,  Spring  . ...156  to  158 

Hinges,  Steel  Door  . 152-153 

Hinge  Hasps  . . 134 

Hinge  Pintles . 148-149-150 

Hinge  Sets  . 76-77 

Hinge  Straps  . 151 

Holder,  Door  . 143 

Horseshoes,  Pitching . 189 

House  Door  Hangers  . 170-171 

“I”  Beam  Carriers  . 184 

Jack,  Zip  . 192 

Ladders,  Rolling  . 195-196 

Latch,  Alligator  . 135 

Latch,  Drawtite  . 134 

Latch,  Hand . 136 

Latch,  Hasp  . 134-135 

Latch,  Thumb  . 136 

Lightweight  Door  Hangers  . 100-101 

Locking  Devices  . 134 

Loose  Pin  Hinges  . 155 

Low  Headroom  Warehouse  Door  Hangers . 85 

Lugs,  Tank  . 188 

Offset  Hinges  . 154 

Outward  Foding  Door  Hardware  . 21 

Overlap  Door  Round-A-Corner  Hardware . 66 

Overhead  Carrier  Brackets,  Round  Track . 182 

Overhead  Carriers,  “I”  Beam  . 184 

Overhead  Carriers,  Round  Track  . 183 

Overhead  Carrier  Switches,  Round  Track  . 181 

Overhead  Carrier  Switches,  Trolley  Track  . 179 

Overhead  Carriers,  Trolley  Track  . 177-178 

Parallel  Door  Equipment  for  Airports  . 9 

Parallel  Door  Bolts  . 139 

Padlock  Eyes  . 135 

Parallel  Door  Guides . 144-147 

Parallel  Track  Details  . 106-107 

Parallel  Track  Brackets,  Round  Track  . 129 

Parallel  Track,  Round . 107-108 

Parallel  Track,  Trolley . 110-111-112-113 

Parallel  Track,  Watershed  . 106 

Pintles,  Hinge  . 148-149-150 

Pitching  Shoes  . 189 

Pivots,  Door . 163 

Plates,  Door  Guide  . 144 

Pulls,  Door  . 142 

Pulleys,  Clothes  Line  . 189 

Pulleys,  Wire  Rope  . 84 

Rail  Brackets,  Hand . 188 

Reliable  Door  Hangers  . 79 

Right  Angle  Door  Details  . 62 

Right  Angle  Door  Hangers  . 63 

Rollers,  Airport  Door  . 5-7 

Rollers,  Airport  Top  Guide  . 5-7 

Rollers,  Door  Guide  . 170 

Rollers,  Floor  Guide  . 162 

Rollers,  Stay  . 144,145 

Rolling  Ladders  . 195,  196 

Round-A-Corner  Airport  Door  Hardware . 5-8 

Round-A-Corner  Hangers  . 63  to  75 

Round-A-Corner  Installations  . 66-68 

Round  House  Door  Hardware  . 44-45 

Round  Track  . 71,  80,  131 

Round  Track  Brackets  . 128 


213 


FOR  OVER  A  QUARTER  CENTURY 
MAKERS  OF  GOOD  HARDWARE 


v 


S 


.mm 


Vm  . 


